US20230343924A1 - Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery - Google Patents
Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20230343924A1 US20230343924A1 US18/203,148 US202318203148A US2023343924A1 US 20230343924 A1 US20230343924 A1 US 20230343924A1 US 202318203148 A US202318203148 A US 202318203148A US 2023343924 A1 US2023343924 A1 US 2023343924A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- positive electrode
- active material
- electrode active
- region
- secondary battery
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 239000007774 positive electrode material Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 332
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title description 64
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 title description 14
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 256
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 142
- 235000002639 sodium chloride Nutrition 0.000 claims abstract description 142
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims abstract description 140
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 139
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 136
- 239000010936 titanium Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 102
- RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titanium Chemical compound [Ti] RTAQQCXQSZGOHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 101
- 229910052719 titanium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- -1 titanium Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 80
- 239000008151 electrolyte solution Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 78
- CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium oxide Inorganic materials [Mg]=O CPLXHLVBOLITMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 37
- 239000000395 magnesium oxide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 36
- AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N magnesium;oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[Mg+2] AXZKOIWUVFPNLO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims abstract description 35
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 claims description 232
- 239000011777 magnesium Substances 0.000 claims description 128
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 117
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 claims description 116
- FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Magnesium Chemical compound [Mg] FYYHWMGAXLPEAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 115
- 229910052749 magnesium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 114
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 113
- GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt atom Chemical compound [Co] GUTLYIVDDKVIGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 61
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 61
- 239000010941 cobalt Substances 0.000 claims description 58
- 229910017052 cobalt Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 58
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 56
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 56
- 229910001416 lithium ion Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 53
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 claims description 51
- HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium ion Chemical compound [Li+] HBBGRARXTFLTSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 50
- 239000007773 negative electrode material Substances 0.000 claims description 25
- IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N cobalt(ii) oxide Chemical compound [Co]=O IVMYJDGYRUAWML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 22
- 229910000428 cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 20
- 238000003917 TEM image Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxol-2-one Chemical compound O=C1OC=CO1 VAYTZRYEBVHVLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OCC OIFBSDVPJOWBCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene carbonate Chemical compound O=C1OCCO1 KMTRUDSVKNLOMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 12
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 claims description 11
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N adiponitrile Chemical compound N#CCCCCC#N BTGRAWJCKBQKAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910052723 transition metal Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 130
- 150000003624 transition metals Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 130
- 238000007600 charging Methods 0.000 abstract description 62
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 abstract description 41
- 238000007599 discharging Methods 0.000 abstract description 31
- 238000004919 topotaxy Methods 0.000 abstract description 21
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 abstract description 12
- 239000011247 coating layer Substances 0.000 abstract description 12
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 108
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 97
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 83
- 229910021389 graphene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 79
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 70
- 239000010408 film Substances 0.000 description 58
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 57
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 52
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 43
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 40
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 40
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 39
- 229910000625 lithium cobalt oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 37
- BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido(oxo)cobalt Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Co]=O BFZPBUKRYWOWDV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 37
- 238000002149 energy-dispersive X-ray emission spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 34
- VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium(IV) isopropoxide Chemical compound CC(C)O[Ti](OC(C)C)(OC(C)C)OC(C)C VXUYXOFXAQZZMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 32
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 30
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 28
- 239000002482 conductive additive Substances 0.000 description 28
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 27
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 26
- 238000005204 segregation Methods 0.000 description 26
- PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nickel Chemical compound [Ni] PXHVJJICTQNCMI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 25
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 23
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 23
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Chemical compound O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 22
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 21
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 21
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 20
- 238000004833 X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 19
- 239000012298 atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 19
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 19
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 19
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium fluoride Chemical compound [Li+].[F-] PQXKHYXIUOZZFA-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 17
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 16
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 16
- 238000003980 solgel method Methods 0.000 description 16
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 14
- AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L hydroxy(oxo)manganese;manganese Chemical compound [Mn].O[Mn]=O.O[Mn]=O AMWRITDGCCNYAT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 14
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000002033 PVDF binder Substances 0.000 description 13
- 238000010281 constant-current constant-voltage charging Methods 0.000 description 13
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 13
- 229910052759 nickel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 13
- 229920002981 polyvinylidene fluoride Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 12
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 11
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 11
- XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicon Chemical compound [Si] XUIMIQQOPSSXEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Titan oxide Chemical compound O=[Ti]=O GWEVSGVZZGPLCZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 229910002804 graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000010439 graphite Substances 0.000 description 10
- 150000002739 metals Chemical class 0.000 description 10
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 10
- 229910052710 silicon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 10
- 239000010703 silicon Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000006230 acetylene black Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 9
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 9
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229910045601 alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 239000000956 alloy Substances 0.000 description 8
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 8
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920002647 polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920005989 resin Polymers 0.000 description 8
- 239000011347 resin Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000000630 rising effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicon monoxide Chemical compound [Si-]#[O+] LIVNPJMFVYWSIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 8
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 7
- 238000005452 bending Methods 0.000 description 7
- BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Ca+2] BRPQOXSCLDDYGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000292 calcium oxide Substances 0.000 description 7
- ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N calcium oxide Inorganic materials [Ca]=O ODINCKMPIJJUCX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001878 scanning electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229920003169 water-soluble polymer Polymers 0.000 description 7
- UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron oxide Chemical compound [Fe]=O UQSXHKLRYXJYBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000004760 aramid Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920003235 aromatic polyamide Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 229910021383 artificial graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 6
- WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L manganese(2+);methyl n-[[2-(methoxycarbonylcarbamothioylamino)phenyl]carbamothioyl]carbamate;n-[2-(sulfidocarbothioylamino)ethyl]carbamodithioate Chemical compound [Mn+2].[S-]C(=S)NCCNC([S-])=S.COC(=O)NC(=S)NC1=CC=CC=C1NC(=S)NC(=O)OC WPBNNNQJVZRUHP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 239000007769 metal material Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 6
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910001220 stainless steel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000010935 stainless steel Substances 0.000 description 6
- OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N titanium oxide Inorganic materials [Ti]=O OGIDPMRJRNCKJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 239000003575 carbonaceous material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000919 ceramic Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007797 corrosion Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005260 corrosion Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000000994 depressogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 229920001971 elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 5
- 230000005684 electric field Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000002931 mesocarbon microbead Substances 0.000 description 5
- VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N methane Chemical compound C VNWKTOKETHGBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000005060 rubber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000004065 semiconductor Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000010409 thin film Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005011 time of flight secondary ion mass spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000002042 time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000006200 vaporizer Substances 0.000 description 5
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229920000049 Carbon (fiber) Polymers 0.000 description 4
- RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper Chemical compound [Cu] RYGMFSIKBFXOCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 4
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M Lithium hydroxide Chemical compound [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 4
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003990 capacitor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 4
- 239000004917 carbon fiber Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000004020 conductor Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000005520 cutting process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;manganese;nickel;oxocobalt Chemical compound [Li].[Mn].[Ni].[Co]=O VGYDTVNNDKLMHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000000051 modifying effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910021382 natural graphite Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000004767 nitrides Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000002161 passivation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 238000000550 scanning electron microscopy energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000000851 scanning transmission electron micrograph Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 4
- YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tert-butylbenzene Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 YTZKOQUCBOVLHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N (3R,4R)-3,4-dihydroxycyclohexa-1,5-diene-1-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H]1C=CC(C(O)=O)=C[C@H]1O HEZMWWAKWCSUCB-PHDIDXHHSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Copper oxide Chemical compound [Cu]=O QPLDLSVMHZLSFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910001290 LiPF6 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 229910012675 LiTiO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004677 Nylon Substances 0.000 description 3
- OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphorus Chemical compound [P] OAICVXFJPJFONN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004952 Polyamide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004372 Polyvinyl alcohol Substances 0.000 description 3
- QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zirconium Chemical compound [Zr] QCWXUUIWCKQGHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 3
- JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzonitrile Chemical compound N#CC1=CC=CC=C1 JFDZBHWFFUWGJE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-2-ol Chemical compound CCC(C)O BTANRVKWQNVYAZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910021393 carbon nanotube Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002041 carbon nanotube Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000013339 cereals Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011651 chromium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000470 constituent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001577 copolymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000005336 cracking Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000005672 electromagnetic field Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229910010272 inorganic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011147 inorganic material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000009434 installation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002608 ionic liquid Substances 0.000 description 3
- XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium carbonate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]C([O-])=O XGZVUEUWXADBQD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 3
- 229910052808 lithium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000001000 micrograph Methods 0.000 description 3
- URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium(5+);oxygen(2-) Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Nb+5].[Nb+5] URLJKFSTXLNXLG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000011255 nonaqueous electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920001778 nylon Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxo(oxoalumanyloxy)alumane Chemical compound O=[Al]O[Al]=O TWNQGVIAIRXVLR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910052698 phosphorus Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011574 phosphorus Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002239 polyacrylonitrile Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000006068 polycondensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002451 polyvinyl alcohol Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002002 slurry Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000007784 solid electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000003466 welding Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052726 zirconium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-Propane sultone Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCO1 FSSPGSAQUIYDCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-fluoro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound FC1COC(=O)O1 SBLRHMKNNHXPHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chromium Chemical compound [Cr] VYZAMTAEIAYCRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorane Chemical compound F KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Fluoride anion Chemical compound [F-] KRHYYFGTRYWZRS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gallium Chemical compound [Ga] GYHNNYVSQQEPJS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002153 Hydroxypropyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Manganese Chemical compound [Mn] PWHULOQIROXLJO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Molybdenum Chemical compound [Mo] ZOKXTWBITQBERF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silver Chemical compound [Ag] BQCADISMDOOEFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc monoxide Chemical compound [Zn]=O XLOMVQKBTHCTTD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000005275 alloying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000779 annular dark-field scanning transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229910002113 barium titanate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000006229 carbon black Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 2
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910010293 ceramic material Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000005229 chemical vapour deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052804 chromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L cobalt(ii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Co]F YCYBZKSMUPTWEE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052593 corundum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010431 corundum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920005994 diacetyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichromium trioxide Chemical compound O=[Cr]O[Cr]=O QDOXWKRWXJOMAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl methyl carbonate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)OC JBTWLSYIZRCDFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl propionate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)CC FKRCODPIKNYEAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052733 gallium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 2
- HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexafluoropropylene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)C(F)(F)F HCDGVLDPFQMKDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 239000001863 hydroxypropyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010977 hydroxypropyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000012535 impurity Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000009830 intercalation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002687 intercalation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000554 ionomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004973 liquid crystal related substance Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007791 liquid phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium bromide Chemical compound [Li+].[Br-] AMXOYNBUYSYVKV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910003002 lithium salt Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 159000000002 lithium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L lithium sulfate Chemical compound [Li+].[Li+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O INHCSSUBVCNVSK-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[F-].[Mg+2] ORUIBWPALBXDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052748 manganese Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011572 manganese Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl formate Chemical compound COC=O TZIHFWKZFHZASV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052750 molybdenum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011733 molybdenum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000480 nickel oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052758 niobium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000010955 niobium Substances 0.000 description 2
- GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium atom Chemical compound [Nb] GUCVJGMIXFAOAE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N niobium pentoxide Inorganic materials O=[Nb](=O)O[Nb](=O)=O ZKATWMILCYLAPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000010450 olivine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052609 olivine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002892 organic cations Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011295 pitch Substances 0.000 description 2
- BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N platinum Chemical compound [Pt] BASFCYQUMIYNBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920003229 poly(methyl methacrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920000515 polycarbonate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004417 polycarbonate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001225 polyester resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004926 polymethyl methacrylate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001451 polypropylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920001343 polytetrafluoroethylene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000004810 polytetrafluoroethylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010248 power generation Methods 0.000 description 2
- RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylene carbonate Chemical compound CC1COC(=O)O1 RUOJZAUFBMNUDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004549 pulsed laser deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000004627 regenerated cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N ruthenium(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[Ru]=O WOCIAKWEIIZHES-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007086 side reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910021332 silicide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N silicide(4-) Chemical compound [Si-4] FVBUAEGBCNSCDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052814 silicon oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052709 silver Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000004332 silver Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002356 single layer Substances 0.000 description 2
- PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium fluoride Chemical compound [F-].[Na+] PUZPDOWCWNUUKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 238000010532 solid phase synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229910052596 spinel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000011029 spinel Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001694 spray drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000004544 sputter deposition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920003048 styrene butadiene rubber Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229920003002 synthetic resin Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000057 synthetic resin Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 2
- XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin dioxide Chemical compound O=[Sn]=O XOLBLPGZBRYERU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910000314 transition metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910052720 vanadium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N vanadium Chemical compound [V]#[V] GPPXJZIENCGNKB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000004804 winding Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011701 zinc Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052725 zinc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-butylene carbonate Chemical compound CCC1COC(=O)O1 ZZXUZKXVROWEIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCOC1 VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YTXFOSVCYYHADT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,1,3-benzoxadiazol-5-ol Chemical compound C1=C(O)C=CC2=NON=C21 YTXFOSVCYYHADT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-sulfanylethyl)isoindole-1,3-dione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)N(CCS)C(=O)C2=C1 UHOPWFKONJYLCF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRWYFWZENXDZMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-iodoquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(I)=CC=C21 FRWYFWZENXDZMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylbuta-1,3-diene;styrene Chemical compound CC(=C)C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 VSKJLJHPAFKHBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-1,3-dioxolan-2-one Chemical compound ClC1COC(=O)O1 OYOKPDLAMOMTEE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acrylonitrile Chemical compound C=CC#N NLHHRLWOUZZQLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910017687 Ag3Sb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910017692 Ag3Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000838 Al alloy Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C60 fullerene Chemical compound C12=C3C(C4=C56)=C7C8=C5C5=C9C%10=C6C6=C4C1=C1C4=C6C6=C%10C%10=C9C9=C%11C5=C8C5=C8C7=C3C3=C7C2=C1C1=C2C4=C6C4=C%10C6=C9C9=C%11C5=C5C8=C3C3=C7C1=C1C2=C4C6=C2C9=C5C3=C12 XMWRBQBLMFGWIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910020243 CeSb3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018992 CoS0.89 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018985 CoSb3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019050 CoSn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021583 Cobalt(III) fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000005751 Copper oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910018069 Cu3N Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910018471 Cu6Sn5 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910016855 F9SO2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005391 FeSn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005987 Ge3N4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O Imidazolium Chemical compound C1=C[NH+]=CN1 RAXXELZNTBOGNW-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isothiocyanatocyclopropane Chemical compound S=C=NC1CC1 JGFBQFKZKSSODQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910018262 LaSn3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910011970 Li2.6Co0.4N3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010820 Li2B10Cl10 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910010903 Li2B12Cl12 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910008218 Li3-XMxN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910012127 Li3−xMxN Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013188 LiBOB Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013375 LiC Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001559 LiC4F9SO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000552 LiCF3SO3 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910013825 LiNi0.33Co0.33Mn0.33O2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl propionate Chemical compound CCC(=O)OC RJUFJBKOKNCXHH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910019688 Mg2Ge Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019752 Mg2Si Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910019743 Mg2Sn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910052779 Neodymium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005483 Ni2MnSb Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910005099 Ni3Sn2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000459 Nitrile rubber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000000020 Nitrocellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 240000007594 Oryza sativa Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000007164 Oryza sativa Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920002319 Poly(methyl acrylate) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005062 Polybutadiene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004642 Polyimide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002367 Polyisobutene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 1
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M Propionate Chemical compound CCC([O-])=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910018320 SbSn Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulphide Chemical compound [S-2] UCKMPCXJQFINFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tin Chemical compound [Sn] ATJFFYVFTNAWJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trioxochromium Chemical compound O=[Cr](=O)=O WGLPBDUCMAPZCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920002978 Vinylon Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002441 X-ray diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910007379 Zn3N2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XHCLAFWTIXFWPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[V+5].[V+5] Chemical compound [O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[V+5].[V+5] XHCLAFWTIXFWPH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] Chemical compound [O-2].[Ti+4].[Li+] FDLZQPXZHIFURF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002159 abnormal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid trimethyl ester Natural products COC(C)=O KXKVLQRXCPHEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052787 antimony Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N antimony atom Chemical compound [Sb] WATWJIUSRGPENY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N barium titanate Chemical compound [Ba+2].[Ba+2].[O-][Ti]([O-])([O-])[O-] JRPBQTZRNDNNOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003796 beauty Effects 0.000 description 1
- LTPBRCUWZOMYOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N beryllium oxide Inorganic materials O=[Be] LTPBRCUWZOMYOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052797 bismuth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N bismuth atom Chemical compound [Bi] JCXGWMGPZLAOME-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- FPCJKVGGYOAWIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N butan-1-ol;titanium Chemical compound [Ti].CCCCO.CCCCO.CCCCO.CCCCO FPCJKVGGYOAWIZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyric acid octyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCC PWLNAUNEAKQYLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052793 cadmium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N cadmium atom Chemical compound [Cd] BDOSMKKIYDKNTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002134 carbon nanofiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910000423 chromium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000571 coke Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009833 condensation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005494 condensation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006482 condensation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011889 copper foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000431 copper oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N copper(I) oxide Inorganic materials [Cu]O[Cu] BERDEBHAJNAUOM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N cuprous oxide Chemical compound [O-2].[Cu+].[Cu+] KRFJLUBVMFXRPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000003795 desorption Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006866 deterioration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002050 diffraction method Methods 0.000 description 1
- SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N diglyme Chemical compound COCCOCCOC SBZXBUIDTXKZTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethyl carbonate Chemical compound COC(=O)OC IEJIGPNLZYLLBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N dioxomolybdenum Chemical compound O=[Mo]=O QXYJCZRRLLQGCR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005674 electromagnetic induction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010894 electron beam technology Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002003 electron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000000407 epitaxy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XGZNHFPFJRZBBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;titanium Chemical compound [Ti].CCO.CCO.CCO.CCO XGZNHFPFJRZBBT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002657 fibrous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002221 fluorine Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002222 fluorine compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229920001973 fluoroelastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910003472 fullerene Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-valerolactone Chemical compound CC1CCC(=O)O1 GAEKPEKOJKCEMS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011245 gel electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052732 germanium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N germanium atom Chemical compound [Ge] GNPVGFCGXDBREM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052735 hafnium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N hafnium atom Chemical compound [Hf] VBJZVLUMGGDVMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910021385 hard carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000012447 hatching Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 1
- GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydron Chemical compound [H+] GPRLSGONYQIRFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052738 indium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium antimonide Chemical compound [Sb]#[In] WPYVAWXEWQSOGY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N indium atom Chemical compound [In] APFVFJFRJDLVQX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012905 input function Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011810 insulating material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012212 insulator Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N iron(III) oxide Inorganic materials O=[Fe]O[Fe]=O JEIPFZHSYJVQDO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K iron(iii) fluoride Chemical compound F[Fe](F)F SHXXPRJOPFJRHA-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000005001 laminate film Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001540 lithium hexafluoroarsenate(V) Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium iodide Inorganic materials [Li+].[I-] HSZCZNFXUDYRKD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910002102 lithium manganese oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- MHCFAGZWMAWTNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium perchlorate Chemical compound [Li+].[O-]Cl(=O)(=O)=O MHCFAGZWMAWTNR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229910001486 lithium perchlorate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001537 lithium tetrachloroaluminate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910001496 lithium tetrafluoroborate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(1,1,2,2,2-pentafluoroethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)C(F)(F)F ACFSQHQYDZIPRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QSZMZKBZAYQGRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;bis(trifluoromethylsulfonyl)azanide Chemical compound [Li+].FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)[N-]S(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F QSZMZKBZAYQGRS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLXXBCXTUVRROQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxido-oxo-(oxomanganiooxy)manganese Chemical compound [Li+].[O-][Mn](=O)O[Mn]=O VLXXBCXTUVRROQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium;oxonickel Chemical compound [Li].[Ni]=O URIIGZKXFBNRAU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910001635 magnesium fluoride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000001646 magnetic resonance method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005389 magnetism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011302 mesophase pitch Substances 0.000 description 1
- LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanide Chemical compound [CH3-] LGRLWUINFJPLSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZEIWWVGGEOHESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanol;titanium Chemical compound [Ti].OC.OC.OC.OC ZEIWWVGGEOHESL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940017219 methyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003595 mist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 1
- UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyric acid methyl ester Natural products CCCC(=O)OC UUIQMZJEGPQKFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N neodymium atom Chemical compound [Nd] QEFYFXOXNSNQGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001683 neutron diffraction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910000484 niobium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001220 nitrocellulos Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910021396 non-graphitizing carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000004745 nonwoven fabric Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011368 organic material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010355 oscillation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxonickel Chemical compound [Ni]=O GNRSAWUEBMWBQH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010979 pH adjustment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012856 packing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical group [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 230000000704 physical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052697 platinum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920000233 poly(alkylene oxides) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005569 poly(vinylidene fluoride-co-hexafluoropropylene) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002857 polybutadiene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000728 polyester Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000139 polyethylene terephthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005020 polyethylene terephthalate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001721 polyimide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000098 polyolefin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001296 polysiloxane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002689 polyvinyl acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000011118 polyvinyl acetate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004800 polyvinyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000915 polyvinyl chloride Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 1
- BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCO BDERNNFJNOPAEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O pyridinium Chemical compound C1=CC=[NH+]C=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 125000001453 quaternary ammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000009566 rice Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910052706 scandium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N scandium atom Chemical compound [Sc] SIXSYDAISGFNSX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000682 scanning probe acoustic microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011163 secondary particle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011775 sodium fluoride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013024 sodium fluoride Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229910021384 soft carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006850 spacer group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N succinonitrile Chemical compound N#CCCC#N IAHFWCOBPZCAEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000004763 sulfides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008053 sultones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002194 synthesizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002994 synthetic fiber Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000012209 synthetic fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052715 tantalum Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tantalum atom Chemical compound [Ta] GUVRBAGPIYLISA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000009210 therapy by ultrasound Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052718 tin Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N tin(II) oxide Inorganic materials [Sn]=O QHGNHLZPVBIIPX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004627 transmission electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- BHZCMUVGYXEBMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N trilithium;azanide Chemical group [Li+].[Li+].[Li+].[NH2-] BHZCMUVGYXEBMY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten Chemical compound [W] WFKWXMTUELFFGS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052721 tungsten Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000010937 tungsten Substances 0.000 description 1
- DZKDPOPGYFUOGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N tungsten(iv) oxide Chemical compound O=[W]=O DZKDPOPGYFUOGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000001291 vacuum drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910001935 vanadium oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000007740 vapor deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000004034 viscosity adjusting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011787 zinc oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/052—Li-accumulators
- H01M10/0525—Rocking-chair batteries, i.e. batteries with lithium insertion or intercalation in both electrodes; Lithium-ion batteries
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/131—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M10/00—Secondary cells; Manufacture thereof
- H01M10/05—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte
- H01M10/056—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes
- H01M10/0564—Accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte characterised by the materials used as electrolytes, e.g. mixed inorganic/organic electrolytes the electrolyte being constituted of organic materials only
- H01M10/0566—Liquid materials
- H01M10/0568—Liquid materials characterised by the solutes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/131—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
- H01M4/1315—Electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx containing halogen atoms, e.g. LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/134—Electrodes based on metals, Si or alloys
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/139—Processes of manufacture
- H01M4/1391—Processes of manufacture of electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/13—Electrodes for accumulators with non-aqueous electrolyte, e.g. for lithium-accumulators; Processes of manufacture thereof
- H01M4/139—Processes of manufacture
- H01M4/1391—Processes of manufacture of electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx
- H01M4/13915—Processes of manufacture of electrodes based on mixed oxides or hydroxides, or on mixtures of oxides or hydroxides, e.g. LiCoOx containing halogen atoms, e.g. LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/362—Composites
- H01M4/366—Composites as layered products
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/485—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of mixed oxides or hydroxides for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiTi2O4 or LiTi2OxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/36—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids
- H01M4/48—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides
- H01M4/52—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron
- H01M4/525—Selection of substances as active materials, active masses, active liquids of inorganic oxides or hydroxides of nickel, cobalt or iron of mixed oxides or hydroxides containing iron, cobalt or nickel for inserting or intercalating light metals, e.g. LiNiO2, LiCoO2 or LiCoOxFy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M4/62—Selection of inactive substances as ingredients for active masses, e.g. binders, fillers
- H01M4/624—Electric conductive fillers
- H01M4/625—Carbon or graphite
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/86—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells
- H01M4/8647—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells consisting of more than one material, e.g. consisting of composites
- H01M4/8657—Inert electrodes with catalytic activity, e.g. for fuel cells consisting of more than one material, e.g. consisting of composites layered
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/021—Physical characteristics, e.g. porosity, surface area
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M4/00—Electrodes
- H01M4/02—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material
- H01M2004/026—Electrodes composed of, or comprising, active material characterised by the polarity
- H01M2004/028—Positive electrodes
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
- H01M—PROCESSES OR MEANS, e.g. BATTERIES, FOR THE DIRECT CONVERSION OF CHEMICAL ENERGY INTO ELECTRICAL ENERGY
- H01M2300/00—Electrolytes
- H01M2300/0017—Non-aqueous electrolytes
- H01M2300/0025—Organic electrolyte
- H01M2300/0028—Organic electrolyte characterised by the solvent
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/10—Energy storage using batteries
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02E—REDUCTION OF GREENHOUSE GAS [GHG] EMISSIONS, RELATED TO ENERGY GENERATION, TRANSMISSION OR DISTRIBUTION
- Y02E60/00—Enabling technologies; Technologies with a potential or indirect contribution to GHG emissions mitigation
- Y02E60/30—Hydrogen technology
- Y02E60/50—Fuel cells
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P70/00—Climate change mitigation technologies in the production process for final industrial or consumer products
- Y02P70/50—Manufacturing or production processes characterised by the final manufactured product
Definitions
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method.
- the present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter.
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a manufacturing method thereof.
- one embodiment of the present invention relates to a positive electrode active material that can be used in a secondary battery, a secondary battery, and an electronic device including a secondary battery.
- the power storage device is a collective term describing elements and devices having a power storage function.
- a storage battery such as a lithium-ion secondary battery (also referred to as secondary battery), a lithium-ion capacitor, and an electric double layer capacitor are included in the category of the power storage device.
- electronic devices in this specification mean all devices including power storage devices, and electro-optical devices including power storage devices, information terminal devices including power storage devices, and the like are all electronic devices.
- lithium-ion secondary batteries lithium-ion capacitors, and air batteries
- demand for lithium-ion secondary batteries with high output and high energy density has rapidly grown with the development of the semiconductor industry, for portable information terminals such as mobile phones, smartphones, tablets, and laptop computers; portable music players; digital cameras; medical equipment; next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV); and the like.
- the lithium-ion secondary batteries are essential as rechargeable energy supply sources for today’s information society.
- the performance required for lithium-ion secondary batteries includes increased energy density, improved cycle performance, safe operation under a variety of environments, and longer-term reliability.
- Patent Document 1 improvement of a positive electrode active material has been studied to increase the cycle performance and the capacity of the lithium ion secondary battery (Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2).
- lithium ion secondary batteries and positive electrode active materials used therein is susceptible to improvement in terms of charge and discharge characteristics, cycle characteristics, reliability, safety, cost, and the like.
- An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a high-capacity secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel material, a novel active material particle, a novel secondary battery, or a formation method thereof.
- two kinds of regions which are different from a region inside the positive electrode active material are provided in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. It is preferable that the inner region contain a non-stoichiometric compound and the outer region contain a stoichiometric compound.
- the inner region contain titanium and the outer region contain magnesium. Furthermore, these two kinds of regions may overlap.
- the inner region be formed through a coating process such as a sol-gel method and the outer region be formed by segregation due to heating.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region, a second region, and a third region.
- the first region is present inside the positive electrode active material.
- the second region and the third region are present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material.
- the third region is present in a region closer to a surface of the positive electrode active material than the second region is.
- the first region contains an oxide of lithium and a first transition metal and has a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- the second region contains a non-stoichiometric compound containing an oxide of a second transition metal and the non-stoichiometric compound has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the third region contains a compound of representative elements and the compound of representative elements has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the first transition metal be cobalt
- the second transition metal be titanium
- the compound of representative elements be magnesium oxide
- the third region may contain fluorine. Furthermore, the second region and the third region may each contain cobalt.
- crystal orientations of the first region and the second region be partly aligned with each other and crystal orientations of the second region and the third region be partly aligned with each other.
- a degree of a mismatch between a (1-1-4) plane of the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region or a plane orthogonal to the (1-1-4) plane and a ⁇ 100 ⁇ plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region is preferably less than or equal to 0.12
- a degree of a mismatch between the ⁇ 100 ⁇ plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region and a ⁇ 100 ⁇ plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region is preferably less than or equal to 0.12.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material containing lithium, titanium, cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine.
- concentration of cobalt which is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 1, the concentration of titanium is greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 0.4, the concentration of magnesium is greater than or equal to 0.4 and less than or equal to 1.5, and the concentration of fluorine is greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 1.5.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a method for forming a positive electrode active material including: a step of mixing a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine; a step of heating the mixture of the source of lithium, the source of cobalt, the source of magnesium, and the source of fluorine at 800° C. or higher and 1100° C.
- a ratio of the number of atoms of lithium in the source of lithium to the number of atoms of cobalt in the source of cobalt is preferably greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than 1.07.
- the number of atoms of magnesium in the source of magnesium is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 atomic% and less than or equal to 1.5 atomic% of the number of atoms of cobalt in the source of cobalt.
- lithium carbonate, cobalt oxide, magnesium oxide, and lithium fluoride can be used as a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine, respectively.
- the coating film covering the surface of the positive electrode active material a coating film containing carbon (a film containing a graphene compound) or a coating film containing lithium or a decomposition product of an electrolyte solution is used.
- powder in which the surface of the positive electrode active material is coated with graphene oxide using a spray dry apparatus is preferably obtained.
- the spray dry apparatus is a manufacturing apparatus using a spray dry method by which a dispersion medium is removed by supplying a hot wind to a suspension.
- a coating film is preferably provided to prevent the deformation of the particles of the positive electrode active materials, such as cracking or breaking.
- the particles of the positive electrode active materials are mixed therein to prepare the suspension, and dried powder is produced with a spray dry apparatus is preferably used.
- the dried powder produced in this manner is referred to as a composite in some cases.
- the size of one drop of spray liquid sprayed from a nozzle of the spray dry apparatus depends on a nozzle diameter.
- the particle diameter is smaller than the nozzle diameter, there are a plurality of particles in one drop of the spray liquid sprayed from the nozzle.
- the surface of the particle after drying under the condition where the largest particle size is smaller than the nozzle diameter is observed, there are some portions where the surface is coated with the graphene oxide; however, the coating is insufficient.
- the nozzle diameter of the spray dry apparatus is preferably substantially equal to the largest particle size of the active material because the coverage of the active material can be improved. Moreover, the largest particle size of the positive electrode active material is preferably adjusted to be substantially equal to the nozzle diameter in forming the positive electrode active material.
- the suspension of water and the graphene oxide can be formed by stirring using ultrasonic waves.
- the positive electrode active material is added to the suspension, and the suspension is sprayed with the spray dry apparatus, whereby powder in which the surface of the positive electrode active material is coated with the graphene oxide can be obtained.
- the suspension becomes more acidic as the amount of graphene oxide is increased.
- part of the surface of the positive electrode active material e.g., LiCoO 2 containing Mg and F
- a hydrogen ion exponent (pH) of the suspension before being sprayed is preferably adjusted to be close to approximately pH7, that is, close to neutral, or higher than or equal to pH8, that is, alkaline.
- pH adjustment a LiOH aqueous solution is preferably used.
- a mixed solution of ethanol and water is used as the dispersion medium of the suspension, whereby damage to the surface of the active material may be reduced.
- the suspension is formed in the above manner, whereby the positive electrode active material whose surface is coated with the graphene oxide can be prepared efficiently.
- the surface is coated with the graphene oxide, the deformation of the particles of the positive electrode active materials, such as cracking or breaking can be prevented.
- the change of properties or degradation can be suppressed.
- “after the formation” refers to a period from the termination of the formation of the positive electrode active material to the start of the fabrication of the secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material and includes the storing, the transporting, and the like of the positive electrode active material.
- the coating film when the coating film is formed, the positive electrode active material and the electrolyte solution can be prevented from being in direct contact with each other to react; thus, the secondary battery using the coating film has high reliability.
- a known apparatus for example, a countercurrent pressure-nozzle-type spray dry apparatus and a counter-cocurrent pressure-nozzle-type spray dry apparatus can be utilized.
- the graphene oxide coating the surface of the active material may be reduced when used in the secondary battery.
- the reduced graphene oxide is referred to as “RGO” in some cases.
- RGO in some cases, part of oxygen atoms remains in a state of oxygen or atomic group containing oxygen that is bonded to carbon.
- RGO includes a functional group, e.g., an epoxy group, a carbonyl group such as a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a secondary battery which includes a positive electrode containing the above-described positive electrode active material or the above-described positive electrode active material coated with a coating film and a negative electrode.
- the secondary battery can have any of a variety of shapes to fit the form of the device to be used, for example, a cylindrical shape, a rectangular shape, a coin-type shape, and a laminated (flat plate) shape.
- a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery is provided.
- a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics is provided.
- a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery is provided.
- a novel material, a novel active material particle, a novel secondary battery, or a formation method thereof is provided.
- FIGS. 1 A to 1 C show examples of a positive electrode active material
- FIGS. 2 A and 2 B illustrate crystal structures of a positive electrode active material
- FIG. 3 illustrates crystal structures of a positive electrode active material
- FIGS. 4 A- 1 , 4 A- 2 , 4 A- 3 , 4 B, 4 C, 4 D- 1 , and 4 D- 2 show a sol-gel method
- FIGS. 5 A to 5 C illustrate a segregation model of elements contained in a positive electrode active material
- FIGS. 6 A to 6 D illustrate a segregation model of elements contained in a positive electrode active material
- FIGS. 7 A and 7 B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive
- FIGS. 8 A to 8 C illustrate a method for charging a secondary battery
- FIGS. 9 A to 9 D illustrate a method for charging a secondary battery
- FIG. 10 illustrates a method for discharging a secondary battery
- FIGS. 11 A to 11 C illustrate a coin-type secondary battery
- FIGS. 12 A to 12 D illustrate a cylindrical secondary battery
- FIGS. 13 A and 13 B illustrate an example of a secondary battery
- FIGS. 14 A- 1 , 14 A- 2 , 14 B- 1 , and 14 B- 2 illustrate examples of secondary batteries
- FIGS. 15 A and 15 B illustrate examples of secondary batteries
- FIG. 16 illustrates an example of a secondary battery
- FIGS. 17 A to 17 C illustrate a laminated secondary battery
- FIGS. 18 A and 18 B illustrate a laminated secondary battery
- FIG. 19 is an external view of a secondary battery
- FIG. 20 is an external view of a secondary battery
- FIGS. 21 A to 21 C illustrate a formation method of a secondary battery
- FIGS. 22 A, 22 B 1 , 22 B 2 , 22 C, and 22 D illustrate a bendable secondary battery
- FIGS. 23 A and 23 B illustrate a bendable secondary battery
- FIGS. 24 A to 24 H illustrate examples of electronic devices
- FIGS. 25 A to 25 C illustrate an example of an electronic device
- FIG. 26 illustrates examples of electronic devices
- FIGS. 27 A to 27 C illustrate examples of electronic devices
- FIG. 28 is a transmission electron microscope image of a positive electrode active material in Example 1;
- FIGS. 29 A 1 , 29 A 2 , 29 B 1 , 29 B 2 , 29 C 1 , and 29 C 2 are FFT images of transmission electron microscope images of a positive electrode active material in Example 1;
- FIGS. 30 A 1 , 30 A 2 , 30 B 1 , 30 B 2 , 30 C 1 , and 30 C 2 are element mapping images of a positive electrode active material in Example 1;
- FIGS. 31 A 1 , 31 A 2 , 31 B 1 , 31 B 2 , 31 C 1 , and 31 C 2 are element mapping images of a positive electrode active material of a comparative example in Example 1;
- FIG. 32 is a graph showing TEM-EDX line analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 1;
- FIG. 33 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1;
- FIG. 34 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery of a comparative example in Example 1;
- FIG. 35 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIG. 36 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1.
- FIGS. 37 A, 37 B 1 , 37 B 2 , 37 C 1 , 37 C 2 , 37 D 1 , 37 D 2 , 37 E 1 , and 37 E 2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a comparative example in Example 2;
- FIGS. 38 A, 38 B 1 , 38 B 2 , 38 C 1 , 38 C 2 , 38 D 1 , 38 D 2 , 38 E 1 , and 38 E 2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2;
- FIGS. 39 A, 39 B 1 , 39 B 2 , 39 C 1 , 39 C 2 , 39 D 1 , 39 D 2 , 39 E 1 , and 39 E 2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a comparative example in Example 2;
- FIGS. 40 A, 40 B 1 , 40 B 2 , 40 C 1 , 40 C 2 , 40 D 1 , 40 D 2 , 40 E 1 , and 40 E 2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2;
- FIGS. 41 A and 41 B are each a graph showing EDX point analysis results in Example 2.
- FIGS. 42 A and 42 B are each a graph showing EDX point analysis results in Example 2.
- FIG. 43 is a graph showing rate characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2.
- FIG. 44 is a graph showing temperature characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2.
- FIG. 45 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2.
- FIGS. 46 A and 46 B are each a graph showing XPS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 3;
- FIGS. 47 A and 47 B are each a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3;
- FIG. 48 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIG. 49 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3.
- FIGS. 50 A to 50 C are each a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3;
- FIGS. 51 A to 51 C are SEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 4.
- FIGS. 52 A- 1 , 52 A- 2 , 52 B- 1 , 52 B- 2 , 52 C- 1 , and 52 C- 2 are SEM-EDX images of a positive electrode active material in Example 4;
- FIG. 53 is a process flow chart of Example 5.
- FIG. 54 illustrates a spray dry apparatus in Example 5.
- FIG. 55 is a TEM image showing one embodiment of the present invention in Example 5.
- FIG. 56 is a SEM image showing one embodiment of the present invention in Example 5.
- FIG. 57 is a SEM image showing a comparative example in Example 5.
- FIGS. 58 A and 58 B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive in Example 5.
- the Miller index is used for the expression of crystal planes and orientations.
- a superscript bar is placed over a number in the expression using the Miller index; however, in this specification and the like, crystal planes and orientations are expressed by placing a minus sign (-) at the front of a number instead of placing the bar over a number because of expression limitations.
- crystal planes and orientations are expressed by placing a minus sign (-) at the front of a number instead of placing the bar over a number because of expression limitations.
- an individual direction which shows an orientation in crystal is denoted by “[ ]”
- a set direction which shows all of the equivalent orientations is denoted by “ ⁇ >”
- an individual direction which shows a crystal plane is denoted by “( )”
- a set plane having equivalent symmetry is denoted by “ ⁇ ⁇ ”.
- the crystal planes and orientations are expressed by a number with a bar placed thereover, which is an original crystallographic expression. Note that 1 ⁇ is 10 -10 m
- segregation refers to a phenomenon in which, in a solid made of a plurality of elements (e.g., A, B, and C), a certain element (for example, B) is non-uniformly distributed.
- a layered rock-salt crystal structure included in a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal refers to a crystal structure in which a rock-salt ion arrangement where cations and anions are alternately arranged is included and the lithium and the transition metal are regularly arranged to form a two-dimensional plane, so that lithium can be two-dimensionally diffused. Note that a defect such as a cation or anion vacancy can exist. In the layered rock-salt crystal structure, strictly, a lattice of a rock-salt crystal is distorted in some cases.
- a rock-salt crystal structure refers to a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. Note that a cation or anion vacancy may exist.
- Anions of a layered rock-salt crystal and anions of a rock-salt crystal each form a cubic closest packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure).
- a layered rock-salt crystal and a rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other, there is a crystal plane at which directions of cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other.
- a space group of the layered rock-salt crystal is R-3m, which is different from a space group Fm-3m of a general rock-salt crystal and a space group Fd-3m of a rock-salt crystal having the simplest symmetry; thus, the Miller index of the crystal plane satisfying the above conditions in the layered rock-salt crystal is different from that in the rock-salt crystal.
- a state where the directions of the cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other is referred to as a state where crystal orientations are substantially aligned with each other.
- Whether the crystal orientations in two regions are aligned with each other or not can be judged by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) image, a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image, an annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy (ABF-STEM) image, and the like.
- TEM transmission electron microscope
- STEM scanning transmission electron microscope
- HAADF-STEM high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy
- ABSTEM annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy
- epitaxy a state where structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity. Crystal growth in which structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxial growth”. In addition, a state where three-dimensional structures have similarity or orientations are crystallographically the same is referred to as “topotaxy”. Thus, in the case of topotaxy, when part of a cross section is observed, orientations of crystals in two regions (e.g., a region serving as a base and a region formed through growth) are substantially aligned with each other.
- the positive electrode active material 100 refers to a substance containing a transition metal which can receive and release lithium ion electrochemically. As illustrated in FIG. 1 A , the positive electrode active material 100 includes a first region 101 inside and a second region 102 and a third region 103 in a superficial portion.
- the second region 102 does not necessarily cover the entire first region 101 .
- the third region 103 does not necessarily cover the entire second region 102 .
- the third region 103 may be present in contact with the first region 101 .
- the thicknesses of the second region 102 and the third region 103 may each differ depending on the positions.
- the third region 103 may be present inside the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the third region 103 may be present in the vicinity of a grain boundary.
- the third region 103 may be present in a portion which includes crystal defects or a crack portion in the positive electrode active material 100 or in the vicinity thereof.
- FIG. 1 B parts of grain boundaries are shown by dotted lines.
- crystal defects refer to defects which can be observed from a TEM image and the like, that is, a structure in which another element enters crystal, a cavity, and the like.
- a crack portion refers to a crack or a break formed in a particle like a crack portion 106 illustrated in FIG. 1 C , for example.
- the second region 102 may be present inside the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the second region 102 may be present in the vicinity of a grain boundary.
- the second region 102 may be present in a portion which includes crystal defects or a crack portion in the positive electrode active material 100 or in the vicinity thereof.
- the third region 103 and the second region 102 inside the positive electrode active material 100 may overlap.
- the first region 101 contains a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal.
- the first region 101 contains lithium, a first transition metal, and oxygen.
- the composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal preferably has a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- cobalt As the first transition metal, only cobalt may be used, cobalt and manganese may be used, or cobalt, manganese, and nickel may be used.
- the first region can include lithium cobalt oxide, lithium manganese oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which manganese is substituted for part of cobalt, lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide, or the like.
- the first region 101 may include a metal other than the transition metal, such as aluminum.
- the first region 101 serves as a region which particularly contributes to a charge and discharge reaction in the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the volume of the first region 101 is preferably larger than those of the second region and the third region.
- a material having a layered rock-salt crystal structure has features such as high discharge capacity and low resistance due to lithium that can be diffused two-dimensionally, which is preferably used for the first region 101 .
- a segregation of a representative element such as magnesium, which is described later, tends to occur unexpectedly.
- the first region 101 may be a single crystal or a polycrystal.
- the first region 101 may be a polycrystal in which an average crystallite size is greater than or equal to 280 nm and less than or equal to 630 nm.
- a grain boundary can be observed from the TEM or the like in some cases.
- the average of crystal grain sizes can be calculated from the half width of XRD.
- the polycrystal has a clear crystal structure; thus, a two-dimensional diffusion path of lithium ions can be sufficiently ensured.
- a polycrystal is easily produced as compared with a single crystal; thus, a polycrystal is preferably used for the first region 101 .
- first region 101 does not necessarily have a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- part of the first region 101 may be amorphous or has another crystal structure.
- the second region 102 contains an oxide of a second transition metal.
- the second region 102 contains a second transition metal and oxygen.
- the second transition metal a non-stoichiometric metal is preferably used.
- the second region 102 preferably includes a non-stoichiometric compound.
- the second transition metal at least one of titanium, vanadium, manganese, iron, chromium, niobium, cobalt, zinc, zirconium, nickel, and the like can be used.
- the second transition metal is preferably an element different from that of the first transition metal.
- a non-stoichiometric metal refers to a metal that can have a plurality of valences.
- a non-stoichiometric compound refers to a compound of a metal that can have a plurality of valences and another element.
- the second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the second region 102 serves as a buffer region which connects the first region 101 to the third region 103 which is described later.
- an interatomic distance can be changed in accordance with a change in valence of a metal contained in the non-stoichiometric compound.
- a cation or anion vacancy and dislocation (what is called Magneli phase) are often formed.
- the second region 102 which serves as a buffer region, can absorb a strain generated between the first region 101 and the third region 103 .
- the second region 102 may contain lithium in addition to the second transition metal and oxygen.
- lithium titanate or lithium manganite may be contained.
- the second region 102 may contain a representative element contained in the third region 103 which is described later.
- the second region 102 that contains an element contained in the first region 101 , such as lithium, and an element contained in the third region 103 is preferable because the second region 102 serves as a buffer region.
- the second region 102 can contain lithium titanate, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, manganese oxide, iron oxide, copper oxide, chromium oxide, niobium oxide, cobalt oxide, zinc oxide, or the like.
- the second region 102 may contain the first transition metal.
- the second transition metal may be present in part of a first transition metal site of the composite oxide including the first transition metal.
- titanium may be present as titanium oxide (TiO 2 ) or lithium titanate (LiTiO 2 ) in the second region 102 .
- titanium may be substituted for part of the first transition metal site of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal.
- the second region 102 may contain fluorine.
- the second region 102 preferably has a crystal structure which is the same as that of the third region 103 which is described later. In this case, orientations of crystals of the second region 102 and the third region 103 are likely to be aligned with each other.
- the second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure; however, the entire second region 102 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the second region 102 may have another crystal structure such as a spinel crystal structure, an olivine crystal structure, a corundum crystal structure, or a rutile crystal structure.
- a crystal structure may have a strain as long as a structure where six oxygen atoms are adjacent to cations is kept.
- a cation vacancy may be present in part of the second region 102 .
- part of the second region 102 may be amorphous.
- the second region 102 is preferably provided in a range from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 20 nm, preferably a depth of 10 nm, in a depth direction.
- the second transition metal may have a concentration gradient.
- the third region 103 contains a compound of representative elements.
- a compound of representative elements is a stoichiometric compound.
- a compound made of representative elements which are electrochemically stable is preferable, and at least one of magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, beryllium oxide, lithium fluoride, and sodium fluoride can be used, for example.
- the third region 103 is in contact with an electrolyte solution when the positive electrode active material 100 is used in a secondary battery.
- a material which is hardly changed electrochemically in the process of charging and discharging and is not easily transformed by contact with the electrolyte solution is preferably used.
- the compound of representative elements which is a stoichiometric compound and electrochemically stable is preferably used for the third region 103 .
- the positive electrode active material 100 includes the third region 103 in a superficial portion to improve stability in charging and discharging of the secondary battery.
- a state where stability of a secondary battery is high refers to a state where the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal contained in the first region 101 is more stable.
- it refers to a state where a change in capacity of the secondary battery is small even if charging and discharging are repeated or a state where a change in valence of a metal contained in the positive electrode active material 100 is suppressed even after charging and discharging are repeated.
- the third region 103 may contain fluorine.
- fluorine may be substituted for some anions in the compound of the representative elements.
- Fluorine is substituted for some anions in the compound of the representative elements, whereby diffusion properties of lithium can be improved.
- the third region 103 is less likely to prevent charging and discharging.
- fluorine is present in a superficial portion of a positive electrode active material particle, corrosion resistance against a hydrofluoric acid generated by decomposition of an electrolyte solution is increased in some cases.
- the third region 103 may include lithium, the first transition metal, and the second transition metal.
- the compound of the representative elements contained in the third region 103 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- orientations of crystals are likely to be aligned with those of the second region 102 .
- the orientations of crystals of the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 are substantially aligned with each other, whereby the second region 102 and the third region 103 can serve as a more stable coating layer.
- the entire third region 103 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the third region 103 may have another crystal structure such as a spinel crystal structure, an olivine crystal structure, a corundum crystal structure, or a rutile crystal structure.
- a crystal structure may have a strain as long as a structure where six oxygen atoms are adjacent to cations is kept.
- a cation vacancy may be present in part of the third region 103 .
- part of the third region 103 may be amorphous.
- the thickness of the third region 103 is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 50 nm, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 2 nm.
- fluorine is preferably present in a bonding state other than magnesium fluoride (MgF 2 ), lithium fluoride (LiF), and cobalt fluoride (CoF 2 ).
- MgF 2 magnesium fluoride
- LiF lithium fluoride
- CoF 2 cobalt fluoride
- a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is preferably higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV, further preferably approximately 684.3 eV.
- the bonding energy does not correspond to those of MgF 2 , LiF, and CoF 2 .
- a peak position of bonding energy with an element in an XPS analysis refers to a value of bonding energy at which the maximum intensity of an energy spectrum is obtained in a range corresponding to bonding energy of the element.
- the positive electrode active material 100 of one embodiment of the present invention includes the second region 102 serving as a buffer region and the third region 103 which is electrochemically stable.
- the dissolution of the first transition metal can be effectively suppressed, and the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal contained in the first region 101 can be more stable.
- the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery including the positive electrode active material 100 can be significantly improved.
- the structure of one embodiment of the present invention is significantly effective.
- the second region 102 is preferably formed by heteroepitaxial growth from the first region 101 .
- the third region 103 is preferably formed by heteroepitaxial growth from the second region 102 .
- a region formed by heteroepitaxial growth becomes topotaxy which has crystal orientations substantially three-dimensionally aligned with those of a region serving as a base.
- the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be topotaxy.
- the second region 102 and the third region 103 serve as a coating layer which has a stable bond with the first region 101 .
- the positive electrode active material 100 including a strong coating layer can be provided.
- the second region 102 and the third region 103 have a stable bond with the first region 101 , when the positive electrode active material 100 is used for the secondary battery, a change of the crystal structure in the first region 101 which is caused by charging and discharging can be effectively suppressed. Even when lithium is released from the first region 101 due to charging, the coating layer having a stable bond can suppress release of cobalt and oxygen from the first region 101 . Furthermore, a chemically stable material can be used for a region in contact with the electrolyte solution. Thus, a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided.
- the degree of a mismatch between crystals in a region serving as a base and crystals on which crystal growth is performed is important.
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ is defined by the following Formula 1.
- the average of the nearest neighbor distances between oxygen and cations of the crystals in the region serving as a base is represented by ⁇
- the average of the natural nearest neighbor distances between anions and cations of the crystals on which crystal growth is performed is represented by b.
- the degree of a mismatchfbetween crystals in a region serving as a base and crystals on which crystal growth is performed needs to be less than or equal to 0.12.
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ is preferably less than or equal to 0.08, further preferably less than or equal to 0.04.
- materials of the first region 101 and the second region 102 are preferably selected so that the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region 101 and the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 is less than or equal to 0.12.
- materials of the second region 102 and the third region 103 are preferably selected so that the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 and the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region 103 is less than or equal to 0.12.
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region 101 and the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 is less than or equal to 0.12; and the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 and the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region 103 is less than or equal to 0.12.
- Example 1 Lithium Cobaltate, Lithium Titanate, and Magnesium Oxide>>
- FIGS. 2 A and 2 B and FIG. 3 show an example in which the first transition metal is cobalt, the first region 101 contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure, the second transition metal is titanium, the second region 102 contains lithium titanate having a rock-salt crystal structure, and the compound of the representative elements in the third region 103 is magnesium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure.
- FIG. 2 A illustrates a model of a layered rock-salt crystal structure (a space group R-3mH) of lithium cobaltate (LiCoO 2 ), a model of a rock-salt crystal structure (a space group Fd-3mZ) of lithium titanate (LiTiO 2 ), and a model of a rock-salt crystal structure (a space group Fd-3mZ) of magnesium oxide.
- FIG. 2 A illustrates models each of which is seen from the b-axis direction.
- FIG. 2 A illustrates a model of the layered rock-salt crystals seen from the ⁇ 1-1-4> plane direction and models of the rock-salt crystals seen from the ⁇ 100> plane direction.
- atomic arrangement of the layered rock-salt crystals is highly similar to those of the rock-salt crystals seen from the ⁇ 100> plane direction.
- the nearest neighbor distances between metal and oxygen have similar values.
- a distance between Li and O is 2.089 ⁇ and a distance between Co and O is 1.925 ⁇ .
- a distance between Li and O is 2.138 ⁇ and a distance between Ti and O is 2.051 ⁇ .
- a distance between Mg and O is 2.106 ⁇ .
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a (1-1-4) crystal plane 101 p (1-1-4) of lithium cobaltate having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region 101 is 4.01 ⁇ .
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a ⁇ 100 ⁇ crystal plane 102 p ⁇ 100 ⁇ of lithium titanate having the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 is 4.19 ⁇ .
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the crystal plane 101 p (1-1-4) and the crystal plane 102 p ⁇ 100 ⁇ is 0.04.
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a ⁇ 100 ⁇ crystal plane 103 p ⁇ 100 ⁇ of magnesium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region 103 is 4.21 ⁇ .
- the degree of a mismatch f between the crystal plane 102 p ⁇ 100 ⁇ and the crystal plane 103 p ⁇ 100 ⁇ is 0.02.
- the degree of a mismatch between the first region 101 and the second region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between the second region 102 and the third region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be topotaxy.
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ is 0.05. That is, owing to the second region 102 , the degree of a mismatch can be small. Moreover, with the second region 102 that is a non-stoichiometric transition metal oxide, the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be more stable topotaxy. Thus, the second region 102 and the third region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with the first region 101 .
- the (1-1-4) plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the ⁇ 100 ⁇ plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto as long as crystal planes which can be topotaxy are in contact with each other.
- the first transition metal is cobalt
- the first region 101 contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure
- the second transition metal is manganese
- the second region 102 contains manganese oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure
- the compound of the representative elements in the third region 103 is calcium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure
- the degree of a mismatch between the regions when the (1-1-4) crystal plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the ⁇ 100 ⁇ crystal plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other is described.
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane (1-1-4) of lithium cobaltate having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region 101 is 4.01 ⁇ .
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ of manganese oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 is 4.45 ⁇ .
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the crystal plane (1-1-4) in the first region 101 and the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the second region 102 is 0.11.
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ of calcium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region 103 is 4.82 ⁇ .
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the second region 102 and the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the third region 103 is 0.08.
- the degree of a mismatch between the first region 101 and the second region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between the second region 102 and the third region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be topotaxy.
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ is 0.20; thus, it is difficult to perform the heteroepitaxial growth. That is, owing to the second region 102 , the heteroepitaxial growth from the first region to the third region can be performed.
- the second region 102 and the third region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with the first region 101 .
- the first transition metals are nickel, manganese, and cobalt
- the first region 101 contains lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide (LiNi 0.33 CO 0.33 Mn 0.33 O 2 ) having a layered rock-salt crystal structure
- the second transition metal is manganese
- the second region 102 contains manganese oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure
- the compound of the representative elements in the third region 103 is calcium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure is shown.
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane (1-1-4) of lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region 101 is 4.07 ⁇ . Furthermore, a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ of manganese oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region 102 is 4.45 ⁇ . Thus, the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the crystal plane (1-1-4) in the first region 101 and the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the second region 102 is 0.09.
- a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ of calcium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region 103 is 4.82 ⁇ .
- the degree of a mismatch ⁇ between the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the second region 102 and the crystal plane ⁇ 100 ⁇ in the third region 103 is 0.08.
- the degree of a mismatch between the first region 101 and the second region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between the second region 102 and the third region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be topotaxy.
- the second region 102 is provided, whereby the heteroepitaxial growth from the first region to the third region can be performed.
- the second region 102 and the third region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with the first region 101 .
- the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 have different compositions.
- the element contained in each region has a concentration gradient in some cases.
- the second transition metal in the second region 102 may have a concentration gradient.
- the third region 103 may have a concentration gradient of a representative element because a representative element preferably segregates in the third region 103 as described later. Thus, the boundaries between the regions are not clear in some cases.
- compositions of the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be observed using a TEM image, a STEM image, fast Fourier transform (FFT) analysis, energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry (EDX), an analysis in the depth direction by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron spectroscopy, thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS), or the like.
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- EDX energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry
- ToF-SIMS time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry
- XPS X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy
- Auger electron spectroscopy thermal desorption spectroscopy
- TDS thermal desorption spectroscopy
- difference of constituent elements is observed as difference of brightness; thus, difference of constituent elements of the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be observed.
- EDX e.g., element mapping
- the third region 103 that is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100 refers to a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a region where a concentration of a representative element such as magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is 1 ⁇ 5 of a peak.
- the analysis in the depth direction the line analysis of EDX, analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, or the like, which is described above, can be used.
- a peak of a concentration of a representative element is preferably present in a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 3 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the depth at which the concentration of the representative element becomes 1 ⁇ 5 of the peak is different depending on the manufacturing method, in the case of a manufacturing method described later, the depth is approximately 2 nm to 5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- the third region 103 that is present inside the first region 101 in the vicinity of a grain boundary, a crystal defect, or the like also refers to a region where a concentration of a representative element which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 5 of a peak.
- a distribution of fluorine in the positive electrode active material 100 preferably overlaps with a distribution of the representative element.
- fluorine also has a concentration gradient, and a peak of a concentration of fluorine is preferably present in a region from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 to a depth of 3 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm.
- the second region 102 that is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material 100 refers to a region where a concentration of the second transition metal which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 2 of a peak.
- the second region 102 that is present inside the first region 101 in the vicinity of a grain boundary, a crystal defect, or the like also refers to a region where a concentration of the second transition metal which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 2 of a peak.
- the line analysis of EDX, analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, or the like, which is described above, can be used.
- the third region 103 and the second region 102 overlap in some cases.
- the third region 103 is preferably present in a region closer to the surface of the positive electrode active material particle than the second region 102 is.
- the peak of the concentration of the representative element is preferably present in a region closer to the surface of the positive electrode active material particle than the peak of the concentration of the second transition metal is.
- the peak of the second transition metal is preferably present in a region from a depth of 0.2 nm or more to a depth of 10 nm or less from the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 toward the center, further preferably in a region from a depth of 0.5 nm or more to a depth of 3 nm or less.
- the measurement range of the XPS is from the surface of the particle of the positive electrode active material 100 to a region at a depth of approximately 5 nm.
- a concentration of an element present at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively.
- the concentration of elements in the third region 103 and the second region 102 present at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively.
- a relative value of the concentration of the second transition metal is preferably greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 0.4, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.1 and less than or equal to 0.3.
- a relative value of the concentration of the representative element is preferably greater than or equal to 0.4 and less than or equal to 1.5, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.45 and less than or equal to 1.00.
- a relative value of the concentration of fluorine is preferably greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 1.5, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.3 and less than or equal to 1.00.
- elements contained in the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 may each have a concentration gradient; thus, the first region 101 may contain the element in the second region 102 or the third region 103 , such as fluorine. Similarly, the third region 103 may contain the element in the first region 101 or the second region 102 . In addition, the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 may each contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium.
- D 50 (also referred to as a median diameter) is preferably 5 ⁇ m or more and 100 ⁇ m or less, and further preferably 10 ⁇ m or more and 70 ⁇ m or less.
- the nozzle diameter and the maximum particle diameter of the positive electrode active material 100 be substantially the same.
- the positive electrode active material layer To increase the density of the positive electrode active material layer, it is effective to mix large particles (the longest portion is approximately 20 ⁇ m or more and 40 ⁇ m or less) and small particles (the longest portion is approximately 1 ⁇ m) and embed spaces between the large particles with the small particles. Thus, there may be two peaks of particle size distribution.
- the particle size of the positive electrode active material is influenced not only by the particle sizes of starting materials but also by a ratio between lithium and the first transition metal (hereinafter expressed as a ratio of Li to the first transition metal) which are contained in the starting material.
- the grain growth needs to be performed at the time of baking so that the grain size of the positive electrode active material is in the above-described preferred range.
- the ratio of Li to the first transition metal of the starting material is larger than 1, that is, to make the amount of lithium a little larger.
- the ratio of Li to the first transition metal is approximately 1.06
- a positive electrode active material in which D 50 is larger than or equal to 15 ⁇ m is easily obtained. Note that, as described later, lithium may be lost to the outside of a system in the formation process of the positive electrode active material; thus, the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal of the obtained positive electrode active material does not agree with the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal of the starting material in some cases.
- the capacity retention rate of a secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material might be decreased.
- the present inventors found that with the second region 102 containing the second transition metal in the superficial portion, the particle size can be in the preferred range by control of the ratio of Li to the first transition metal and a positive electrode active material having high capacity retention rate can be formed.
- the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is preferably greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.07, further preferably greater than or equal to 1.03 and less than or equal to 1.06.
- the second region 102 can be formed by coating particles of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal with a material containing the second transition metal.
- a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, a solid phase method, a sputtering method, an evaporation method, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, or the like can be used.
- a sol-gel method which can be performed with a uniform coverage under an atmospheric pressure is used is described.
- FIGS. 4 A- 1 , 4 A- 2 , 4 A- 3 , 4 B, 4 C, 4 D- 1 , and 4 D- 2 A method for forming a material containing the second transition metal using a sol-gel method is described with reference to FIGS. 4 A- 1 , 4 A- 2 , 4 A- 3 , 4 B, 4 C, 4 D- 1 , and 4 D- 2 .
- an alkoxide of the second transition metal is dissolved in alcohol.
- FIG. 4 A- 1 shows a general formula of the alkoxide of the second transition metal.
- M 2 indicates the alkoxide of the second transition metal.
- R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms.
- FIG. 4 A- 1 shows the general formula in which the second transition metal has a valence of 4, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the second transition metal may have a valence of 2, a valence of 3, a valence of 5, a valence of 6, or a valence of 7.
- the alkoxide of the second transition metal includes an alkoxy group corresponding to the valence of the second transition metal.
- FIG. 4 A- 2 shows a general formula of the titanium alkoxide used when titanium is used as the second transition metal.
- R in FIG. 4 A- 2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms.
- titanium alkoxide tetramethoxytitanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra-n-propoxytitanium, tetra-i-propoxytitanium (also referred to as tetraisopropyl orthotitanate, titanium (IV) isopropoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide (IV), TTIP, and the like), tetra-n-butoxytitanium, tetra-i-butoxytitanium, tetra-sec-butoxytitanium, tetra-t-butoxytitanium, or the like can be used.
- FIG. 4 A- 3 shows a chemical formula of titanium (IV) isopropoxide (TTIP) described in a formation method below, which is a kind of titanium alkoxide.
- TTIP titanium isopropoxide
- an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, or 2-butanol is preferably used.
- particles of composite oxide of lithium, a transition metal, magnesium, and fluorine are mixed into the alcohol solution of the alkoxide of the second transition metal and stirred in an atmosphere containing water vapor.
- the particle 110 is collected, and the alcohol is vaporized.
- the details of the formation method are described later.
- the particles of the composite oxide of lithium, the first transition metal, the representative element, and fluorine are coated with the material containing the second transition metal before the particles are applied to a positive electrode current collector; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto.
- the positive electrode active material layer including the particles of the composite oxide of lithium, the first transition metal, the representative element, and fluorine is formed on the positive electrode current collector, the positive electrode current collector and the positive electrode active material layer may be both soaked into an alkoxide solution of the second transition metal to be coated with the material containing the second transition metal.
- the third region 103 can be formed by a sputtering method, a solid phase method, a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, or the like.
- a source of a representative element such as magnesium and a source of fluorine are mixed with a material of the first region 101 and then the mixture is heated, the representative element is segregated on a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle to form the third region 103 .
- the positive electrode active material 100 has excellent cycle characteristics.
- the heating is preferably performed after the particle of the composite oxide is coated with the material containing the second transition metal. This is because even after the particle is coated with the material containing the second transition metal, the representative element such as magnesium is unexpectedly segregated on the surface of the particle when the heating is performed.
- Segregation models of the representative element are described with reference to FIGS. 5 A to 5 C and FIGS. 6 A to 6 D . It is probable that the segregation model of the representative element such as magnesium is slightly different in accordance with the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal contained in a starting material. Then, a segregation model in which the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is less than 1.03, that is, the amount of lithium is small, is described with reference to FIGS. 5 A to 5 C . In addition, a segregation model in which the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is greater than or equal to 1.03, that is, the amount of lithium is large, is described with reference to FIGS. 6 A to 6 D . In these segregation models in FIGS. 5 A to 5 C and FIGS. 6 A to 6 D , the first transition metal is cobalt, the second transition metal is titanium, and the representative element is magnesium.
- FIG. 5 A illustrates a model diagram of the vicinity of the surface of the particle 110 of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, which is formed at a ratio of Li to Co in the starting material of less than 1.03.
- a region 111 in the drawings contains lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, and lithium cobaltate (LiCoO 2 ) is a main component of the region 111 .
- Lithium cobaltate has a layered rock-salt structure.
- the cobalt oxide has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the cobalt oxide layer 114 having a rock-salt crystal structure is provided over and in contact with the region 111 containing lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure in some cases.
- the particle 110 is coated with a material containing titanium by a sol-gel method or the like.
- FIG. 5 B illustrates a state where the particle 110 is coated with a layer 112 containing titanium by a sol-gel method.
- the layer 112 containing titanium is a gel of titanium oxide; thus, the crystallinity is low.
- FIG. 5 C illustrates a state where the particle 110 is heated in an oxygen atmosphere at 800° C. for two hours to form the positive electrode active material 100 , which is one embodiment of the present invention.
- titanium in the layer 112 containing titanium is diffused into the inside of the particle 110 .
- magnesium and fluorine contained in the region 111 are segregated on the surface of the particle 110 .
- magnesium oxide As described above, on the surface of the particle 110 , cobalt oxide having a rock-salt structure is present. In addition, magnesium oxide also has a rock-salt crystal structure. Thus, it is probable that magnesium is more stable in the state of being present as magnesium oxide on the surface of the particle 110 as compared with the state of being present inside the particle 110 . That could be why magnesium is segregated on the surface of the particle 110 when the particle 110 is heated.
- fluorine contained in the starting material promotes the segregation of magnesium.
- Fluorine has higher electronegativity than oxygen. Thus, it is probable that even in a stable compound such as magnesium oxide, when fluorine is added, uneven charge distribution occurs and a bond between magnesium and oxygen is weakened. Furthermore, it is probable that fluorine is substituted for oxygen in the magnesium oxide, whereby magnesium easily moves around the substituted fluorine.
- the third region 103 becomes a solid solution of cobalt oxide and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure. Furthermore, fluorine is probably substituted for part of oxygen contained in the cobalt oxide and the magnesium oxide.
- Cobalt sites of lithium cobaltate are substituted for part of the diffused titanium and lithium titanate is substituted for another part of the diffused titanium.
- the second region 102 after the heating contains lithium titanate having a rock-salt crystal structure.
- the first region 101 after the heating contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- FIG. 6 A illustrates a model diagram of the vicinity of the surface of the particle 120 of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, which is formed at a ratio of Li to Co in the starting material of greater than or equal to 1.03.
- a region 121 in the drawings contains lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine.
- the particle 120 in FIG. 6 A contains a sufficient amount of lithium, even when lithium is released from the particle 120 at the time of baking the particle 120 of the composite oxide of lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine or the like, lithium is diffused from the inside of the particle 120 to the surface thereof to compensate; as a result, a cobalt oxide layer is not easily formed on the surface.
- FIG. 6 B illustrates a state where the particle 120 in FIG. 6 A is coated with a layer 122 containing titanium by a sol-gel method.
- the layer 122 containing titanium is a gel of titanium oxide; thus, the crystallinity is low.
- FIG. 6 C illustrates the state where the particle 120 coated with the layer 122 containing titanium in FIG. 6 B starts to be heated.
- titanium in the layer 122 containing titanium is diffused into the inside of the particle 110 .
- the diffused titanium is bonded with lithium contained in the region 121 to become lithium titanate, and a layer 125 containing the lithium titanate is formed.
- FIG. 6 D illustrates the state where the state of FIG. 6 C is sufficiently heated to form the positive electrode active material 100 , which is one embodiment of the present invention. It is considered that, since the cobalt oxide layer 124 having a rock-salt crystal structure is present on the surface, magnesium is more stable in the state of being present as magnesium oxide on the surface of the particle 120 as compared with the state of being present inside the particle 120 . As in the case of FIGS. 5 A to 5 C , fluorine promotes the segregation of magnesium.
- magnesium and fluorine contained in the region 121 are segregated on the surface to be the third region 103 with the cobalt oxide.
- the positive electrode active material 100 which includes the third region 103 containing magnesium oxide and cobalt oxide, the second region 102 containing lithium titanate, and the first region 101 containing lithium cobaltate, is formed.
- the representative element when the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal included in the first region 101 is a polycrystal or has crystal defects, the representative element can be segregated not only in the superficial portion but also in the vicinity of a grain boundary of the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal or in the vicinity of crystal defects thereof.
- the representative element segregated in the vicinity of a grain boundary or in the vicinity of crystal defects can contribute to further improvement in stability of the crystal structure of the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal included in the first region 101 .
- the representative element is also segregated in the crack portion by heating.
- the representative element not only the representative element but also the second transition metal can be segregated.
- the crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution like the surface of the particle.
- the representative element and the second transition metal are segregated in the crack portion, and the third region 103 and the second region 102 are generated, whereby a chemically stable material can be used for the region in contact with the electrolyte solution.
- a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided.
- the third region 103 formed by segregation is formed by epitaxial growth, orientations of crystals in the second region 102 and the third region 103 are partly and substantially aligned with each other in some cases. That is, the second region 102 and the third region 103 become topotaxy in some cases. When the orientations of crystals in the second region 102 and the third region 103 are substantially aligned with each other, these regions can serve as a more favorable coating layer.
- the first region 101 may contain a small amount of representative element such as magnesium.
- the positive electrode active material 100 may include a fourth region 104 on the third region 103 . Furthermore, when the positive electrode active material 100 contains a defect such as a crack portion 106 , the fourth region 104 may be present to embed the defect such as the crack portion 106 .
- the fourth region 104 contains some elements contained in the second region 102 and the third region 103 .
- the fourth region 104 contains the second transition metal and the representative element.
- the fourth region 104 may have a projection, a stripe shape, or a layered shape.
- the fourth region 104 is formed using the second transition metal and the representative element not contained in the second region 102 or the third region 103 of the second transition metals and the representative elements contained in the starting material and the like. That is, with the fourth region 104 , the amount of the second transition metal and the representative element contained in the second region 102 and the third region 103 can be kept in an appropriate range and the crystal structures of the second region 102 and the third region 103 can be stabilized in some cases. Moreover, with the fourth region 104 , the defect such as the crack portion 106 included in the positive electrode active material 100 can be repaired.
- the presence of the fourth region 104 and the shape of the fourth region 104 can be observed by a scanning electron microscope (SEM) or the like. Elements contained in the fourth region 104 can be analyzed by SEM-EDX or the like.
- starting materials are prepared. From the starting materials prepared in this process, the first region 101 and the third region 103 are formed finally.
- a source of lithium and a source of the first transition metal are prepared.
- a source of the representative element is prepared.
- a source of fluorine is preferably prepared. Fluorine used for the materials has an effect of segregating the representative elements contained in the third region 103 on the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 in a later step.
- lithium for example, lithium carbonate and lithium fluoride
- first transition metal for example, an oxide of the first transition metal
- source of the representative element for example, an oxide of the representative element contained in the third region and fluoride of the representative element contained in the third region can be used.
- lithium fluoride and fluoride of the representative element contained in the third region can be used. That is, lithium fluoride can be used as either the source of lithium or the source of fluorine.
- the amount of fluorine contained in the source of fluorine is preferably 1.0 time to 4 times (atomic ratio), further preferably 1.5 times to 3 times (atomic ratio) the amount of representative element contained in the source of the representative element.
- the source of lithium, the source of the first transition metal, and the source of the representative element are mixed.
- the source of fluorine is preferably added.
- a ball mill and a bead mill can be used for the mixing.
- the materials mixed in Step 12 are heated.
- the heating is referred to as baking or first heating in some cases.
- the heating is preferably performed at higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1100° C., further preferably at higher than or equal to 900° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C.
- the heating time is preferably greater than or equal to 2 hours and less than or equal to 20 hours.
- the baking is preferably performed in a dried atmosphere such as dry air.
- the dew point is preferably lower than or equal to -50° C., further preferably lower than or equal to -100° C.
- the heating is performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is -109° C. flows at 10 L/min. After that, the heated materials are cooled to room temperature.
- the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal having a layered rock-salt crystal structure can be synthesized.
- the representative element and fluorine contained in the starting materials form a solid solution in the composite oxide.
- some representative elements have been already segregated on the surface of the composite oxide in some cases.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) can be used as one of the starting materials.
- the lithium cobalt oxide particle has a diameter of approximately 20 ⁇ m and contains fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus in a region which can be analyzed by XPS from the surface.
- the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal is cooled to room temperature. Then, the surface of the composite oxide particle of lithium and the first transition metal is coated with a material containing the second transition metal.
- a sol-gel method is used.
- the alkoxide of the second transition metal which is dissolved in alcohol and the composite oxide particles of lithium and the first transition metal are mixed.
- TTIP can be used as the alkoxide of the second transition metal.
- alcohol isopropanol can be used, for example.
- the stirring can be performed with a magnetic stirrer, for example.
- the stirring time is not limited as long as water and TTIP in an atmosphere cause hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction.
- the stirring can be performed at 25° C. and a humidity of 90%RH (Relative Humidity) for 4 hours.
- a sol-gel reaction can proceed more slowly as compared with the case where liquid water is added.
- a sol-gel reaction can proceed more slowly as compared with the case where heating is performed at a temperature higher than the boiling point of alcohol which is a solvent, for example.
- a sol-gel reaction proceeds slowly, whereby a high-quality coating layer containing titanium with a uniform thickness can be formed.
- precipitate is collected from the mixed solution.
- filtration centrifugation, evaporation and drying, or the like can be used.
- filtration is used.
- a paper filter is used, and the residue is washed by alcohol which is the same as the solvent in which titanium alkoxide is dissolved.
- vacuum drying is performed at 70° C. for one hour.
- the composite oxide particle coated with the material containing the second transition metal, which is formed in Step 14 is heated.
- This step is referred to as second heating in some cases.
- the retention time within a specified temperature range is preferably shorter than or equal to 50 hours, further preferably longer than or equal to 2 hours and shorter than or equal to 10 hours, still further preferably longer than or equal to 1 hour and shorter than or equal to 3 hours. If the heating time is too short, there is concern that the segregation of the representative elements does not occur; however, if the heating time is too long, there is concern that the favorable second region 102 is not formed because diffusion of the second transition metal proceeds too much.
- the specified temperature is preferably higher than or equal to 500° C. and lower than or equal to 1200° C., further preferably higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C. If the specified temperature is too low, there is concern that the segregation of the representative elements and the second transition metal does not occur. However, if the specified temperature is too high, there is concern that the first transition metal in the composite oxide particle is reduced to decompose the composite oxide particle, that a layered structure of lithium and the first transition metal in the composite oxide particle cannot be kept, and the like.
- the specified temperature is 800° C. and kept for 2 hours
- the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h
- the flow rate of dry air is 10 L/min.
- the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal and the oxide of the second transition metal covering the composite oxide become topotaxy.
- the first region 101 and the second region 102 become topotaxy.
- the representative elements which form a solid solution inside the composite oxide particle of lithium and the first transition metal are unevenly distributed on the surface to form a solid solution, that is, the representative elements are segregated, the compound of the representative elements is formed, and the third region 103 is formed.
- the compound of the representative elements is formed by heteroepitaxial growth from the second region 102 . That is, the second region 102 and the third region 103 become topotaxy.
- the second region 102 and the third region 103 contain crystals whose orientations are substantially aligned with each other and have a stable bond with the first region 101 , when the positive electrode active material 100 is used for the secondary battery, a change of the crystal structure in the first region 101 which is caused by charging and discharging can be effectively suppressed. Even when lithium is released from the first region 101 due to charging, the superficial portion having a stable bond can suppress release of oxygen and the first transition metal such as cobalt from the first region 101 . Furthermore, a chemically stable material can be used for a region in contact with the electrolyte solution. Thus, a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided.
- first region 101 and second region 102 does not need to become topotaxy as long as part of the first region 101 and second region 102 becomes topotaxy. Furthermore, the entire second region 102 and third region 103 does not need to become topotaxy as long as part of the second region 102 and third region 103 becomes topotaxy.
- the heating in Step 15 is preferably performed in an atmosphere containing oxygen. Heating in an atmosphere containing oxygen promotes the formation of the third region 103 .
- fluorine contained in the starting materials promotes the segregation of the representative elements.
- the method for forming the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention after the elements forming the second region 102 are coated, heating is performed to form the third region 103 , and two kinds of regions can be formed on the surface of the positive electrode active material 100 . That is, in general, two coating steps are necessary for providing two kinds of regions in a superficial portion; however, in the method for forming the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, only one coating step (sol-gel process) is needed, which is a formation method with high productivity.
- the time of decreasing temperature is preferably long because topotaxy is easily generated.
- the time of decreasing temperature from retention temperature to room temperature is preferably the same as the time of increasing temperature or longer, specifically longer than or equal to 10 hours and shorter than or equal to 50 hours.
- the cooled particles are collected. Moreover, the particles are preferably made to pass through a sieve.
- the positive electrode active material 100 including the first region 101 , the second region 102 , and the third region 103 can be formed.
- This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- examples of materials which can be used for a secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described.
- a secondary battery in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte solution are wrapped in an exterior body is described as an example.
- the positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
- the positive electrode active material layer contains at least a positive electrode active material.
- the positive electrode active material layer may contain, in addition to the positive electrode active material, other materials such as a coating film of the active material surface, a conductive additive, and a binder.
- the positive electrode active material As the positive electrode active material, the positive electrode active material 100 described in the above embodiment can be used. When the above-described positive electrode active material 100 is used, a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the conductive additive examples include a carbon material, a metal material, and a conductive ceramic material.
- a fiber material may be used as the conductive additive.
- the content of the conductive additive with respect to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt% and less than or equal to 10 wt%, more preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt% and less than or equal to 5 wt%.
- a network for electric conduction can be formed in the active material layer by the conductive additive.
- the conductive additive also allows maintaining of a path for electric conduction between the positive electrode active material particles.
- the addition of the conductive additive to the active material layer increases the electric conductivity of the active material layer.
- Examples of the conductive additive include natural graphite, artificial graphite such as mesocarbon microbeads, and carbon fiber.
- Examples of carbon fiber include mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber, isotropic pitch-based carbon fiber, carbon nanofiber, and carbon nanotube. Carbon nanotube can be formed by, for example, a vapor deposition method.
- Other examples of the conductive additive include carbon materials such as carbon black (e.g., acetylene black (AB)), graphite (black lead) particles, graphene, and fullerene.
- metal powder or metal fibers of copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, gold, or the like, a conductive ceramic material, or the like can be used.
- a graphene compound may be used as the conductive additive.
- a graphene compound has excellent electrical characteristics of high conductivity and excellent physical properties of high flexibility and high mechanical strength. Furthermore, a graphene compound has a planar shape. A graphene compound enables low-resistance surface contact. Furthermore, a graphene compound has extremely high conductivity even with a small thickness in some cases and thus allows a conductive path to be formed in an active material layer efficiently even with a small amount. For this reason, it is preferable to use a graphene compound as the conductive additive because the area where the active material and the conductive additive are in contact with each other can be increased.
- the graphene compound serving as a conductive additive is formed to cover the entire surface of the active material with a spray dry apparatus, in which case the electrical resistance may be reduced.
- RGO refers to a compound obtained by reducing graphene oxide (GO), for example.
- the specific surface area of the active material is large and thus more conductive paths for the active material particles are needed.
- the amount of conductive additive tends to increase and the supported amount of active material tends to decrease relatively.
- the capacity of the secondary battery also decreases.
- a graphene compound that can efficiently form a conductive path even in a small amount is particularly preferably used as the conductive additive because the supported amount of active material does not decrease.
- a cross-sectional structure example of an active material layer 200 containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive is described below.
- FIG. 7 A shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the active material layer 200 .
- the active material layer 200 includes positive electrode active material particles 100 , a graphene compound 201 serving as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated).
- graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as the graphene compound 201 , for example.
- the graphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape.
- the graphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other.
- the longitudinal cross section of the active material layer 200 in FIG. 7 B shows substantially uniform dispersion of the sheet-like graphene compounds 201 in the active material layer 200 .
- the graphene compounds 201 are schematically shown by thick lines in FIG. 7 B but are actually thin films each having a thickness corresponding to the thickness of a single layer or a multi-layer of carbon molecules.
- the plurality of graphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to partly coat or adhere to the surfaces of the plurality of positive electrode active material particles 100 , so that the graphene compounds 201 make surface contact with the positive electrode active material particles 100 .
- the plurality of graphene compounds are bonded to each other to form a net-like graphene compound sheet (hereinafter referred to as a graphene compound net or a graphene net).
- the graphene net covering the active material can function as a binder for bonding active materials.
- the amount of a binder can thus be reduced, or the binder does not have to be used. This can increase the proportion of the active material in the electrode volume or weight. That is to say, the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- graphene oxide is used as the graphene compound 201 and mixed with an active material.
- the graphene compounds 201 can be substantially uniformly dispersed in the active material layer 200 .
- the solvent is removed by volatilization from a dispersion medium in which graphene oxide is uniformly dispersed, and the graphene oxide is reduced; hence, the graphene compounds 201 remaining in the active material layer 200 partly overlap with each other and are dispersed such that surface contact is made, thereby forming a three-dimensional conduction path.
- graphene oxide can be reduced either by heat treatment or with the use of a reducing agent, for example.
- the graphene compound 201 is capable of making low-resistance surface contact; accordingly, the electrical conduction between the positive electrode active material particles 100 and the graphene compounds 201 can be improved with a smaller amount of the graphene compound 201 than that of a normal conductive additive. This increases the proportion of the positive electrode active material particles 100 in the active material layer 200 , resulting in increased discharge capacity of the secondary battery.
- the graphene compound may cover the entire surface of the active material in advance with a spray dry apparatus. After that, at the time of forming the positive electrode active material layer, a graphene compound can be further added to make the conductive path between the active materials more favorable.
- a rubber material such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, or ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer can be used, for example.
- SBR styrene-butadiene rubber
- fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- water-soluble polymers are preferably used.
- a polysaccharide and the like can be used.
- a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, starch, or the like can be used. It is more preferred that such water-soluble polymers be used in combination with any of the above rubber materials.
- a material such as polystyrene, poly(methyl acrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene-propylene-diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose is preferably used.
- PVdF polyvinylidene fluoride
- PAN polyacrylonitrile
- ethylene-propylene-diene polymer polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose
- a plurality of the above materials may be used in combination for the binder.
- a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect and another material may be used in combination.
- a rubber material or the like has high adhesion or high elasticity but may have difficulty in viscosity modification when mixed in a solvent.
- a rubber material or the like is preferably mixed with a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example.
- a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect for example, a water-soluble polymer is preferably used.
- a water-soluble polymer having an especially significant viscosity modifying effect is the above-mentioned polysaccharide; for example, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used.
- CMC carboxymethyl cellulose
- methyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- ethyl cellulose methyl cellulose
- hydroxypropyl cellulose diacetyl cellulose
- regenerated cellulose or starch
- a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose obtains a higher solubility when converted into a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose, and accordingly, easily exerts an effect as a viscosity modifier.
- the high solubility can also increase the dispersibility of an active material and other components in the formation of slurry for an electrode.
- cellulose and a cellulose derivative used as a binder of an electrode include salts thereof.
- the water-soluble polymers stabilize viscosity by being dissolved in water and allow stable dispersion of the active material and another material combined as a binder such as styrene-butadiene rubber in an aqueous solution. Furthermore, a water-soluble polymer is expected to be easily and stably adsorbed to an active material surface because it has a functional group. Many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose have functional groups such as a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Because of functional groups, polymers are expected to interact with each other and cover an active material surface in a large area.
- the film is expected to serve as a passivation film to suppress the decomposition of the electrolyte solution.
- the passivation film refers to a film without electric conductivity or a film with extremely low electric conductivity, and can inhibit the decomposition of an electrolyte solution at a potential at which a battery reaction occurs in the case where the passivation film is formed on the active material surface, for example. It is preferred that the passivation film can conduct lithium ions while suppressing electric conduction.
- the positive electrode current collector can be formed using a material that has high conductivity, such as a metal like stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, or titanium, or an alloy thereof. It is preferred that a material used for the positive electrode current collector not dissolve at the potential of the positive electrode.
- the positive electrode current collector can be formed using an aluminum alloy to which an element that improves heat resistance, such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, or molybdenum, is added. Still alternatively, a metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon can be used.
- Examples of the metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon include zirconium, titanium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, and nickel.
- the current collector can have any of various shapes including a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape (sheet-like shape), a net-like shape, a punching-metal shape, and an expanded-metal shape.
- the current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 ⁇ m to 30 ⁇ m.
- the negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector.
- the negative electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- a negative electrode active material for example, an alloy-based material or a carbon-based material can be used.
- an element which enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium can be used.
- a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, and the like can be used.
- Such elements have higher capacity than carbon.
- silicon has a significantly high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, silicon is preferably used as the negative electrode active material.
- a compound containing any of the above elements may be used.
- Examples of the compound include SiO, Mg 2 Si, Mg 2 Ge, SnO, SnO 2 , Mg 2 Sn, SnS 2 , V 2 Sn 3 , FeSn 2 , CoSn 2 , Ni 3 Sn 2 , Cu 6 Sn 5 , Ag 3 Sn, Ag 3 Sb, Ni 2 MnSb, CeSb 3 , LaSn 3 , La 3 CO 2 Sn 7 , CoSb 3 , InSb, and SbSn.
- an alloy-based material an element that enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound containing the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- SiO refers, for example, to silicon monoxide. SiO can alternatively be expressed as SiO x .
- x preferably has an approximate value of 1.
- x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- carbon-based material graphite, graphitizing carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizing carbon (hard carbon), a carbon nanotube, graphene, carbon black, and the like can be used.
- graphite examples include artificial graphite and natural graphite.
- artificial graphite examples include meso-carbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite.
- MCMB meso-carbon microbeads
- pitch-based artificial graphite examples include pitch-based artificial graphite.
- spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used.
- MCMB is preferably used because it may have a spherical shape.
- MCMB may preferably be used because it can relatively easily have a small surface area.
- natural graphite examples include flake graphite and spherical natural graphite.
- Graphite has a low potential substantially equal to that of a lithium metal (higher than or equal to 0.05 V and lower than or equal to 0.3 V vs. Li/Li + ) when lithium ions are intercalated into the graphite (while a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is formed). For this reason, a lithium-ion secondary battery can have a high operating voltage.
- graphite is preferred because of its advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and higher level of safety than that of a lithium metal.
- an oxide such as titanium dioxide (TiO 2 ), lithium titanium oxide (Li 4 Ti 5 O 12 ), lithium-graphite intercalation compound (Li x C 6 ), niobium pentoxide (Nb 2 O 5 ), tungsten oxide (WO 2 ), or molybdenum oxide (MoO 2 ) can be used.
- Li 2.6 Co 0.4 N 3 is preferable because of high charge and discharge capacity (900 mAh/g and 1890 mAh/cm 3 ).
- a nitride containing lithium and a transition metal is preferably used, in which case lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material and thus the negative electrode active material can be used in combination with a material for a positive electrode active material which does not contain lithium ions, such as V 2 O 5 or Cr 3 O 8 .
- the nitride containing lithium and a transition metal can be used for the negative electrode active material by extracting the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- a material which causes a conversion reaction can be used for the negative electrode active material; for example, a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium, such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO), may be used.
- a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO)
- Other examples of the material which causes a conversion reaction include oxides such as Fe 2 O 3 , CuO, Cu 2 O, RuO 2 , and Cr 2 O 3 , sulfides such as CoS 0.89 , NiS, and CuS, nitrides such as Zn 3 N 2 , Cu 3 N, and Ge 3 N 4 , phosphides such as NiP 2 , FeP 2 , and CoP 3 , and fluorides such as FeF 3 and BiF 3 .
- the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the negative electrode active material layer materials similar to those of the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the positive electrode active material layer can be used.
- the negative electrode current collector a material similar to that of the positive electrode current collector can be used. Note that a material which is not alloyed with a carrier ion such as lithium is preferably used for the negative electrode current collector.
- the electrolyte solution contains a solvent and an electrolyte.
- a solvent of the electrolyte solution an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used.
- a solvent of the electrolyte solution an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used.
- EC ethylene carbonate
- PC propylene carbonate
- PC butylene carbonate
- chloroethylene carbonate vinylene carbonate
- vinylene carbonate y-butyrolactone
- y-valerolactone dimethyl carbonate (DMC), diethyl carbonate (DEC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), methyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl dig
- ionic liquids room temperature molten salts which have features of non-flammability and non-volatility
- An ionic liquid contains a cation and an anion.
- the ionic liquid contains an organic cation and an anion.
- organic cation used for the electrolyte solution examples include aliphatic onium cations such as a quaternary ammonium cation, a tertiary sulfonium cation, and a quaternary phosphonium cation, and aromatic cations such as an imidazolium cation and a pyridinium cation.
- anion used for the electrolyte solution examples include a monovalent amide-based anion, a monovalent methide-based anion, a fluorosulfonate anion, a perfluoroalkylsulfonate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a perfluoroalkylborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, and a perfluoroalkylphosphate anion.
- lithium salts such as LiPF 6 , LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 B 12 Cl 12 , LiCF 3 SO 3 , LiC 4 F 9 SO 3 , LiC(CF 3 SO 2 ) 3 , LiC(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 3 , LiN(CF 3 SO 2 ) 2 , LiN(C 4 F 9 SO 2 ) (CF 3 SO 2 ), and LiN(C 2 F 5 SO 2 ) 2 can be used, or two or more of these lithium salts can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- lithium salts such as LiPF 6 , LiClO 4 , LiAsF 6 , LiBF 4 , LiAlCl 4 , LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li 2 SO 4 , Li 2 B 10 Cl 10 , Li 2 B 12 Cl 12 , LiCF
- the electrolyte solution used for a secondary battery is preferably highly purified and contains a small amount of dust particles and elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolyte solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as impurities). Specifically, the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolyte solution is less than or equal to 1%, preferably less than or equal to 0.1%, and further preferably less than or equal to 0.01%.
- an additive agent such as vinylene carbonate, propane sultone (PS), tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), LiBOB, or a dinitrile compound such as succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added to the electrolyte solution.
- concentration of a material to be added with respect to the whole solvent is, for example, higher than or equal to 0.1 wt% and lower than or equal to 5 wt%.
- a gelled electrolyte obtained in such a manner that a polymer is swelled with an electrolyte solution may be used.
- a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight.
- a silicone gel As a polymer that undergoes gelation, a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a fluorine-based polymer gel, or the like can be used.
- polymer examples include a polymer having a polyalkylene oxide structure, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO); PVDF; polyacrylonitrile; and a copolymer containing any of them.
- PEO polyethylene oxide
- PVDF polyethylene oxide
- PVDF-HFP which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP) can be used.
- the formed polymer may be porous.
- a solid electrolyte including an inorganic material such as a sulfide-based inorganic material or an oxide-based inorganic material, or a solid electrolyte including a high-molecular material such as a polyethylene oxide (PEO)-based high-molecular material may alternatively be used.
- a separator and a spacer are not necessary.
- the battery can be entirely solidified, there is no possibility of liquid leakage to increase the safety of the battery dramatically.
- the secondary battery preferably includes a separator.
- a separator for example, paper; nonwoven fabric; glass fiber; ceramics; or synthetic fiber using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, or polyurethane can be used.
- the separator is preferably formed to have an envelope-like shape to wrap one of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- the separator may have a multilayer structure.
- an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic-based material, a fluorine-based material, a polyamide-based material, a mixture thereof, or the like.
- the ceramic-based material include aluminum oxide particles and silicon oxide particles.
- the fluorine-based material include PVDF and a polytetrafluoroethylene.
- the polyamide-based material include nylon and aramid (meta-based aramid and para-based aramid).
- Deterioration of the separator in charging and discharging at high voltage can be suppressed and thus the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved because oxidation resistance is improved when the separator is coated with the ceramic-based material.
- the separator is coated with the fluorine-based material, the separator is easily brought into close contact with an electrode, resulting in high output characteristics.
- the separator is coated with the polyamide-based material, in particular, aramid, the safety of the secondary battery is improved because heat resistance is improved.
- both surfaces of a polypropylene film may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid.
- a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with the mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with the fluorine-based material.
- the capacity of the secondary battery per volume can be increased because the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even when the total thickness of the separator is small.
- a metal material such as aluminum and a resin material
- An exterior body in the form of a film can also be used.
- the film for example, a film having a three-layer structure in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided as the outer surface of the exterior body over the metal thin film can be used.
- the secondary battery can be charged and discharged in the following manner, for example.
- CC charge which is one of charging methods.
- CC charge is a charging method in which a constant current is made to flow to a secondary battery in the whole charging period and charge is terminated when the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage.
- the secondary battery is assumed to be an equivalent circuit with internal resistance R and secondary battery capacitance C as illustrated in FIG. 8 A .
- a secondary battery voltage V B is the sum of a voltage V R applied to the internal resistance R and a voltage V c applied to the secondary battery capacitance C.
- the secondary battery voltage V B When the secondary battery voltage V B reaches a predetermined voltage, e.g., 4.3 V, the charge is terminated. On termination of the CC charge, the switch is turned off as illustrated in FIG. 8 B , and the current I becomes 0. Thus, the voltage V R applied to the internal resistance R becomes 0 V. Consequently, the secondary battery voltage V B is decreased by the lost voltage drop in the internal resistance R.
- a predetermined voltage e.g., 4.3 V
- FIG. 8 C shows an example of the secondary battery voltage V B and charging current during a period in which the CC charge is performed and after the CC charge is terminated.
- the secondary battery voltage V B increases while the CC charge is performed, and slightly decreases after the CC charge is terminated.
- CCCV charge which is a charging method different from the above-described method, is described.
- CCCV charge is a charging method in which CC charge is performed until the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage and then constant voltage (CV) charge is performed until the amount of current flow becomes small, specifically, a termination current value.
- FIG. 9 D shows an example of the secondary battery voltage V B and charging current while the CCCV charge is performed and after the CCCV charge is terminated. Even after the CCCV charge is terminated, the secondary battery voltage V B hardly decreases.
- CC discharge which is one of discharging methods.
- CC discharge is a discharging method in which a constant current is made to flow from the secondary battery in the whole discharging period, and discharge is terminated when the secondary battery voltage V B reaches a predetermined voltage, e.g., 2.5 V.
- FIG. 10 shows an example of the secondary battery voltage V B and discharging current while the CC discharge is performed. As discharge proceeds, the secondary battery voltage V B decreases.
- the discharge rate refers to the relative ratio of discharging current to battery capacity and is expressed in a unit C.
- a current of approximately 1 C in a battery with a rated capacity X (Ah) is X A.
- the case where discharge is performed at a current of 2X A is rephrased as follows: discharge is performed at 2 C.
- the case where discharge is performed at a current of X/5 A is rephrased as follows: discharge is performed at 0.2 C.
- charging is performed at a current of 2X A
- charging is performed at 0.2 C.
- FIG. 11 A is an external view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery
- FIG. 11 B is a cross-sectional view thereof.
- a positive electrode can 301 doubling as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 doubling as a negative electrode terminal are insulated from each other and sealed by a gasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like.
- a positive electrode 304 includes a positive electrode current collector 305 and a positive electrode active material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrode current collector 305 .
- a negative electrode 307 includes a negative electrode current collector 308 and a negative electrode active material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrode current collector 308 .
- each of the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 used for the coin-type secondary battery 300 is provided with an active material layer.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution.
- the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are electrically connected to the positive electrode 304 and the negative electrode 307 , respectively.
- the negative electrode 307 , the positive electrode 304 , and the separator 310 are immersed in the electrolyte solution. Then, as illustrated in FIG. 11 B , the positive electrode 304 , the separator 310 , the negative electrode 307 , and the negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 positioned at the bottom, and the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are subjected to pressure bonding with the gasket 303 located therebetween. In such a manner, the coin-type secondary battery 300 can be manufactured.
- the coin-type secondary battery 300 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- a current flow in charging a secondary battery is described with reference to FIG. 11 C .
- a secondary battery using lithium is regarded as a closed circuit, lithium ions transfer and a current flows in the same direction.
- an anode and a cathode change places in charge and discharge, and an oxidation reaction and a reduction reaction occur on the corresponding sides; hence, an electrode with a high reaction potential is called a positive electrode and an electrode with a low reaction potential is called a negative electrode.
- the positive electrode is referred to as a “positive electrode” or a “plus electrode” and the negative electrode is referred to as a “negative electrode” or a “minus electrode” in all the cases where charge is performed, discharge is performed, a reverse pulse current is supplied, and a charging current is supplied.
- the use of the terms “anode” and “cathode” related to an oxidation reaction and a reduction reaction might cause confusion because the anode and the cathode change places at the time of charging and discharging. Thus, the terms “anode” and “cathode” are not used in this specification.
- anode or the cathode is which of the one at the time of charging or the one at the time of discharging and corresponds to which of a positive (plus) electrode or a negative (minus) electrode.
- Two terminals in FIG. 11 C are connected to a charger, and the coin-type secondary battery 300 is charged. As the charge of the coin-type secondary battery 300 proceeds, a potential difference between electrodes increases.
- a cylindrical secondary battery 600 includes, as illustrated in FIG. 12 A , a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces.
- the positive electrode cap and the battery can (outer can) 602 are insulated from each other by a gasket (insulating packing) 610 .
- FIG. 12 B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the cylindrical secondary battery.
- a battery element in which a strip-like positive electrode 604 and a strip-like negative electrode 606 are wound with a strip-like separator 605 located therebetween is provided.
- the battery element is wound around a center pin.
- One end of the battery can 602 is close and the other end thereof is open.
- a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used.
- the battery can 602 is preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution.
- the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is provided between a pair of insulating plates 608 and 609 that face each other.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is injected inside the battery can 602 provided with the battery element.
- a nonaqueous electrolyte solution a nonaqueous electrolyte solution that is similar to that of the coin-type secondary battery can be used.
- a positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the positive electrode 604
- a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to the negative electrode 606 .
- Both the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 can be formed using a metal material such as aluminum.
- the positive electrode terminal 603 and the negative electrode terminal 607 are resistance-welded to a safety valve mechanism 612 and the bottom of the battery can 602 , respectively.
- the safety valve mechanism 612 is electrically connected to the positive electrode cap 601 through a positive temperature coefficient (PTC) element 611 .
- PTC positive temperature coefficient
- the safety valve mechanism 612 cuts off electrical connection between the positive electrode cap 601 and the positive electrode 604 when the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value.
- the PTC element 611 which serves as a thermally sensitive resistor whose resistance increases as temperature rises, limits the amount of current by increasing the resistance, in order to prevent abnormal heat generation.
- Barium titanate (BaTiO 3 )-based semiconductor ceramic can be used for the PTC element.
- a plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries 600 may be sandwiched between a conductive plate 613 and a conductive plate 614 to form a module 615 .
- the plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries 600 may be connected in parallel, connected in series, or connected in series after being connected in parallel. With the module 615 including the plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries 600 , large electric power can be extracted.
- FIG. 12 D is a top view of the module 615 .
- the conductive plate 613 is shown by a dotted line for clarity of the drawing.
- the module 615 may include a wiring 616 which electrically connects the plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries 600 to each other. It is possible to provide the conductive plate 613 over the wiring 616 to overlap with each other.
- a temperature control device 617 may be provided between the plurality of cylindrical secondary batteries 600 . When the cylindrical secondary batteries 600 are overheated, the temperature control device 617 can cool them, and when the cylindrical secondary batteries 600 are cooled too much, the temperature control device 617 can heat them. Thus, the performance of the module 615 is not easily influenced by the outside air temperature.
- the cylindrical secondary battery 600 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 13 A and 13 B Other structural examples of secondary batteries will be described with reference to FIGS. 13 A and 13 B , FIGS. 14 A- 1 , 14 A- 2 , 14 B- 1 , and 14 B- 2 , FIGS. 15 A and 15 B , and FIG. 16 .
- FIGS. 13 A and 13 B are external views of a secondary battery.
- the secondary battery includes a circuit board 900 and a secondary battery 913 .
- a label 910 is attached to the secondary battery 913 .
- the secondary battery further includes a terminal 951 , a terminal 952 , an antenna 914 , and an antenna 915 .
- the circuit board 900 includes terminals 911 and a circuit 912 .
- the terminals 911 are connected to the terminals 951 and 952 , the antennas 914 and 915 , and the circuit 912 .
- a plurality of terminals 911 serving as a control signal input terminal, a power supply terminal, and the like may be provided.
- the circuit 912 may be provided on the rear surface of the circuit board 900 .
- the shape of each of the antennas 914 and 915 is not limited to a coil shape and may be a linear shape or a plate shape. Furthermore, a planar antenna, an aperture antenna, a traveling-wave antenna, an EH antenna, a magnetic-field antenna, a dielectric antenna, or the like may be used.
- the antenna 914 or the antenna 915 may be a flat-plate conductor.
- the flat-plate conductor can serve as one of conductors for electric field coupling. That is, the antenna 914 or the antenna 915 can serve as one of two conductors of a capacitor.
- electric power can be transmitted and received not only by an electromagnetic field or a magnetic field but also by an electric field.
- the line width of the antenna 914 is preferably larger than that of the antenna 915 . This makes it possible to increase the amount of electric power received by the antenna 914 .
- the secondary battery includes a layer 916 between the secondary battery 913 and the antennas 914 and 915 .
- the layer 916 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 913 , for example.
- a magnetic body can be used as the layer 916 .
- the structure of the secondary battery is not limited to that shown in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B .
- FIGS. 14 A- 1 and 14 A- 2 two opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B may be provided with respective antennas.
- FIG. 14 A- 1 is an external view showing one side of the opposite surfaces
- FIG. 14 A- 2 is an external view showing the other side of the opposite surfaces.
- a description of the secondary battery illustrated in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the antenna 914 is provided on one of the opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 with the layer 916 located therebetween, and as illustrated in FIG. 14 A- 2 , an antenna 918 is provided on the other of the opposite surfaces of the secondary battery 913 with a layer 917 located therebetween.
- the layer 917 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from the secondary battery 913 , for example.
- a magnetic body can be used as the layer 917 .
- both of the antennas 914 and 918 can be increased in size.
- the antenna 918 has a function of communicating data with an external device, for example.
- An antenna with a shape that can be applied to the antenna 914 can be used as the antenna 918 .
- a response method that can be used between the secondary battery and another device, such as NFC can be employed.
- the secondary battery 913 in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B may be provided with a display device 920 .
- the display device 920 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 . It is possible that the label 910 is not provided in a portion where the display device 920 is provided. For portions similar to those in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B , a description of the secondary battery illustrated in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the display device 920 can display, for example, an image showing whether charge is being carried out, an image showing the amount of stored power, or the like.
- electronic paper a liquid crystal display device, an electroluminescent (EL) display device, or the like can be used.
- EL electroluminescent
- the use of electronic paper can reduce power consumption of the display device 920 .
- the secondary battery 913 illustrated in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B may be provided with a sensor 921 .
- the sensor 921 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 via a terminal 922 .
- a description of the secondary battery illustrated in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B can be referred to as appropriate.
- the sensor 921 has a function of measuring, for example, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational frequency, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, sound, time, hardness, electric field, electric current, voltage, electric power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, oscillation, odor, or infrared rays.
- data on an environment e.g., temperature
- the secondary battery is placed can be determined and stored in a memory inside the circuit 912 .
- the secondary battery 913 illustrated in FIG. 15 A includes a wound body 950 provided with the terminals 951 and 952 inside a housing 930 .
- the wound body 950 is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside the housing 930 .
- the terminal 952 is in contact with the housing 930 .
- An insulator or the like inhibits contact between the terminal 951 and the housing 930 .
- the housing 930 divided into two pieces is illustrated for convenience; however, in the actual structure, the wound body 950 is covered with the housing 930 and the terminals 951 and 952 extend to the outside of the housing 930 .
- a metal material such as aluminum
- a resin material can be used for the housing 930 .
- the housing 930 in FIG. 15 A may be formed using a plurality of materials.
- a housing 930 a and a housing 930 b are bonded to each other, and the wound body 950 is provided in a region surrounded by the housing 930 a and the housing 930 b .
- an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used.
- an antenna such as the antennas 914 and 915 may be provided inside the housing 930 a .
- a metal material can be used, for example.
- FIG. 16 illustrates the structure of the wound body 950 .
- the wound body 950 includes a negative electrode 931 , a positive electrode 932 , and separators 933 .
- the wound body 950 is obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which the negative electrode 931 overlaps with the positive electrode 932 with the separator 933 provided therebetween. Note that a plurality of stacks each including the negative electrode 931 , the positive electrode 932 , and the separator 933 may be stacked.
- the negative electrode 931 is connected to the terminal 911 in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B via one of the terminals 951 and 952 .
- the positive electrode 932 is connected to the terminal 911 in FIGS. 13 A and 13 B via the other of the terminals 951 and 952 .
- the secondary battery 913 With high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- the laminated secondary battery has flexibility and is used in an electronic device at least part of which is flexible, the secondary battery can be bent as the electronic device is bent.
- the laminated secondary battery 980 includes a wound body 993 illustrated in FIG. 17 A .
- the wound body 993 includes a negative electrode 994 , a positive electrode 995 , and a separator 996 .
- the wound body 993 is, like the wound body 950 illustrated in FIG. 16 , obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which the negative electrode 994 overlaps with the positive electrode 995 with the separator 996 therebetween.
- the number of stacks each including the negative electrode 994 , the positive electrode 995 , and the separator 996 may be determined as appropriate depending on capacity and an element volume which are required.
- the negative electrode 994 is connected to a negative electrode current collector (not illustrated) via one of a lead electrode 997 and a lead electrode 998 .
- the positive electrode 995 is connected to a positive electrode current collector (not illustrated) via the other of the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998 .
- the wound body 993 is packed in a space formed by bonding a film 981 and a film 982 having a depressed portion that serve as exterior bodies by thermocompression bonding or the like, whereby the laminated secondary battery 980 can be formed as illustrated in FIG. 17 C .
- the wound body 993 includes the lead electrode 997 and the lead electrode 998 , and is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside a space surrounded by the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion.
- a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used, for example.
- a resin material for the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion With the use of a resin material for the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion, the film 981 and the film 982 having a depressed portion can be changed in their forms when external force is applied; thus, a flexible secondary battery can be fabricated.
- FIGS. 17 B and 17 C illustrate an example where a space is formed by two films
- the wound body 993 may be placed in a space formed by bending one film.
- the laminated secondary battery 980 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- a secondary battery may include a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes, a plurality of strip-shaped separators, and a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies, for example.
- a laminated secondary battery 500 illustrated in FIG. 18 A includes a positive electrode 503 including a positive electrode current collector 501 and a positive electrode active material layer 502 , a negative electrode 506 including a negative electrode current collector 504 and a negative electrode active material layer 505 , a separator 507 , an electrolyte solution 508 , and an exterior body 509 .
- the separator 507 is provided between the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506 in the exterior body 509 .
- the exterior body 509 is filled with the electrolyte solution 508 .
- the electrolyte solution described in Embodiment 2 can be used for the electrolyte solution 508 .
- the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 also serve as terminals for an electrical contact with an external portion.
- the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 may be arranged so as to be partly exposed to the outside of the exterior body 509 .
- a lead electrode and the positive electrode current collector 501 or the negative electrode current collector 504 may be bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding, and instead of the positive electrode current collector 501 and the negative electrode current collector 504 , the lead electrode may be exposed to the outside of the exterior body 509 .
- a laminate film having a three-layer structure can be employed in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided over the metal thin film as the outer surface of the exterior body.
- FIG. 18 B illustrates an example of a cross-sectional structure of the laminated secondary battery 500 .
- FIG. 18 A illustrates an example including only two current collectors for simplicity, an actual battery includes a plurality of electrode layers.
- FIG. 18 B includes 16 electrode layers.
- the laminated secondary battery 500 has flexibility even though including 16 electrode layers.
- FIG. 18 B illustrates a structure including 8 layers of negative electrode current collectors 504 and 8 layers of positive electrode current collectors 501 , i.e., 16 layers in total. Note that FIG. 18 B illustrates a cross section of the lead portion of the negative electrode, and the 8 negative electrode current collectors 504 are bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding.
- the number of electrode layers is not limited to 16 , and may be more than 16 or less than 16 . With a large number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have high capacity. In contrast, with a small number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have small thickness and high flexibility.
- FIGS. 19 and 20 each illustrate an example of the external view of the laminated secondary battery 500 .
- the positive electrode 503 , the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , the exterior body 509 , a positive electrode lead electrode 510 , and a negative electrode lead electrode 511 are included.
- FIG. 21 A illustrates external views of the positive electrode 503 and the negative electrode 506 .
- the positive electrode 503 includes the positive electrode current collector 501 , and the positive electrode active material layer 502 is formed on a surface of the positive electrode current collector 501 .
- the positive electrode 503 also includes a region where the positive electrode current collector 501 is partly exposed (hereinafter referred to as a tab region).
- the negative electrode 506 includes the negative electrode current collector 504 , and the negative electrode active material layer 505 is formed on a surface of the negative electrode current collector 504 .
- the negative electrode 506 also includes a region where the negative electrode current collector 504 is partly exposed, that is, a tab region.
- the areas and the shapes of the tab regions included in the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to those illustrated in FIG. 21 A .
- FIG. 21 B illustrates a stack including the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , and the positive electrode 503 .
- the secondary battery described here as an example includes 5 negative electrodes and 4 positive electrodes.
- the tab regions of the positive electrodes 503 are bonded to each other, and the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface and the positive electrode lead electrode 510 are bonded to each other.
- the bonding can be performed by ultrasonic welding, for example.
- the tab regions of the negative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negative electrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface.
- the negative electrode 506 , the separator 507 , and the positive electrode 503 are placed over the exterior body 509 .
- the exterior body 509 is folded along a dashed line as illustrated in FIG. 21 C . Then, the outer edge of the exterior body 509 is bonded.
- the bonding can be performed by thermocompression bonding, for example. At this time, a part (or one side) of the exterior body 509 is left unbonded (to provide an inlet) so that the electrolyte solution 508 can be introduced later.
- the electrolyte solution 508 is introduced into the exterior body 509 from the inlet of the exterior body 509 .
- the electrolyte solution 508 is preferably introduced in a reduced pressure atmosphere or in an inert gas atmosphere.
- the inlet is bonded. In the above manner, the laminated secondary battery 500 can be manufactured.
- the laminated secondary battery 500 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 22 A, 22 B 1 , 22 B 2 , 22 C and 22 D and FIGS. 23 A and 23 B are described with reference to FIGS. 22 A, 22 B 1 , 22 B 2 , 22 C and 22 D and FIGS. 23 A and 23 B .
- FIG. 22 A is a schematic top view of a bendable secondary battery 50 .
- FIGS. 22 B 1 , 22 B 2 , and 22 C are schematic cross-sectional views taken along cutting line C 1 -C 2 , cutting line C 3 -C 4 , and cutting line A 1 -A 2 , respectively, in FIG. 22 A .
- the battery 50 includes an exterior body 51 and a positive electrode 11 a , and a negative electrode 11 b held in the exterior body 51 .
- a lead 12 a electrically connected to the positive electrode 11 a and a lead 12 b electrically connected to the negative electrode 11 b are extended to the outside of the exterior body 51 .
- an electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is enclosed in a region surrounded by the exterior body 51 .
- FIGS. 23 A and 23 B illustrate the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b included in the battery 50 .
- FIG. 23 A is a perspective view illustrating the stacking order of the positive electrode 11 a , the negative electrode 11 b , and the separator 14 .
- FIG. 23 B is a perspective view illustrating the lead 12 a and the lead 12 b in addition to the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b .
- the battery 50 includes a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes 11 a , a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes 11 b , and a plurality of separators 14 .
- the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b each include a projected tab portion and a portion other than the tab.
- a positive electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of the positive electrode 11 a other than the tab portion, and a negative electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of the negative electrode 11 b other than the tab portion.
- the positive electrodes 11 a and the negative electrodes 11 b are stacked so that surfaces of the positive electrodes 11 a on each of which the positive electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other and that surfaces of the negative electrodes 11 b on each of which the negative electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other.
- the separator 14 is provided between the surface of the positive electrode 11 a on which the positive electrode active material is formed and the surface of the negative electrode 11 b on which the negative electrode active material is formed.
- the separator 14 is shown by a dotted line for easy viewing.
- the plurality of positive electrodes 11 a are electrically connected to the lead 12 a in a bonding portion 15 a .
- the plurality of negative electrodes 11 b are electrically connected to the lead 12 b in a bonding portion 15 b .
- the exterior body 51 has a film-like shape and is folded in half with the positive electrodes 11 a and the negative electrodes 11 b between facing portions of the exterior body 51 .
- the exterior body 51 includes a folded portion 61 , a pair of seal portions 62 , and a seal portion 63 .
- the pair of seal portions 62 is provided with the positive electrodes 11 a and the negative electrodes 11 b positioned therebetween and thus can also be referred to as side seals.
- the seal portion 63 has portions overlapping with the lead 12 a and the lead 12 b and can also be referred to as a top seal.
- Part of the exterior body 51 that overlaps with the positive electrodes 11 a and the negative electrodes 11 b preferably has a wave shape in which crest lines 71 and trough lines 72 are alternately arranged.
- the seal portions 62 and the seal portion 63 of the exterior body 51 are preferably flat.
- FIG. 22 B 1 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with the crest line 71 .
- FIG. 22 B 2 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with the trough line 72 .
- FIGS. 22 B 1 and 22 B 2 correspond to cross sections of the battery 50 , the positive electrodes 11 a , and the negative electrodes 11 b in the width direction.
- the distance between an end portion of the negative electrode 11 b in the width direction and the seal portion 62 is referred to as a distance La.
- the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b change in shape such that the positions thereof are shifted from each other in the length direction as described later.
- the distance La is preferably set as long as possible. However, if the distance La is too long, the volume of the battery 50 is increased.
- the distance La between the end portion of the negative electrode 11 b and the seal portion 62 is preferably increased as the total thickness of the stacked positive electrodes 11 a and negative electrodes 11 b is increased.
- the distance La is preferably 0.8 times or more and 3.0 times or less, further preferably 0.9 times or more and 2.5 times or less, still further preferably 1.0 times or more and 2.0 times or less as large as the thickness t.
- the distance La is in the above-described range, a compact battery which is highly reliable for bending can be obtained.
- a distance between the pair of seal portions 62 is referred to as a distance Lb
- the distance Lb be sufficiently longer than a width Wb of the negative electrode 11 b .
- the position of part of the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b can be shifted in the width direction; thus, the positive and negative electrodes 11 a and 11 b and the exterior body 51 can be effectively prevented from being rubbed against each other.
- the difference between the distance Lb (i.e., the distance between the pair of seal portions 62 ) and the width Wb of the negative electrode 11 b is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less, further preferably 1.8 times or more and 5.0 times or less, still further preferably 2.0 times or more and 4.0 times or less as large as the total thickness t of the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b .
- the distance Lb, the width Wb, and the thickness t preferably satisfy the relation of the following Formula 2.
- a is 0.8 or more and 3.0 or less, preferably 0.9 or more and 2.5 or less, further preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
- FIG. 22 C illustrates a cross section including the lead 12 a and corresponds to a cross section of the battery 50 , the positive electrode 11 a , and the negative electrode 11 b in the length direction.
- a space 73 is preferably provided between end portions of the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b in the length direction and the exterior body 51 in the folded portion 61 .
- FIG. 22 D is a schematic cross-sectional view of the battery 50 in a state of being bent.
- FIG. 22 D corresponds to a cross section along cutting line B 1 -B 2 in FIG. 22 A .
- a part of the exterior body 51 positioned on the outer side in bending is unbent and the other part positioned on the inner side changes its shape as it shrinks. More specifically, the part of the exterior body 51 positioned on the outer side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes smaller and the length of the wave period becomes larger. In contrast, the part of the exterior body 51 positioned on the inner side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes larger and the length of the wave period becomes smaller.
- stress applied to the exterior body 51 due to bending is relieved, so that a material itself that forms the exterior body 51 does not need to expand and contract. As a result, the battery 50 can be bent with weak force without damage to the exterior body 51 .
- the space 73 is provided between the end portions of the positive and negative electrodes 11 a and 11 b and the exterior body 51 , whereby the relative positions of the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b can be shifted while the end portions of the positive electrode 11 a and the negative electrode 11 b located on an inner side when the battery 50 is bent do not contact the exterior body 51 .
- the exterior body, the positive electrode 11 a , and the negative electrode 11 b are less likely to be damaged and the battery characteristics are less likely to deteriorate even when the battery 50 is repeatedly bent and unbent.
- the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used for the positive electrode 11 a included in the battery 50 , a battery with more excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- FIGS. 24 A to 24 G show examples of electronic devices including the bendable secondary battery described in Embodiment 3.
- Examples of an electronic device including a flexible secondary battery include television sets (also referred to as televisions or television receivers), monitors of computers or the like, digital cameras or digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (also referred to as cellular phones or mobile phone devices), portable game machines, portable information terminals, audio reproducing devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines.
- a flexible secondary battery can be incorporated along a curved inside/outside wall surface of a house or a building or a curved interior/exterior surface of an automobile.
- FIG. 24 A illustrates an example of a mobile phone.
- a mobile phone 7400 is provided with a display portion 7402 incorporated in a housing 7401 , an operation button 7403 , an external connection port 7404 , a speaker 7405 , a microphone 7406 , and the like.
- the mobile phone 7400 includes a secondary battery 7407 .
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery 7407 , a lightweight mobile phone with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIG. 24 B illustrates the mobile phone 7400 that is bent.
- the secondary battery 7407 included in the mobile phone 7400 is also curved.
- FIG. 24 C illustrates the curved secondary battery 7407 .
- the secondary battery 7407 is a thin storage battery.
- the secondary battery 7407 is curved and fixed.
- the secondary battery 7407 includes a lead electrode 7408 electrically connected to a current collector 7409 .
- the current collector 7409 is, for example, copper foil, and partly alloyed with gallium; thus, adhesion between the current collector 7409 and an active material layer in contact with the current collector 7409 is improved and the secondary battery 7407 can have high reliability even in a state of being bent.
- FIG. 24 D illustrates an example of a bangle display device.
- a portable display device 7100 includes a housing 7101 , a display portion 7102 , an operation button 7103 , and a secondary battery 7104 .
- FIG. 24 E illustrates the bent secondary battery 7104 .
- the housing changes its form and the curvature of a part or the whole of the secondary battery 7104 is changed.
- the radius of curvature of a curve at a point refers to the radius of the circular arc that best approximates the curve at that point.
- the reciprocal of the radius of curvature is curvature.
- part or the whole of the housing or the main surface of the secondary battery 7104 is changed in the range of radius of curvature from 40 mm to 150 mm.
- the radius of curvature at the main surface of the secondary battery 7104 is greater than or equal to 40 mm and less than or equal to 150 mm, the reliability can be kept high.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery 7104 , a lightweight portable display device with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIG. 24 F illustrates an example of a watch-type portable information terminal.
- a portable information terminal 7200 includes a housing 7201 , a display portion 7202 , a band 7203 , a buckle 7204 , an operation button 7205 , an input output terminal 7206 , and the like.
- the portable information terminal 7200 is capable of executing a variety of applications such as mobile phone calls, e-mailing, viewing and editing texts, music reproduction, Internet communication, and a computer game.
- the display surface of the display portion 7202 is curved, and images can be displayed on the curved display surface.
- the display portion 7202 includes a touch sensor, and operation can be performed by touching the screen with a finger, a stylus, or the like. For example, by touching an icon 7207 displayed on the display portion 7202 , application can be started.
- the operation button 7205 With the operation button 7205 , a variety of functions such as time setting, power on/off, on/off of wireless communication, setting and cancellation of a silent mode, and setting and cancellation of a power saving mode can be performed.
- the functions of the operation button 7205 can be set freely by setting the operation system incorporated in the portable information terminal 7200 .
- the portable information terminal 7200 can employ near field communication that is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. For example, mutual communication between the portable information terminal 7200 and a headset capable of wireless communication can be performed, and thus hands-free calling is possible.
- the portable information terminal 7200 includes the input output terminal 7206 , and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector.
- charging via the input output terminal 7206 is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal 7206 .
- the display portion 7202 of the portable information terminal 7200 includes the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- a lightweight portable information terminal with a long lifetime can be provided.
- the secondary battery 7104 illustrated in FIG. 24 E that is in the state of being curved can be provided in the housing 7201 .
- the secondary battery 7104 illustrated in FIG. 24 E can be provided in the band 7203 such that it can be curved.
- a portable information terminal 7200 preferably includes a sensor.
- a sensor for example a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensitive sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted.
- FIG. 24 G illustrates an example of an armband display device.
- a display device 7300 includes a display portion 7304 and the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the display device 7300 can include a touch sensor in the display portion 7304 and can serve as a portable information terminal.
- the display surface of the display portion 7304 is bent, and images can be displayed on the bent display surface.
- a display state of the display device 7300 can be changed by, for example, near field communication, which is a communication method based on an existing communication standard.
- the display device 7300 includes an input output terminal, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via the input output terminal is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery included in the display device 7300 , a lightweight display device with a long lifetime can be provided.
- FIG. 24 H , FIGS. 25 A to 25 C , and FIG. 26 show examples of electronic devices including the secondary battery with excellent cycle characteristics described in the above embodiment.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as a secondary battery of a daily electronic device, a lightweight product with a long lifetime can be provided.
- a daily electronic devices an electric toothbrush, an electric shaver, electric beauty equipment, and the like are given.
- secondary batteries of these products in consideration of handling ease for users, small and lightweight stick type secondary batteries with high capacity are desired.
- FIG. 24 H is a perspective view of a device which is called a vaporizer.
- a vaporizer 7500 includes an atomizer 7501 including a heating element, a secondary battery 7504 supplying power to the atomizer, and a cartridge 7502 including a liquid supply bottle, a sensor, and the like.
- a protection circuit which prevents overcharge and overdischarge of the secondary battery 7504 may be electrically connected to the secondary battery 7504 .
- the secondary battery 7504 in FIG. 24 H includes an output terminal for connecting to a charger.
- the secondary battery 7504 becomes a tip portion; thus, it is preferable that the secondary battery 7504 have a short total length and be lightweight.
- the small and lightweight vaporizer 7500 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided.
- FIGS. 25 A and 25 B illustrate an example of a foldable tablet terminal.
- a tablet terminal 9600 illustrated in FIGS. 25 A and 25 B includes a housing 9630 a , a housing 9630 b , a movable portion 9640 connecting the housings 9630 a and 9630 b , a display portion 9631 including a display portion 9631 a and a display portion 9631 b , a display mode changing switch 9626 , a power switch 9627 , a power saving mode changing switch 9625 , a fastener 9629 , and an operation switch 9628 .
- a flexible panel is used for the display portion 9631 , whereby a tablet terminal with a larger display portion can be provided.
- FIG. 25 A illustrates the tablet terminal 9600 that is opened
- FIG. 25 B illustrates the tablet terminal 9600 that is closed.
- the tablet terminal 9600 includes a power storage unit 9635 inside the housings 9630 a and 9630 b .
- the power storage unit 9635 is provided across the housings 9630 a and 9630 b , passing through the movable portion 9640 .
- Part of the display portion 9631 a can be a touch panel region and data can be input when a displayed operation key is touched.
- a structure in which a half region in the display portion 9631 a has only a display function and the other half region has a touch panel function is shown as an example, the display portion 9631 a is not limited to the structure.
- the whole region in the display portion 9631 a may have a touch panel function.
- the display portion 9631 a can display keyboard buttons in the whole region to be a touch panel, and the display portion 9631 b can be used as a display screen.
- part of the display portion 9631 b can be a touch panel region.
- a switching button for showing/hiding a keyboard of the touch panel is touched with a finger, a stylus, or the like, so that keyboard buttons can be displayed on the display portion 9631 b .
- Touch input can be performed in the touch panel region and the touch panel region at the same time.
- the display mode switch 9626 can switch the display between a portrait mode and a landscape mode, and between monochrome display and color display, for example.
- the power saving mode changing switch 9625 can control display luminance in accordance with the amount of external light in use of the tablet terminal 9600 , which is measured with an optical sensor incorporated in the tablet terminal 9600 .
- Another detection device including a sensor for detecting inclination, such as a gyroscope sensor or an acceleration sensor, may be incorporated in the tablet terminal, in addition to the optical sensor.
- the display portion 9631 a and the display portion 9631 b have the same area in FIG. 25 A , one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example.
- the display portion 9631 a and the display portion 9631 b may have different areas or different display quality.
- one display panel may be capable of higher-definition display than the other display panel.
- the tablet terminal is closed in FIG. 25 B .
- the tablet terminal includes the housing 9630 , a solar cell 9633 , and a charge and discharge control circuit 9634 including a DCDC converter 9636 .
- the power storage unit of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the power storage unit 9635 .
- the tablet terminal 9600 can be folded such that the housings 9630 a and 9630 b overlap with each other when not in use. Thus, the display portions 9631 a and 9631 b can be protected, which increases the durability of the tablet terminal 9600 .
- the power storage unit 9635 including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention which has high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics, the tablet terminal 9600 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided.
- the tablet terminal illustrated in FIGS. 25 A and 25 B can also have a function of displaying various kinds of data (e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image), a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion, a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input, a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs), and the like.
- various kinds of data e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image
- a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion e.g., a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion
- a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input e.g., a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input
- a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs) e.g.,
- the solar cell 9633 which is attached on the surface of the tablet terminal, supplies electric power to a touch panel, a display portion, an image signal processor, and the like. Note that the solar cell 9633 can be provided on one or both surfaces of the housing 9630 and the power storage unit 9635 can be charged efficiently.
- the use of a lithium-ion battery as the power storage unit 9635 brings an advantage such as reduction in size.
- FIG. 25 B The structure and operation of the charge and discharge control circuit 9634 illustrated in FIG. 25 B will be described with reference to a block diagram in FIG. 25 C .
- the solar cell 9633 , the power storage unit 9635 , the DC-DC converter 9636 , a converter 9637 , switches SW1 to SW3, and the display portion 9631 are illustrated in FIG. 25 C , and the power storage unit 9635 , the DC-DC converter 9636 , the converter 9637 , and the switches SW1 to SW3 correspond to the charge and discharge control circuit 9634 in FIG. 25 B .
- the solar cell 9633 is described as an example of a power generation means; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example.
- the power storage unit 9635 may be charged using another power generation means such as a piezoelectric element or a thermoelectric conversion element (Peltier element).
- the power storage unit 9635 may be charged with a non-contact power transmission module that transmits and receives power wirelessly (without contact) to charge the battery or with a combination of other charging means.
- FIG. 26 illustrates other examples of electronic devices.
- a display device 8000 is an example of an electronic device including a secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the display device 8000 corresponds to a display device for TV broadcast reception and includes a housing 8001 , a display portion 8002 , speaker portions 8003 , the secondary battery 8004 , and the like.
- the secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention is provided in the housing 8001 .
- the display device 8000 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the display device 8000 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8004 .
- the display device 8000 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- a semiconductor display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel, an electrophoretic display device, a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED) can be used for the display portion 8002 .
- a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel
- an electrophoretic display device such as a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED)
- DMD digital micromirror device
- PDP plasma display panel
- FED field emission display
- the display device includes, in its category, all of information display devices for personal computers, advertisement displays, and the like other than TV broadcast reception.
- an installation lighting device 8100 is an example of an electronic device using a secondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the lighting device 8100 includes a housing 8101 , a light source 8102 , the secondary battery 8103 , and the like.
- FIG. 26 illustrates the case where the secondary battery 8103 is provided in a ceiling 8104 on which the housing 8101 and the light source 8102 are installed, the secondary battery 8103 may be provided in the housing 8101 .
- the lighting device 8100 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the lighting device 8100 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8103 .
- the lighting device 8100 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used as an installation lighting device provided in, for example, a wall 8105 , a floor 8106 , a window 8107 , or the like other than the ceiling 8104 .
- the secondary battery can be used in a tabletop lighting device or the like.
- an artificial light source which emits light artificially by using power can be used.
- an incandescent lamp, a discharge lamp such as a fluorescent lamp, and a light-emitting element such as an LED or an organic EL element are given as examples of the artificial light source.
- an air conditioner including an indoor unit 8200 and an outdoor unit 8204 is an example of an electronic device including a secondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the indoor unit 8200 includes a housing 8201 , an air outlet 8202 , the secondary battery 8203 , and the like.
- FIG. 26 illustrates the case where the secondary battery 8203 is provided in the indoor unit 8200
- the secondary battery 8203 may be provided in the outdoor unit 8204 .
- the secondary batteries 8203 may be provided in both the indoor unit 8200 and the outdoor unit 8204 .
- the air conditioner can receive electric power from a commercial power supply.
- the air conditioner can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8203 .
- the air conditioner can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- the split-type air conditioner including the indoor unit and the outdoor unit is illustrated in FIG. 26 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in an air conditioner in which the functions of an indoor unit and an outdoor unit are integrated in one housing.
- an electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 is an example of an electronic device using a secondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 includes a housing 8301 , a refrigerator door 8302 , a freezer door 8303 , the secondary battery 8304 , and the like.
- the secondary battery 8304 is provided in the housing 8301 in FIG. 26 .
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply.
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can use electric power stored in the secondary battery 8304 .
- the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can operate with the use of the secondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like.
- a high-frequency heating apparatus such as a microwave oven and an electronic device such as an electric rice cooker require high power in a short time.
- the tripping of a circuit breaker of a commercial power source in use of electronic devices can be prevented by using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention as an auxiliary power source for supplying power which cannot be supplied enough by a commercial power source.
- power can be stored in the secondary battery, whereby the usage rate of power can be reduced in a time period when the electronic devices are used.
- a proportion of the amount of power which is actually used to the total amount of power which can be supplied from a commercial power source such a proportion referred to as a usage rate of power
- power can be stored in the secondary battery 8304 in night time when the temperature is low and the refrigerator door 8302 and the freezer door 8303 are not often opened and closed.
- the secondary battery 8304 is used as an auxiliary power source; thus, the usage rate of power in daytime can be reduced.
- the secondary battery can have excellent cycle characteristics and improve reliability. Furthermore, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a secondary battery with high capacity can be obtained; thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight as a result of improved characteristics of the secondary battery. Thus, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used in the electronic device described in this embodiment, whereby a more lightweight electronic device with a longer lifetime can be obtained. This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- HEVs hybrid electric vehicles
- EVs electric vehicles
- PHEVs plug-in hybrid electric vehicles
- FIGS. 27 A to 27 C each illustrate an example of a vehicle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- An automobile 8400 illustrated in FIG. 27 A is an electric vehicle that runs on the power of an electric motor.
- the automobile 8400 is a hybrid electric vehicle capable of driving appropriately using either an electric motor or an engine.
- One embodiment of the present invention can provide a high-mileage vehicle.
- the automobile 8400 includes the secondary battery.
- the modules of the secondary batteries illustrated in FIGS. 12 C and 12 D may be arranged to be used in a floor portion in the automobile.
- a battery pack in which a plurality of secondary batteries each of which is illustrated in FIGS. 17 A to 17 C are combined may be placed in a floor portion in the automobile.
- the secondary battery is used not only for driving an electric motor 8406 , but also for supplying electric power to a light-emitting device such as a headlight 8401 or a room light (not illustrated).
- the secondary battery can also supply electric power to a display device of a speedometer, a tachometer, or the like included in the automobile 8400 . Furthermore, the secondary battery can supply electric power to a semiconductor device included in the automobile 8400 , such as a navigation system.
- FIG. 27 B illustrates an automobile 8500 including the secondary battery.
- the automobile 8500 can be charged when the secondary battery is supplied with electric power through external charging equipment by a plug-in system, a contactless power feeding system, or the like.
- secondary batteries 8024 and 8025 included in the automobile 8500 is charged with the use of a ground-based charging apparatus 8021 through a cable 8022 .
- a given method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or Combined Charging System may be employed as a charging method, the standard of a connector, or the like as appropriate.
- the ground-based charging apparatus 8021 may be a charging station provided in a commerce facility or a power source in a house.
- the secondary battery 8024 included in the automobile 8500 can be charged by being supplied with electric power from the outside, for example.
- the charging can be performed by converting AC electric power into DC electric power through a converter such as an AC-DC converter.
- the vehicle may include a power receiving device so that it can be charged by being supplied with electric power from an above-ground power transmitting device in a contactless manner.
- a power transmitting device in a road or an exterior wall
- charging can be performed not only when the electric vehicle is stopped but also when driven.
- the contactless power feeding system may be utilized to perform transmission and reception of electric power between vehicles.
- a solar cell may be provided in the exterior of the automobile to charge the secondary battery when the automobile stops or moves. To supply electric power in such a contactless manner, an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
- FIG. 27 C shows an example of a motorcycle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention.
- a motor scooter 8600 illustrated in FIG. 27 C includes a secondary battery 8602 , side mirrors 8601 , and indicators 8603 .
- the secondary battery 8602 can supply electric power to the indicators 8603 .
- the secondary battery 8602 can be held in a storage unit under seat 8604 .
- the secondary battery 8602 can be held in the storage unit under seat 8604 even with a small size.
- the secondary battery 8602 is detachable; thus, the secondary battery 8602 is carried indoors when it is charged, and is stored before the motorcycle is driven.
- the secondary battery can have improved cycle characteristics and the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight.
- the compact and lightweight secondary battery contributes to a reduction in the weight of a vehicle, and thus increases the driving radius.
- the secondary battery included in the vehicle can be used as a power source for supplying electric power to products other than the vehicle.
- the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, for example. If the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, the avoidance can contribute to energy saving and a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions.
- the cycle characteristics are excellent, the secondary battery can be used for a long period; thus, the use amount of rare metals such as cobalt can be reduced.
- the positive electrode active materials which are embodiments of the present invention are formed, and the observation results of the positive electrode active materials by STEM, the results of TEM images subjected to fast Fourier transform, and the analysis results obtained by energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX) are described.
- the evaluation results of characteristics of secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials are described.
- a positive electrode active material of Sample 01 which contains lithium cobaltate as a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal contained in a first region, lithium titanate as an oxide of a second transition metal contained in a second region, and magnesium oxide as an oxide of a representative element contained in a third region, was formed.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) were used as a starting material.
- Step 12 and Step 13 described in Embodiment 1 were omitted.
- the above-described lithium cobalt oxide particles each have a particle diameter of approximately 20 ⁇ m, and contain fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus in a region which can be analyzed by XPS.
- Step 14 the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were coated with a material containing titanium by a sol-gel method. Specifically, TTIP was dissolved in isopropanol, and an isopropanol solution of TTIP was formed. Then, the lithium cobalt oxide particles were mixed into the solution so that TTIP to lithium cobalt oxide containing magnesium and fluorine was 0.01 ml/g.
- the above mixed solution was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH.
- a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH.
- water in an atmosphere and TTIP caused hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction, and a layer containing titanium was formed on the surface of the lithium cobalt oxide particle containing magnesium and fluorine.
- the mixed solution which had been subjected to the above process was filtered to collect the residue.
- Kiriyama filter paper No. 4
- the collected residue was dried in a vacuum at 70° C. for one hour.
- the lithium cobalt oxide particles coated with the material containing titanium was heated.
- the heating was performed under the following conditions: the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min; the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- the dew point of the dry air is preferably lower than or equal to -109° C.
- the heated particles were cooled to room temperature.
- the time of decreasing temperature from the retention temperature to room temperature was 10 hours to 15 hours.
- crushing treatment was performed.
- the particles were made to pass through a sieve.
- the sieve has an aperture width of 53 ⁇ m.
- Sample 02 was formed as a comparative example by heating lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine without being coated with a material containing titanium.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) were used as the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine.
- the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were heated.
- the heating was performed under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); the retention time was two hours; and the flow rate of oxygen was 10 L/min.
- the heated particles were cooled and made to pass through a sieve like Sample 01 to obtain a positive electrode active material of Sample 02.
- Sample 02 is a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobalt oxide inside and includes a region containing magnesium in a superficial portion.
- Sample 03 was formed as a comparative example in the following manner: a region containing titanium was formed in lithium cobalt oxide particles which do not contain magnesium by a sol-gel method and then the lithium cobalt oxide particles were heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-10N) were used. In the lithium cobalt oxide particles, magnesium is not detected and fluorine is detected at approximately 1 atomic% by XPS.
- a region containing titanium was formed by a sol-gel method in the lithium cobalt oxide particles, and the lithium cobalt oxide particles were dried, heated, cooled, and made to pass through a sieve, like Sample 01.
- the obtained lithium cobalt oxide particles were used as a positive electrode active material of Sample 03.
- Sample 03 is a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobalt oxide inside and includes a region containing titanium in a superficial portion.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles were used as it is without being heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-10N) were used.
- Sample 04 is a positive electrode active material which does not have a coating layer.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were used as it is without being heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) were used as the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine. That is, Sample 05 was used as the same as the starting material of Sample 01.
- Table 1 shows the conditions of Sample 01 to Sample 05.
- the obtained positive electrode active material of Sample 01 was observed by an electron microscope (JEM-ARM200F, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) under the condition where the acceleration voltage was 200 kV.
- FIG. 28 shows the obtained electron microscope image.
- the positive electrode active material probably includes three different regions: the first region 101 ; the second region 102 ; and the third region 103 .
- the third region 103 is observed as a region brighter than the first region 101 and the second region 102 .
- crystal orientations of the first region 101 and the second region 102 are partly aligned with each other, and crystal orientations of the second region 102 and the third region 103 are partly aligned with each other.
- FIG. 29 A 1 shows a fast Fourier transform (FFT) image of a region 103 FFT in the STEM image of FIG. 28 .
- FFT fast Fourier transform
- FIG. 29 A 2 a center point O of FIG. 29 A 1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle.
- FIG. 29 B 1 shows an FFT image of a region 102 FFT.
- FIG. 29 B 2 a center point O of FIG. 29 B 1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle.
- FIG. 29 C 1 shows an FFT image of a region 101 FFT.
- FIG. 29 C 2 a center point O of FIG. 29 C 1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle.
- a distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.256 nm
- a distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.241 nm
- a distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.209 nm.
- ⁇ COA is 121°
- ⁇ COB is 52°
- ⁇ AOB is 69°. From these results, the region 103 FFT probably contains magnesium oxide (MgO, cubic crystal).
- the distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.238 nm
- the distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.225 nm
- the distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.198 nm.
- ⁇ COA is 123°
- ⁇ COB is 52°
- ⁇ AOB is 71°. From these results, the region 102 FFT probably contains lithium titanate (LiTiO 2 , cubic crystal).
- the distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.240 nm
- the distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.235 nm
- the distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.196 nm.
- ⁇ COA is 126°
- ⁇ COB is 52°
- ⁇ AOB is 74°. From these results, the region 101 FFT probably contains lithium cobaltate (LiCoO 2 , rhombohedral).
- FIGS. 30 A 1 , 30 A 2 , 30 B 1 , 30 B 2 , 30 C 1 , and 30 C 2 show a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image and element mapping images with EDX of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.
- FIG. 30 A 1 shows a HAADF-STEM image
- FIG. 30 A 2 shows a mapping image of oxygen atoms
- FIG. 30 B 1 shows a mapping image of cobalt atoms
- FIG. 30 B 2 shows a mapping image of fluorine atoms
- FIG. 30 C 1 shows a mapping image of titanium atoms
- FIG. 30 C 2 shows a mapping image of magnesium atoms. Note that in EDX element mapping images in FIGS.
- FIGS. 30 A 2 and 30 B 1 it is found that the oxygen atoms and the cobalt atoms are distributed in the whole of the positive electrode active material particle.
- FIGS. 30 B 2 , 30 C 1 , and 30 C 2 it is found that the fluorine atoms, the titanium atoms, and the magnesium atoms are unevenly distributed in a region close to the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- FIGS. 31 A 1 , 31 A 2 , 31 B 1 , 31 B 2 , 31 C 1 , and 31 C 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and element mapping images with EDX of the positive electrode active material of Sample 05, which is a comparative example.
- FIG. 31 A 1 shows a HAADF-STEM image
- FIG. 31 A 2 shows a mapping image of oxygen atoms
- FIG. 31 B 1 shows a mapping image of cobalt atoms
- FIG. 31 B 2 shows a mapping image of fluorine atoms
- FIG. 31 C 1 shows a mapping image of titanium atoms
- FIG. 31 C 2 shows a mapping image of magnesium atoms.
- FIG. 32 shows results of line analysis with TEM-EDX performed on a cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.
- FIG. 32 is a graph showing data detected on a line connecting the outside of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01 to the inside of the positive electrode active material, and a distance of 0 nm indicates the outside of the positive electrode active material and a distance of 14 nm indicates the inside of the particle.
- the analysis region tends to be large, so that elements not only at a center of an electron beam irradiation region but also in a region around the center may be detected.
- fluorine is hardly detected. This is probably because fluorine, which is a light element, is difficult to detect with EDX.
- Sample 01 is a positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, which includes the first region containing lithium cobaltate, the second region containing lithium, titanium, cobalt, and oxygen, and the third region containing magnesium and oxygen. It is found that, in Sample 01, part of the second region and part of the third region overlap.
- the amount of detected oxygen is stable at a distance of 4 nm or more.
- the average value O ave of the amount of detected oxygen in the stable region is obtained, and a distance x of the measurement point at which the measurement value closest to 0.5 O ave , the value of 50% of the average value O ave , is obtained is assumed to be the surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
- the average value O ave of the amount of detected oxygen in a range from a distance of 4 nm to a distance of 14 nm is 674.2.
- the x axis of the measurement point at which the measurement value closest to 337.1, which is 50% of 674.2, is obtained indicates a distance of 1.71 nm.
- a distance of 1.71 nm in the graph of FIG. 32 is assumed to be the surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
- the peak of magnesium and the peak of titanium are present at 0.72 nm and 1.00 nm, respectively, from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
- the concentration of magnesium is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 5 of the peak from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a distance of 4.42 nm, that is, to a region at 2.71 nm from the surface.
- the measurement value of magnesium is less than 1 ⁇ 5 of the peak at a distance of 4.57 nm or more, that is, at a depth of 2.86 nm or more from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
- the concentration of titanium is higher than or equal to 1 ⁇ 2 of the peak from a distance of 2.14 nm to a distance of 3.42 nm.
- a region from a depth of 0.43 nm to a depth of 1.71 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle is the second region.
- CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries (with a diameter of 20 mm and a height of 3.2 mm) were fabricated using the positive electrode active materials of Sample 01 to Sample 05 formed in the above manner.
- LCO positive electrode active material
- AB acetylene black
- PVDF polyvinylidene fluoride
- a lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- LiPF 6 lithium hexafluorophosphate
- EC ethylene carbonate
- DEC diethyl carbonate
- VC vinylene carbonate
- a positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- FIG. 33 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.
- FIG. 33 shows excellent charge and discharge characteristics with a wide plateau.
- results of 20 cycles of charging and discharging almost overlap, which means that the cycle characteristics are excellent.
- FIG. 34 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery of Sample 05, which is a comparative example. In the initial cycles, excellent charge and discharge characteristics are shown; however, as indicated by arrows in FIG. 34 , charge capacity and discharge capacity decrease with an increase in cycles.
- the cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries of Sample 01 and Sample 05 charged at 4.4 V were evaluated.
- the measurement temperature was 25° C.
- the charging was performed at 4.4 V (CCCV, 0.5 C, a cutoff current of 0.01 C), and the discharging was performed at 2.5 V (CC, 0.5 C).
- FIG. 35 is a graph showing the cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries charged at 4.4 V.
- a solid line and a dotted line indicate secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials of Sample 01 and Sample 05, respectively.
- an energy density retention rate is 99.5% even after 50 cycles of charging and discharging were performed, which shows extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- an energy density retention rate is 94.3% after 50 cycles were performed.
- the cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries of Sample 01 to Sample 04 charged at 4.6 V were evaluated.
- the measurement temperature was 25° C.
- the charging was performed to 4.6 V (CCCV, 0.5 C, a cutoff current of 0.01 C), and the discharging was performed to 2.5 V (CC, 0.5 C).
- FIG. 36 is a graph showing the cycle characteristics charged at 4.6 V.
- an energy density retention rate is 94.1% even after 50 cycles of charging and discharging were performed at a high voltage of 4.6 V, which shows extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- the secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials of Sample 02, Sample 03, and Sample 04, which are comparative examples are inferior to that of Sample 01, and in Sample 04, for example, energy density retention rate is 33.2% after 50 cycles were performed.
- the positive electrode active material with the structure of one embodiment of the present invention can achieve an advantageous effect when charging and discharging is performed at a voltage higher than 4.4 V.
- the positive electrode active materials which are embodiments of the present invention are formed, and results of analysis which is different from that in Example 1 are described.
- evaluation results of characteristics of secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials under conditions different from those in Example 1 are described.
- a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobaltate as a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal contained in a first region, lithium titanate as an oxide of a second transition metal contained in a second region, and magnesium oxide as an oxide of a representative element contained in a third region, was formed.
- lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) were used as a starting material.
- Step 14 the lithium cobalt oxide particles were coated with titanium oxide by a sol-gel method and dried. Step 14 was performed in a manner similar to that in Example 1 except that mixture was performed so that TTIP to lithium cobalt oxide was 0.004 ml/g.
- the lithium cobalt oxide particles which are coated with the titanium oxide and are not heated yet are referred to as Sample 06.
- Sample 06 which is the lithium cobalt oxide particles coated with the titanium oxide, was heated.
- the heating was performed at 800° C. in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the retention time was two hours; and the flow rate of oxygen was 10 L/min.
- Example 7 The heated positive electrode active material is referred to as Sample 07.
- Sample 06 and Sample 07 in particular, cracks generated in the particles and the vicinity of the cracks were subjected to analysis with TEM-EDX.
- FIGS. 37 A, 37 B 1 , 37 B 2 , 37 C 1 , 37 C 2 , 37 D 1 , 37 D 2 , 37 E 1 , and 37 E 2 show TEM-EDX analysis results of Sample 06 before heating.
- FIG. 37 A is a cross-sectional TEM image showing the surfaces of the particles and the crack portions.
- FIG. 37 B 1 and FIG. 37 B 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region including the surface of the particle that is denoted by a circle marked with “1” in FIG. 37 A , respectively.
- FIG. 37 C 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 20 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “2” in FIG. 37 A , respectively.
- FIG. 37 D 1 and FIG. 37 D 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 500 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “3” in FIG. 37 A , respectively.
- FIGS. 37 E 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 1000 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “4” in FIG. 37 A , respectively.
- FIGS. 38 A, 38 B 1 , 38 B 2 , 38 C 1 , 38 C 2 , 38 D 1 , 38 D 2 , 38 E 1 , and 38 E 2 FIGS.
- FIGS. 38 A, 38 B 1 , 38 B 2 , 38 C 1 , 38 C 2 , 38 D 1 , 38 D 2 , 38 E 1 , and 38 E 2 show TEM-EDX analysis results of Sample 07 after heating.
- FIG. 38 A is a cross-sectional TEM image showing the surfaces of the particles and the crack portions.
- FIG. 38 B 1 and FIG. 38 B 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region including the surface of the particle that is denoted by a circle marked with “1” in FIG. 38 A , respectively.
- FIG. 38 C 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 20 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “2” in FIG. 38 A , respectively.
- FIG. 38 D 1 and FIG. 38 D 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 500 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “3” in FIG. 38 A , respectively.
- FIG. 38 E 1 and FIG. 38 E 2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 1000 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “4” in FIG. 38 A , respectively.
- FIG. 39 A is a cross-sectional TEM image of Sample 06, which is the same as FIG. 37 A .
- FIGS. 39 B 1 , 39 C 1 , 39 D 1 , and 39 E 1 are HAADF-STEM images, which are the same as FIGS. 37 B 1 , 37 C 1 , 37 D 1 , and 37 E 1 .
- FIG. 39 B 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 39 B 1 .
- FIG. 39 C 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 39 C 1 .
- FIG. 39 D 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 39 D 1 .
- FIG. 39 E 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 39 E 1 .
- FIG. 40 A is a cross-sectional TEM image of Sample 07, which is the same as FIG. 38 A .
- FIGS. 40 B 1 , 40 C 1 , 40 D 1 , and 40 E 1 are HAADF-STEM images, which are the same as FIGS. 38 B 1 , 38 C 1 , 38 D 1 , and 38 E 1 .
- FIG. 40 B 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 40 B 1 .
- FIG. 40 C 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 40 C 1 .
- FIG. 40 D 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 40 D 1 .
- FIG. 40 E 2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same as FIG. 40 E 1 .
- FIGS. 41 A and 41 B show results of EDX point analysis in an atomic ratio of titanium to cobalt.
- FIG. 41 A shows results of Sample 06 before heating. Detection points 1 to 6 in FIG. 41 A correspond to the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 in FIG. 37 A .
- FIG. 41 B shows results of Sample 07 after heating. Detection points 1 to 6 in FIG. 41 B correspond to the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 in FIG. 38 A .
- Ti/Co is less than or equal to 0.01 in each measurement point; in contrast, in the crack portion of Sample 07, the amount of titanium is increased in many points, and there are measurement points where Ti/Co is greater than or equal to 0.05. Furthermore, Ti/Co on the surfaces of the particles of Sample 07 is between 0.10 and 0.18.
- FIGS. 42 A and 42 B show results of EDX point analysis in an atomic ratio of magnesium to cobalt.
- the detection points are the same as those in FIGS. 41 A and 41 B .
- Mg/Co is less than or equal to 0.03 both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion; in contrast, in Sample 07, there are many points where the amount of magnesium is increased both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion. Furthermore, Mg/Co on the surfaces of the particles is between 0.15 and 0.50, and that in the crack portion is between 0 and 0.22.
- CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries were fabricated using the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 after heating.
- a positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which a positive electrode active material (LCO) of Sample 02, AB, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) were mixed at a weight ratio of 95:3:2 to a positive electrode current collector was used.
- As the positive electrode current collector 20- ⁇ m-thick aluminum foil was used.
- the amount of positive electrode active material layer containing the positive electrode active material, AB, and PVDF was 7.6 mg/cm 2 .
- a lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- the rate characteristics were measured after the initial characteristics were measured.
- the measurement was performed by changing a discharge rate in the following order: 0.2 C charge/0.2 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/0.5 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/1.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/2.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/3.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/4.0 C discharge; and 0.2 C charge/5.0 C discharge. Note that the conditions other than the discharge rate are the same as those of the measurement of the initial characteristics.
- the measurement temperature was 25° C.
- Table 3 shows the measurement results of the initial characteristics and the rate characteristics.
- FIG. 43 shows discharge curves of the rates.
- a cell was fabricated under conditions similar to those of a cell for evaluating the rate characteristics except that the amount of positive electrode active material layer was 8.2 mg/cm 2 , and the temperature characteristics were measured. Charging was performed at 25° C., CCCV, 0.2 C, 4.6 V, and a cutoff current of 0.05 C. Discharging was performed at 25° C., 0° C., -10° C., -20° C., and 45° C. in this order, CC, 0.2 C, and a cutoff voltage of 3.0 V.
- FIG. 44 shows measurement results of temperature characteristics.
- FIG. 45 is a graph showing the discharge capacity retention rate of the measured cycle characteristics.
- the specific surface area of the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 was 0.13 m 2 /g.
- the average particle diameter was 21.5 ⁇ m
- 10%D was 13.1 ⁇ m
- 50%D was 22.0 ⁇ m
- 90%D was 34.4 ⁇ m.
- the tap density of the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 is 2.21 g/cm 3 .
- the tap density was measured with MULTI TESTER MT-1000 (manufactured by SEISHIN ENTERPRISE Co., Ltd.).
- the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 which is one embodiment of the present invention shows excellent initial charge and discharge capacity, rate characteristics, and cycle characteristics.
- the initial charge and discharge capacity is high, which is 98% or higher; thus, it is probable that a side reaction is inhibited.
- an excellent capacity of 96.1% is shown using 0.2 C as a reference.
- a positive electrode active material including a region containing titanium and magnesium in a superficial portion was formed by changing the ratio of Li to the first transition metal of starting materials, and evaluation results of characteristics are shown.
- positive electrode active materials of Samples 11 to 17, Samples 21 to 28, and Samples 31 to 40 in which cobalt was used as the first transition metal were prepared. Formation methods and conditions of these samples are as follows.
- a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine, which are to be starting materials, were individually weighed.
- lithium carbonate, cobalt oxide, magnesium oxide, and lithium fluoride were used as the source of lithium, the source of cobalt, the source of magnesium, and the source of fluorine, respectively.
- the starting materials of Sample 11 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00.
- the starting materials of Sample 12 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03.
- the starting materials of Sample 13 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05.
- the starting materials of Sample 14 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.06.
- the starting materials of Sample 15 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.07.
- the starting materials of Sample 16 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.08.
- the starting materials of Sample 17 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.13.
- the mixed starting materials were baked.
- the baking was performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min.
- TTIP was added to 2-propanol so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.01 ml/g and then mixing was performed, so that a 2-propanol solution of tetra-i-propoxy titanium was formed.
- the above-described mixed solution was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH.
- a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH.
- water in an atmosphere and TTIP caused hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction, and a layer containing titanium was formed on the surface of the lithium cobalt oxide particle containing magnesium and fluorine.
- the mixed solution which had been subjected to the above process was filtered to collect the residue.
- Kiriyama filter paper No. 4
- the collected residue was dried in a vacuum at 70° C. for one hour.
- the dried particles were heated.
- the heating was performed in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- the heated particles were cooled and subjected to crushing treatment.
- the particles were made to pass through a sieve.
- the sieve has an aperture width of 53 ⁇ m.
- the particles which were subjected to crushing treatment were used as the positive electrode active materials of Samples 11 to 17.
- the starting materials of Samples 21 to 27 were the same as those of Samples 11 to 16. At that time, the starting materials of Sample 21 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00. The starting materials of Sample 22 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03. The starting materials of Sample 23 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05. The starting materials of Sample 24 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.06. The starting materials of Sample 25 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.07. The starting materials of Sample 26 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.08. The starting materials of Sample 27 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.13.
- Samples 21 to 27 were formed in manners similar to those of Samples 11 to 17 except that the concentration of TTIP in the 2-propanol solution was adjusted so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g.
- the ratio of Li to Co of the starting materials and the amount of TTIP of Sample 28 were the same as the ratio of Li to Co of the starting materials and the amount of TTIP of Sample 23. That is, in Sample 28, the starting materials were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05, and the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g.
- Sample 28 was formed in a manner similar to that of Sample 23 except for the baking temperature.
- Samples 11 to 17 and Samples 21 to 28 are each a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobaltate inside and includes a region containing titanium and magnesium in a superficial portion.
- Samples 31 to 40 were formed as comparative examples, each of which did not include a region containing titanium.
- the starting materials of Sample 31 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00.
- the starting materials of Sample 32 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.01.
- the starting materials of Sample 33 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.02.
- the starting materials of Sample 34 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03.
- the starting materials of Sample 35 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.035.
- the starting materials of Sample 36 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.04.
- the starting materials of Sample 37 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.051.
- the starting materials of Sample 38 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.061.
- the starting materials of Sample 39 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.081.
- the starting materials of Sample 40 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.130.
- the mixed starting materials were baked.
- the baking was performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min.
- the synthesized particles were cooled and then heated.
- the heating was performed in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- the heated particles were cooled and subjected to crushing treatment.
- the particles were made to pass through a sieve.
- the sieve has an aperture width of 53 ⁇ m.
- the particles which were subjected to crushing treatment were used as the positive electrode active materials of Samples 31 to 40.
- Table 4 shows the formation conditions of Samples 11 to 17, Samples 21 to 28, and Samples 31 to 40.
- Table 5 shows results of the XPS analysis of Samples 11 to 17,
- Table 6 shows results of the XPS analysis of Samples 21 to 28,
- Table 7 shows results of the XPS analysis of Samples 31 to 40.
- Tables 5 to 7 show a relative value of the concentration of each element under the condition where the concentration of cobalt is 1.
- FIGS. 46 A and 46 B are graphs in which the relative valueof magnesium and the relative valueof titanium are extracted from the analysis results of Tables 5 to 7.
- FIG. 46 A is a graph showing the ratio of Li to Co and the relative valueof magnesium.
- FIG. 46 B is a graph showing the ratio of Li to Co and the relative valueof titanium.
- the concentration of magnesium in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS is low; in contrast, in samples where the region containing titanium is included, the concentration of magnesium in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS is high. That is, when the region containing titanium is formed in the superficial portion, magnesium is sufficiently segregated even in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is high.
- the concentration of magnesium is lower in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is 1.07 than in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is 1.06. Furthermore, it is probable that, in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.08, the segregation of magnesium does not easily occur even if the region containing titanium is included.
- the shape of the secondary battery, the materials and the mixture ratios of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive, and the binder in the positive electrode, the counter electrode, the electrolyte solution, the exterior body, the conditions of the cycle characteristics test, and the like are the same as those in Example 1.
- FIG. 47 A is a graph showing the energy density retention rates and the number of charge and discharge cycles at the time of charging at 4.6 V of secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials of Samples 11 to 14 and Sample 16 which were formed so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.01 ml/g.
- FIG. 47 B is a graph showing the energy density retention rates and the number of charge and discharge cycles at the time of charging at 4.6 V of secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials of Samples 21 to 24 and Sample 26 which were formed so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g.
- Samples 11 to 14 that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.06 have excellent cycle characteristics.
- Samples 11 and 12 that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.03 have extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- Sample 16 in which the ratio of Li to Co is 1.08, the energy density retention rate decreases at a relatively early stage.
- Samples 21 to 24, that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.06 have excellent cycle characteristics.
- Samples 23 and 24, that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.06 have extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- FIG. 48 is a graph showing comparison between Sample 11 having the most excellent cycle characteristics in Samples 11 to 15 and Sample 23 having the most excellent cycle characteristics in Samples 21 to 25.
- both Sample 11 and Sample 23 have excellent cycle characteristics; however, Sample 23 in which TTIP is 0.02 ml/g has more excellent cycle characteristics.
- FIG. 49 shows evaluation results of a discharge capacity retention rate, which is one of the cycle characteristics of each of Samples 21 to 26 and Sample 28.
- the shape of the secondary battery, the material and the mixture ratio of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive, and the binder in the positive electrode, the counter electrode, the electrolyte solution, the exterior body, the conditions of the cycle characteristics test, and the like of Samples 21 to 26 are the same as those in Example 1.
- the secondary battery using Sample 28 was formed in a manner similar to those of the secondary batteries using Samples 21 to 26 except that PVDF was used as a binder and the positive electrode active material (LCO), AB, and PVDF were mixed such that the weight ratio of LCO to AB and PVDF was 95:3:2, and evaluated.
- PVDF positive electrode active material
- Samples 21 to 24 and Sample 28 have excellent cycle characteristics.
- Sample 28 has extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- the discharge capacity retention rate after 50 cycles was higher than or equal to 85%.
- the ratio of Li to Co preferably has a range of greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than 1.07. Moreover, it is found that a sample in which the ratio of Li to Co has a range of greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.06 has extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
- FIGS. 50 A to 50 C show charge and discharge curves of the secondary batteries using Sample 28, which has extremely excellent cycle characteristics in FIG. 49 , Sample 24, and Sample 25, in which the degradation occurs at a relatively early stage.
- FIG. 50 A , FIG. 50 B , and FIG. 50 C show charge and discharge curves of the secondary batteries using Sample 28, Sample 24, and Sample 25, respectively.
- Each of the figures shows overlap of results of 50 cycles of charge and discharge. As indicated by an arrow in each figure, the charge and discharge capacity decreases from the first cycle to the fiftieth cycle.
- Sample 28 and Sample 24 which are positive electrode active materials of one embodiment of the present invention, have high charge and discharge capacity and excellent charge and discharge characteristics. In addition, it is found that a decrease in charge and discharge capacity of each of Sample 28 and Sample 24 in FIGS. 50 A and 50 B is significantly suppressed as compared with Sample 25 in FIG. 50 C .
- FIG. 51 A shows a SEM image of Sample 24.
- FIGS. 51 B and 51 C each show an enlarged image of a part in FIG. 51 A .
- FIGS. 51 A to 51 C there are a large number of projected regions in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material.
- FIGS. 52 A- 1 , 52 A- 2 , 52 B- 1 , 52 B- 2 , 52 C- 1 , and 52 C- 2 show analysis results of the positive electrode active material of Sample 24 using SEM-EDX.
- FIG. 52 A- 1 shows a SEM image of a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material
- FIG. 52 A- 2 shows a mapping image of titanium
- FIG. 52 B- 1 shows a mapping image of magnesium
- FIG. 52 B- 2 shows a mapping image of oxygen
- FIG. 52 C- 1 shows a mapping image of aluminum
- FIG. 52 C- 2 shows a mapping image of cobalt. Note that in EDX element mapping images in FIGS.
- a region where the number of elements is less than or equal to a lower limit of the detection is indicated in black, and as the number of elements is increased, the black region becomes white.
- FIGS. 52 A- 1 , 52 A- 2 , and 52 B- 1 are surrounded by dotted lines.
- the regions surrounded by dotted lines are compared with each other, it is found that in the projected regions in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material, titanium and magnesium are distributed.
- Sample 24 is a positive electrode active material including the projected fourth region 104 containing titanium and magnesium over the third region 103.
- Sample 24 is one of the samples which show extremely excellent cycle characteristics. Thus, it is found that, even if the fourth region is provided in the superficial portion or when the fourth region is provided, the positive electrode active material with excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- a process for forming a coating film on a positive electrode active material includes the steps of: weighing graphene oxide (S 11 ); mixing and stirring the graphene oxide and pure water (S 12 ); controlling pH (S 13 ); adding an active material (S 14 ); completing a suspension (S 15 ); spraying the suspension using a spray dry apparatus (S 16 ); and collecting particles in a container (S 17 ).
- the active material is a positive electrode active material.
- FIG. 54 is a schematic view of a spray dry apparatus 280 .
- the spray dry apparatus 280 includes a chamber 281 and a nozzle 282 .
- a suspension 284 is supplied to the nozzle 282 through a tube 283 .
- the suspension 284 is supplied from the nozzle 282 to the chamber 281 in the form of mist and dried in the chamber 281 .
- the nozzle 282 may be heated with a heater 285 .
- a region of the chamber 281 which is close to the nozzle 282 for example, a region surrounded by dashed-two dotted line in FIG. 54 , is also heated with the heater 285 .
- powder of the positive electrode active material coated with the graphene oxide is collected in a collection container 286 through the chamber 281 .
- the air in the chamber 281 may be suctioned by an aspirator or the like through a path indicated by an arrow 288 .
- a suspension was formed by dispersing graphene oxide into a solvent.
- the positive electrode active materials (in this example, lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F)) were added, and stirring was performed using a stirrer and an ultrasonic wave generator under the following conditions: a rotation rate was 750 rpm; and irradiation time with ultrasonic waves was 1 minute. Through the above process, the suspension was prepared.
- the above lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) contain at least fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus, and each have a diameter of approximately 20 ⁇ m.
- the suspension was sprayed uniformly with a spray nozzle (having a nozzle diameter of 20 ⁇ m) of the spray dry apparatus to obtain powder.
- the inlet temperature was 160° C. and the outlet temperature was 40° C. as the hot-air temperature of the spray dry apparatus, and the N 2 gas flow rate was 10 L/min.
- FIG. 55 shows a cross-sectional TEM image of the obtained powder.
- FIG. 56 shows a SEM image of the obtained powder.
- a positive electrode active material which was the same as the sprayed positive electrode active material (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) was mixed with the graphene oxide with a planetary centrifugal mixer as a comparative example, coating was insufficient.
- FIG. 57 shows a SEM image of the comparative example.
- the coating film is uniformly formed on the surface of the powder in FIG. 56 .
- FIGS. 58 A and 58 B illustrate a cross-sectional structure example of an active material layer 200 which is coated with graphene oxide with a spray dry apparatus and includes a graphene compound as a conductive additive.
- FIG. 58 A is a longitudinal sectional view of the active material layer 200 .
- the active material layer 200 includes positive electrode active material particles 100 coated with graphene oxide, a graphene compound 201 as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated).
- graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as the graphene compound 201 , for example.
- the graphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape.
- the graphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other.
- the positive electrode active material 100 coated with a coating film 105 formed of graphene oxide is in contact with the graphene compound 201 .
- a plurality of graphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to be partly in contact with the positive electrode active material 100 coated with the coating film 105 and adhere to the coating film 105 of the adjacent positive electrode active material 100 , so that the graphene compounds 201 are in contact with each of the positive electrode active material 100 .
- the graphene compound 201 and the coating film 105 are formed using carbon-based materials; thus, an excellent conductive path can be formed.
- the coating film 105 is effective in protecting the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material 100 so as not to be in contact with the electrolyte solution and in forming the excellent conductive path.
- 11 a positive electrode, 11 b : negative electrode, 12 a : lead, 12 b : lead, 14 : separator, 15 a : bonding portion, 15 b : bonding portion, 17 : fixing member, 50 : secondary battery, 51 : exterior body, 61 : folded portion, 62 : seal portion, 63 : seal portion, 71 : crest line, 72 : trough line, 73 : space, 100 : positive electrode active material, 101 : first region, 101 p : crystal plane, 102 : second_region, 102 p : crystal plane, 103 : third region, 103 p : crystal plane, 104 : fourth region, 105 : coating film, 106 : crack portion, 110 : particle, 111 : region, 112 : layer containing titanium, 114 : cobalt oxide layer, 120 : particle, 121 : region, 122 : layer containing titanium, 124 : cobalt oxide layer, 125 :
Abstract
A positive electrode active material which can improve cycle characteristics of a secondary battery is provided. Two kinds of regions are provided in a superficial portion of a positive electrode active material such as lithium cobaltate which has a layered rock-salt crystal structure. The inner region is a non-stoichiometric compound containing a transition metal such as titanium, and the outer region is a compound of representative elements such as magnesium oxide. The two kinds of regions each have a rock-salt crystal structure. The inner layered rock-salt crystal structure and the two kinds of regions in the superficial portion are topotaxy; thus, a change of the crystal structure of the positive electrode active material generated by charging and discharging can be effectively suppressed. In addition, since the outer coating layer in contact with an electrolyte solution is the compound of representative elements which is chemically stable, the secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
Description
- This application is a continuation of U.S. Application Serial No. 17/560,408, filed Dec. 23, 2021, now pending, which is a continuation of U.S. Application Serial No. 16/885,350, filed May 28, 2020, now pending, which is a continuation of U.S. Application Serial No. 15/638,449, filed Jun. 30, 2017, now U.S. Pat. No. 10,741,828, which claims the benefit of foreign priority applications filed in Japan as Serial No. 2016-133143 on Jul. 5, 2016, Serial No. 2016-133997 on Jul. 6, 2016, Serial No. 2017-002831 on Jan. 11, 2017, Serial No. 2017-030693 on Feb. 22, 2017, Serial No. 2017-084321 on Apr. 21, 2017, and Serial No. 2017-119272 on Jun. 19, 2017, all of which are incorporated by reference.
- One embodiment of the present invention relates to an object, a method, or a manufacturing method. The present invention relates to a process, a machine, manufacture, or a composition of matter. One embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a display device, a light-emitting device, a power storage device, a lighting device, an electronic device, or a manufacturing method thereof. In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a positive electrode active material that can be used in a secondary battery, a secondary battery, and an electronic device including a secondary battery.
- In this specification, the power storage device is a collective term describing elements and devices having a power storage function. For example, a storage battery such as a lithium-ion secondary battery (also referred to as secondary battery), a lithium-ion capacitor, and an electric double layer capacitor are included in the category of the power storage device.
- Note that electronic devices in this specification mean all devices including power storage devices, and electro-optical devices including power storage devices, information terminal devices including power storage devices, and the like are all electronic devices.
- In recent years, a variety of power storage devices such as lithium-ion secondary batteries, lithium-ion capacitors, and air batteries have been actively developed. In particular, demand for lithium-ion secondary batteries with high output and high energy density has rapidly grown with the development of the semiconductor industry, for portable information terminals such as mobile phones, smartphones, tablets, and laptop computers; portable music players; digital cameras; medical equipment; next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEV), electric vehicles (EV), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEV); and the like. The lithium-ion secondary batteries are essential as rechargeable energy supply sources for today’s information society.
- The performance required for lithium-ion secondary batteries includes increased energy density, improved cycle performance, safe operation under a variety of environments, and longer-term reliability.
- Thus, improvement of a positive electrode active material has been studied to increase the cycle performance and the capacity of the lithium ion secondary battery (
Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2). -
- [Patent Document 1] Japanese Published Patent Application No. 2012-018914
- [Patent Document 2] Japanese Published Patent Application No. 2015-201432
- Development of lithium ion secondary batteries and positive electrode active materials used therein is susceptible to improvement in terms of charge and discharge characteristics, cycle characteristics, reliability, safety, cost, and the like.
- An object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a high-capacity secondary battery. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery.
- Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel material, a novel active material particle, a novel secondary battery, or a formation method thereof.
- Note that the descriptions of these objects do not disturb the existence of other objects. In one embodiment of the present invention, there is no need to achieve all the objects. Other objects can be derived from the description of the specification, the drawings, and the claims.
- To achieve the above objects, in one embodiment of the present invention, two kinds of regions which are different from a region inside the positive electrode active material are provided in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. It is preferable that the inner region contain a non-stoichiometric compound and the outer region contain a stoichiometric compound.
- In addition, it is preferable that the inner region contain titanium and the outer region contain magnesium. Furthermore, these two kinds of regions may overlap.
- In addition, it is preferable that the inner region be formed through a coating process such as a sol-gel method and the outer region be formed by segregation due to heating.
- One embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material including a first region, a second region, and a third region. The first region is present inside the positive electrode active material. The second region and the third region are present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. The third region is present in a region closer to a surface of the positive electrode active material than the second region is. The first region contains an oxide of lithium and a first transition metal and has a layered rock-salt crystal structure. The second region contains a non-stoichiometric compound containing an oxide of a second transition metal and the non-stoichiometric compound has a rock-salt crystal structure. The third region contains a compound of representative elements and the compound of representative elements has a rock-salt crystal structure.
- In the above structure, it is preferable that the first transition metal be cobalt, the second transition metal be titanium, and the compound of representative elements be magnesium oxide.
- In the above structure, the third region may contain fluorine. Furthermore, the second region and the third region may each contain cobalt.
- In the above structure, it is preferable that crystal orientations of the first region and the second region be partly aligned with each other and crystal orientations of the second region and the third region be partly aligned with each other.
- In the above structure, a degree of a mismatch between a (1-1-4) plane of the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the first region or a plane orthogonal to the (1-1-4) plane and a {100} plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region is preferably less than or equal to 0.12, and a degree of a mismatch between the {100} plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the second region and a {100} plane of the rock-salt crystal structure in the third region is preferably less than or equal to 0.12.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a positive electrode active material containing lithium, titanium, cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine. When the concentration of cobalt which is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material and is measured by X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy is 1, the concentration of titanium is greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 0.4, the concentration of magnesium is greater than or equal to 0.4 and less than or equal to 1.5, and the concentration of fluorine is greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 1.5.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a method for forming a positive electrode active material including: a step of mixing a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine; a step of heating the mixture of the source of lithium, the source of cobalt, the source of magnesium, and the source of fluorine at 800° C. or higher and 1100° C. or lower for 2 hours or longer and 20 hours or shorter to obtain particles containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine; a step of dissolving titanium alkoxide into alcohol; a step of mixing the particles containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine into the alcohol solution of the titanium alkoxide and stirring the mixed solution in an atmosphere containing water vapor; a step of collecting precipitate from the mixed solution; and a step of heating the collected precipitate at 500° C. or higher and 1200° C. or lower in an atmosphere containing oxygen under a condition where a retention time is 50 hours or shorter.
- In the above formation method, a ratio of the number of atoms of lithium in the source of lithium to the number of atoms of cobalt in the source of cobalt is preferably greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than 1.07.
- In the above formation method, a ratio between the number of atoms of magnesium in the source of magnesium and the number of atoms of fluorine in the source of fluorine is preferably Mg:F = 1:x (1.5 ≤ x ≤4).
- In the above formation method, the number of atoms of magnesium in the source of magnesium is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 atomic% and less than or equal to 1.5 atomic% of the number of atoms of cobalt in the source of cobalt.
- In the above formation method, lithium carbonate, cobalt oxide, magnesium oxide, and lithium fluoride can be used as a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine, respectively.
- When the surface of the positive electrode active material is covered with a coating film to protect the above crystal structure, a decrease in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles can be suppressed. As the coating film covering the surface of the positive electrode active material, a coating film containing carbon (a film containing a graphene compound) or a coating film containing lithium or a decomposition product of an electrolyte solution is used.
- In particular, powder in which the surface of the positive electrode active material is coated with graphene oxide using a spray dry apparatus is preferably obtained. The spray dry apparatus is a manufacturing apparatus using a spray dry method by which a dispersion medium is removed by supplying a hot wind to a suspension.
- When charge and discharge cycles are repeated, deformation of the particles of the positive electrode active materials, such as cracking or breaking, might occur. It is said that such deformation makes a new surface of the positive electrode active material exposed, and the surface is in contact with an electrolyte solution to cause a decomposition reaction or the like, so that the cycle characteristics and the charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery are degraded.
- Thus, a coating film is preferably provided to prevent the deformation of the particles of the positive electrode active materials, such as cracking or breaking.
- However, when suspension is formed and stirred by a rotary and revolutionary mixer to coat the surface of the positive electrode active material whose weight per unit volume is large with graphene oxide whose weight is relatively small, coating is insufficient.
- Thus, to coat the surfaces of the particles of the positive electrode active materials with the graphene oxide, a method in which the graphene oxide and a polar solvent (such as water) are mixed and ultrasonic treatment is performed, the particles of the positive electrode active materials are mixed therein to prepare the suspension, and dried powder is produced with a spray dry apparatus is preferably used. The dried powder produced in this manner is referred to as a composite in some cases.
- The size of one drop of spray liquid sprayed from a nozzle of the spray dry apparatus depends on a nozzle diameter.
- When the particle diameter is smaller than the nozzle diameter, there are a plurality of particles in one drop of the spray liquid sprayed from the nozzle. When the surface of the particle after drying under the condition where the largest particle size is smaller than the nozzle diameter is observed, there are some portions where the surface is coated with the graphene oxide; however, the coating is insufficient.
- The nozzle diameter of the spray dry apparatus is preferably substantially equal to the largest particle size of the active material because the coverage of the active material can be improved. Moreover, the largest particle size of the positive electrode active material is preferably adjusted to be substantially equal to the nozzle diameter in forming the positive electrode active material.
- Since the graphene oxide is well dispersed into water, the suspension of water and the graphene oxide can be formed by stirring using ultrasonic waves. The positive electrode active material is added to the suspension, and the suspension is sprayed with the spray dry apparatus, whereby powder in which the surface of the positive electrode active material is coated with the graphene oxide can be obtained.
- Note that the suspension becomes more acidic as the amount of graphene oxide is increased. Thus, part of the surface of the positive electrode active material (e.g., LiCoO2 containing Mg and F) might be etched. Then, a hydrogen ion exponent (pH) of the suspension before being sprayed is preferably adjusted to be close to approximately pH7, that is, close to neutral, or higher than or equal to pH8, that is, alkaline. For the pH adjustment, a LiOH aqueous solution is preferably used. For example, in the case where LiCoO2 is used for the positive electrode active material and only pure water is used as the dispersion medium of the suspension, the surface of the positive electrode active material may be damaged. Thus, a mixed solution of ethanol and water is used as the dispersion medium of the suspension, whereby damage to the surface of the active material may be reduced.
- The suspension is formed in the above manner, whereby the positive electrode active material whose surface is coated with the graphene oxide can be prepared efficiently. When the surface is coated with the graphene oxide, the deformation of the particles of the positive electrode active materials, such as cracking or breaking can be prevented. Moreover, even if the positive electrode active material whose surface is coated with the graphene oxide is exposed to the air after the formation, the change of properties or degradation can be suppressed. Here, “after the formation” refers to a period from the termination of the formation of the positive electrode active material to the start of the fabrication of the secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material and includes the storing, the transporting, and the like of the positive electrode active material. In addition, when the coating film is formed, the positive electrode active material and the electrolyte solution can be prevented from being in direct contact with each other to react; thus, the secondary battery using the coating film has high reliability.
- For the spray dry method, a known apparatus can be utilized, for example, a countercurrent pressure-nozzle-type spray dry apparatus and a counter-cocurrent pressure-nozzle-type spray dry apparatus can be utilized.
- Note that the graphene oxide coating the surface of the active material may be reduced when used in the secondary battery. The reduced graphene oxide is referred to as “RGO” in some cases. In RGO, in some cases, part of oxygen atoms remains in a state of oxygen or atomic group containing oxygen that is bonded to carbon. For example, RGO includes a functional group, e.g., an epoxy group, a carbonyl group such as a carboxyl group, or a hydroxyl group.
- Another embodiment of the present invention is a secondary battery which includes a positive electrode containing the above-described positive electrode active material or the above-described positive electrode active material coated with a coating film and a negative electrode.
- The secondary battery can have any of a variety of shapes to fit the form of the device to be used, for example, a cylindrical shape, a rectangular shape, a coin-type shape, and a laminated (flat plate) shape.
- According to one embodiment of the present invention, a positive electrode active material which suppresses a reduction in capacity due to charge and discharge cycles when used in a lithium ion secondary battery is provided. In addition, a secondary battery with excellent charge and discharge characteristics is provided. In addition, a highly safe or highly reliable secondary battery is provided. In addition, a novel material, a novel active material particle, a novel secondary battery, or a formation method thereof is provided.
- In the accompanying drawings:
-
FIGS. 1A to 1C show examples of a positive electrode active material; -
FIGS. 2A and 2B illustrate crystal structures of a positive electrode active material; -
FIG. 3 illustrates crystal structures of a positive electrode active material; -
FIGS. 4A-1, 4A-2, 4A-3, 4B, 4C, 4D-1, and 4D-2 show a sol-gel method; -
FIGS. 5A to 5C illustrate a segregation model of elements contained in a positive electrode active material; -
FIGS. 6A to 6D illustrate a segregation model of elements contained in a positive electrode active material; -
FIGS. 7A and 7B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive; -
FIGS. 8A to 8C illustrate a method for charging a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 9A to 9D illustrate a method for charging a secondary battery; -
FIG. 10 illustrates a method for discharging a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 11A to 11C illustrate a coin-type secondary battery; -
FIGS. 12A to 12D illustrate a cylindrical secondary battery; -
FIGS. 13A and 13B illustrate an example of a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 14A-1, 14A-2, 14B-1, and 14B-2 illustrate examples of secondary batteries; -
FIGS. 15A and 15B illustrate examples of secondary batteries; -
FIG. 16 illustrates an example of a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 17A to 17C illustrate a laminated secondary battery; -
FIGS. 18A and 18B illustrate a laminated secondary battery; -
FIG. 19 is an external view of a secondary battery; -
FIG. 20 is an external view of a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 21A to 21C illustrate a formation method of a secondary battery; -
FIGS. 22A, 22B1, 22B2, 22C, and 22D illustrate a bendable secondary battery; -
FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate a bendable secondary battery; -
FIGS. 24A to 24H illustrate examples of electronic devices; -
FIGS. 25A to 25C illustrate an example of an electronic device; -
FIG. 26 illustrates examples of electronic devices; -
FIGS. 27A to 27C illustrate examples of electronic devices; -
FIG. 28 is a transmission electron microscope image of a positive electrode active material in Example 1; -
FIGS. 29A1, 29A2, 29B1, 29B2, 29C1, and 29C2 are FFT images of transmission electron microscope images of a positive electrode active material in Example 1; -
FIGS. 30A1, 30A2, 30B1, 30B2, 30C1, and 30C2 are element mapping images of a positive electrode active material in Example 1; -
FIGS. 31A1, 31A2, 31B1, 31B2, 31C1, and 31C2 are element mapping images of a positive electrode active material of a comparative example in Example 1; -
FIG. 32 is a graph showing TEM-EDX line analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 1; -
FIG. 33 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1; -
FIG. 34 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery of a comparative example in Example 1; -
FIG. 35 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1; -
FIG. 36 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 1; -
FIGS. 37A, 37B1, 37B2, 37C1, 37C2, 37D1, 37D2, 37E1, and 37E2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a comparative example in Example 2; -
FIGS. 38A, 38B1, 38B2, 38C1, 38C2, 38D1, 38D2, 38E1, and 38E2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2; -
FIGS. 39A, 39B1, 39B2, 39C1, 39C2, 39D1, 39D2, 39E1, and 39E2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a comparative example in Example 2; -
FIGS. 40A, 40B1, 40B2, 40C1, 40C2, 40D1, 40D2, 40E1, and 40E2 are TEM-EDX plane analysis images of a positive electrode active material in Example 2; -
FIGS. 41A and 41B are each a graph showing EDX point analysis results in Example 2; -
FIGS. 42A and 42B are each a graph showing EDX point analysis results in Example 2; -
FIG. 43 is a graph showing rate characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2; -
FIG. 44 is a graph showing temperature characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2; -
FIG. 45 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery in Example 2; -
FIGS. 46A and 46B are each a graph showing XPS analysis results of a positive electrode active material in Example 3; -
FIGS. 47A and 47B are each a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3; -
FIG. 48 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3; -
FIG. 49 is a graph showing cycle characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3; -
FIGS. 50A to 50C are each a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of a secondary battery containing a positive electrode active material in Example 3; -
FIGS. 51A to 51C are SEM images of a positive electrode active material in Example 4; -
FIGS. 52A-1, 52A-2, 52B-1, 52B-2, 52C-1, and 52C-2 are SEM-EDX images of a positive electrode active material in Example 4; -
FIG. 53 is a process flow chart of Example 5; -
FIG. 54 illustrates a spray dry apparatus in Example 5; -
FIG. 55 is a TEM image showing one embodiment of the present invention in Example 5; -
FIG. 56 is a SEM image showing one embodiment of the present invention in Example 5; -
FIG. 57 is a SEM image showing a comparative example in Example 5; and -
FIGS. 58A and 58B are cross-sectional views of an active material layer containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive in Example 5. - Embodiments of the present invention will be described below in detail with reference to the drawings. Note that the present invention is not limited to the description below, and it is easily understood by those skilled in the art that modes and details of the present invention can be modified in various ways. In addition, the present invention should not be construed as being limited to the description in the embodiments given below.
- Note that in drawings used in this specification, the sizes, thicknesses, and the like of components such as a positive electrode, a negative electrode, an active material layer, a separator, and an exterior body are exaggerated for simplicity in some cases. Therefore, the sizes of the components are not limited to the sizes in the drawings and relative sizes between the components.
- Note that in structures of the present invention described in this specification and the like, the same portions or portions having similar functions are denoted by common reference numerals in different drawings, and descriptions thereof are not repeated. Further, the same hatching pattern is applied to portions having similar functions, and the portions are not especially denoted by reference numerals in some cases.
- In this specification and the like, the Miller index is used for the expression of crystal planes and orientations. In the crystallography, a superscript bar is placed over a number in the expression using the Miller index; however, in this specification and the like, crystal planes and orientations are expressed by placing a minus sign (-) at the front of a number instead of placing the bar over a number because of expression limitations. Furthermore, an individual direction which shows an orientation in crystal is denoted by “[ ]”, a set direction which shows all of the equivalent orientations is denoted by “< >”, an individual direction which shows a crystal plane is denoted by “( )”, and a set plane having equivalent symmetry is denoted by “{ }”. In the drawings, the crystal planes and orientations are expressed by a number with a bar placed thereover, which is an original crystallographic expression. Note that 1 Å is 10-10 m.
- In this specification and the like, segregation refers to a phenomenon in which, in a solid made of a plurality of elements (e.g., A, B, and C), a certain element (for example, B) is non-uniformly distributed.
- In this specification and the like, a layered rock-salt crystal structure included in a composite oxide containing lithium and a transition metal refers to a crystal structure in which a rock-salt ion arrangement where cations and anions are alternately arranged is included and the lithium and the transition metal are regularly arranged to form a two-dimensional plane, so that lithium can be two-dimensionally diffused. Note that a defect such as a cation or anion vacancy can exist. In the layered rock-salt crystal structure, strictly, a lattice of a rock-salt crystal is distorted in some cases.
- In this specification and the like, a rock-salt crystal structure refers to a structure in which cations and anions are alternately arranged. Note that a cation or anion vacancy may exist.
- Anions of a layered rock-salt crystal and anions of a rock-salt crystal each form a cubic closest packed structure (face-centered cubic lattice structure). When a layered rock-salt crystal and a rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other, there is a crystal plane at which directions of cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other. A space group of the layered rock-salt crystal is R-3m, which is different from a space group Fm-3m of a general rock-salt crystal and a space group Fd-3m of a rock-salt crystal having the simplest symmetry; thus, the Miller index of the crystal plane satisfying the above conditions in the layered rock-salt crystal is different from that in the rock-salt crystal. In this specification, in the layered rock-salt crystal and the rock-salt crystal, a state where the directions of the cubic closest packed structures formed of anions are aligned with each other is referred to as a state where crystal orientations are substantially aligned with each other.
- Whether the crystal orientations in two regions are aligned with each other or not can be judged by a transmission electron microscope (TEM) image, a scanning transmission electron microscope (STEM) image, a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image, an annular bright-field scan transmission electron microscopy (ABF-STEM) image, and the like. X-ray diffraction, electron diffraction, neutron diffraction, and the like can be used for judging. In the TEM image and the like, alignment of cations and anions can be observed as repetition of bright lines and dark lines. When the orientations of cubic closest packed structures of the layered rock-salt crystal and the rock-salt crystal are aligned with each other, a state where an angle between the repetition of bright lines and dark lines in the layered rock-salt crystal and the repetition of bright lines and dark lines in the rock-salt crystal is less than or equal to 5°, preferably less than or equal to 2.5° is observed. Note that, in the TEM image and the like, a light element such as oxygen or fluorine is not clearly observed in some cases; however, in such a case, alignment of orientations can be judged by arrangement of metal elements.
- Furthermore, in this specification and the like, a state where structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxy”. Crystal growth in which structures of two-dimensional interfaces have similarity is referred to as “epitaxial growth”. In addition, a state where three-dimensional structures have similarity or orientations are crystallographically the same is referred to as “topotaxy”. Thus, in the case of topotaxy, when part of a cross section is observed, orientations of crystals in two regions (e.g., a region serving as a base and a region formed through growth) are substantially aligned with each other.
- First, a positive electrode
active material 100, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is described with reference toFIGS. 1A to 1C . The positive electrodeactive material 100 refers to a substance containing a transition metal which can receive and release lithium ion electrochemically. As illustrated inFIG. 1A , the positive electrodeactive material 100 includes afirst region 101 inside and asecond region 102 and athird region 103 in a superficial portion. - As illustrated in
FIG. 1B , thesecond region 102 does not necessarily cover the entirefirst region 101. Similarly, thethird region 103 does not necessarily cover the entiresecond region 102. In addition, thethird region 103 may be present in contact with thefirst region 101. - The thicknesses of the
second region 102 and thethird region 103 may each differ depending on the positions. - Furthermore, the
third region 103 may be present inside the positive electrodeactive material 100. For example, in the case where thefirst region 101 is a polycrystal, thethird region 103 may be present in the vicinity of a grain boundary. Furthermore, thethird region 103 may be present in a portion which includes crystal defects or a crack portion in the positive electrodeactive material 100 or in the vicinity thereof. InFIG. 1B , parts of grain boundaries are shown by dotted lines. In this specification and the like, crystal defects refer to defects which can be observed from a TEM image and the like, that is, a structure in which another element enters crystal, a cavity, and the like. In addition, a crack portion refers to a crack or a break formed in a particle like acrack portion 106 illustrated inFIG. 1C , for example. - Similarly, as illustrated in
FIG. 1B , thesecond region 102 may be present inside the positive electrodeactive material 100. For example, in the case where thefirst region 101 is a polycrystal, thesecond region 102 may be present in the vicinity of a grain boundary. Furthermore, thesecond region 102 may be present in a portion which includes crystal defects or a crack portion in the positive electrodeactive material 100 or in the vicinity thereof. Moreover, thethird region 103 and thesecond region 102 inside the positive electrodeactive material 100 may overlap. - The
first region 101 contains a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal. In other words, thefirst region 101 contains lithium, a first transition metal, and oxygen. - The composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal preferably has a layered rock-salt crystal structure.
- As the first transition metal, only cobalt may be used, cobalt and manganese may be used, or cobalt, manganese, and nickel may be used.
- That is, the first region can include lithium cobalt oxide, lithium manganese oxide, lithium nickel oxide, lithium cobalt oxide in which manganese is substituted for part of cobalt, lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide, or the like. In addition to the transition metal, the
first region 101 may include a metal other than the transition metal, such as aluminum. - The
first region 101 serves as a region which particularly contributes to a charge and discharge reaction in the positive electrodeactive material 100. To increase capacity of a secondary battery containing the positive electrodeactive material 100, the volume of thefirst region 101 is preferably larger than those of the second region and the third region. - A material having a layered rock-salt crystal structure has features such as high discharge capacity and low resistance due to lithium that can be diffused two-dimensionally, which is preferably used for the
first region 101. In addition, in the case where thefirst region 101 has a layered rock-salt crystal structure, a segregation of a representative element such as magnesium, which is described later, tends to occur unexpectedly. - Note that the
first region 101 may be a single crystal or a polycrystal. For example, thefirst region 101 may be a polycrystal in which an average crystallite size is greater than or equal to 280 nm and less than or equal to 630 nm. In the case of a polycrystal, a grain boundary can be observed from the TEM or the like in some cases. In addition, the average of crystal grain sizes can be calculated from the half width of XRD. - The polycrystal has a clear crystal structure; thus, a two-dimensional diffusion path of lithium ions can be sufficiently ensured. In addition, a polycrystal is easily produced as compared with a single crystal; thus, a polycrystal is preferably used for the
first region 101. - Furthermore, the entire
first region 101 does not necessarily have a layered rock-salt crystal structure. For example, part of thefirst region 101 may be amorphous or has another crystal structure. - The
second region 102 contains an oxide of a second transition metal. In other words, thesecond region 102 contains a second transition metal and oxygen. - As the second transition metal, a non-stoichiometric metal is preferably used. In other words, the
second region 102 preferably includes a non-stoichiometric compound. For example, as the second transition metal, at least one of titanium, vanadium, manganese, iron, chromium, niobium, cobalt, zinc, zirconium, nickel, and the like can be used. Note that the second transition metal is preferably an element different from that of the first transition metal. - In this specification and the like, a non-stoichiometric metal refers to a metal that can have a plurality of valences. In addition, a non-stoichiometric compound refers to a compound of a metal that can have a plurality of valences and another element.
- The
second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure. - The
second region 102 serves as a buffer region which connects thefirst region 101 to thethird region 103 which is described later. In the non-stoichiometric compound, an interatomic distance can be changed in accordance with a change in valence of a metal contained in the non-stoichiometric compound. In addition, in the non-stoichiometric compound, a cation or anion vacancy and dislocation (what is called Magneli phase) are often formed. Thus, thesecond region 102, which serves as a buffer region, can absorb a strain generated between thefirst region 101 and thethird region 103. - Furthermore, the
second region 102 may contain lithium in addition to the second transition metal and oxygen. For example, lithium titanate or lithium manganite may be contained. Moreover, thesecond region 102 may contain a representative element contained in thethird region 103 which is described later. Thesecond region 102 that contains an element contained in thefirst region 101, such as lithium, and an element contained in thethird region 103 is preferable because thesecond region 102 serves as a buffer region. - That is, the
second region 102 can contain lithium titanate, titanium oxide, vanadium oxide, manganese oxide, iron oxide, copper oxide, chromium oxide, niobium oxide, cobalt oxide, zinc oxide, or the like. - In addition, the
second region 102 may contain the first transition metal. For example, the second transition metal may be present in part of a first transition metal site of the composite oxide including the first transition metal. - For example, in the case where the second transition metal is titanium, titanium may be present as titanium oxide (TiO2) or lithium titanate (LiTiO2) in the
second region 102. Alternatively, in thesecond region 102, titanium may be substituted for part of the first transition metal site of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal. - Moreover, the
second region 102 may contain fluorine. - The
second region 102 preferably has a crystal structure which is the same as that of thethird region 103 which is described later. In this case, orientations of crystals of thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are likely to be aligned with each other. - The
second region 102 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure; however, the entiresecond region 102 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure. For example, thesecond region 102 may have another crystal structure such as a spinel crystal structure, an olivine crystal structure, a corundum crystal structure, or a rutile crystal structure. - Furthermore, a crystal structure may have a strain as long as a structure where six oxygen atoms are adjacent to cations is kept. In addition, a cation vacancy may be present in part of the
second region 102. - Moreover, part of the
second region 102 may be amorphous. - When the thickness of the
second region 102 is too small, the function as the buffer region is degraded; however, when the thickness of thesecond region 102 is too large, the capacity might be decreased. Thus, thesecond region 102 is preferably provided in a range from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a depth of 20 nm, preferably a depth of 10 nm, in a depth direction. The second transition metal may have a concentration gradient. - The
third region 103 contains a compound of representative elements. A compound of representative elements is a stoichiometric compound. As the compound of representative elements, a compound made of representative elements which are electrochemically stable is preferable, and at least one of magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, beryllium oxide, lithium fluoride, and sodium fluoride can be used, for example. - The
third region 103 is in contact with an electrolyte solution when the positive electrodeactive material 100 is used in a secondary battery. Thus, for thethird region 103, a material which is hardly changed electrochemically in the process of charging and discharging and is not easily transformed by contact with the electrolyte solution is preferably used. The compound of representative elements which is a stoichiometric compound and electrochemically stable is preferably used for thethird region 103. The positive electrodeactive material 100 includes thethird region 103 in a superficial portion to improve stability in charging and discharging of the secondary battery. Here, a state where stability of a secondary battery is high refers to a state where the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal contained in thefirst region 101 is more stable. Alternatively, it refers to a state where a change in capacity of the secondary battery is small even if charging and discharging are repeated or a state where a change in valence of a metal contained in the positive electrodeactive material 100 is suppressed even after charging and discharging are repeated. - The
third region 103 may contain fluorine. In the case where thethird region 103 contains fluorine, fluorine may be substituted for some anions in the compound of the representative elements. - Fluorine is substituted for some anions in the compound of the representative elements, whereby diffusion properties of lithium can be improved. Thus, the
third region 103 is less likely to prevent charging and discharging. In addition, when fluorine is present in a superficial portion of a positive electrode active material particle, corrosion resistance against a hydrofluoric acid generated by decomposition of an electrolyte solution is increased in some cases. - Moreover, the
third region 103 may include lithium, the first transition metal, and the second transition metal. - The compound of the representative elements contained in the
third region 103 preferably has a rock-salt crystal structure. When thethird region 103 has a rock-salt crystal structure, orientations of crystals are likely to be aligned with those of thesecond region 102. The orientations of crystals of thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 are substantially aligned with each other, whereby thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can serve as a more stable coating layer. - However, the entire
third region 103 does not necessarily have a rock-salt crystal structure. For example, thethird region 103 may have another crystal structure such as a spinel crystal structure, an olivine crystal structure, a corundum crystal structure, or a rutile crystal structure. - Furthermore, a crystal structure may have a strain as long as a structure where six oxygen atoms are adjacent to cations is kept. In addition, a cation vacancy may be present in part of the
third region 103. - Moreover, part of the
third region 103 may be amorphous. - When the thickness of the
third region 103 is too small, the function of increasing stability in charging and discharging is degraded; however, when the thickness of thethird region 103 is too large, the capacity might be decreased. Thus, the thickness of thethird region 103 is preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 50 nm, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.5 nm and less than or equal to 2 nm. - In the case where the
third region 103 contains fluorine, fluorine is preferably present in a bonding state other than magnesium fluoride (MgF2), lithium fluoride (LiF), and cobalt fluoride (CoF2). Specifically, when an XPS analysis is performed on the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100, a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is preferably higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV, further preferably approximately 684.3 eV. The bonding energy does not correspond to those of MgF2, LiF, and CoF2. - In this specification and the like, a peak position of bonding energy with an element in an XPS analysis refers to a value of bonding energy at which the maximum intensity of an energy spectrum is obtained in a range corresponding to bonding energy of the element.
- In general, when charging and discharging are repeated, a side reaction occurs in a positive electrode active material, for example, a first transition metal such as manganese, cobalt, or nickel is dissolved in an electrolyte solution, oxygen is released, and a crystal structure becomes unstable, so that the positive electrode active material deteriorates. However, the positive electrode
active material 100 of one embodiment of the present invention includes thesecond region 102 serving as a buffer region and thethird region 103 which is electrochemically stable. Thus, the dissolution of the first transition metal can be effectively suppressed, and the crystal structure of the composite oxide of lithium and the transition metal contained in thefirst region 101 can be more stable. As a result, the cycle characteristics of the secondary battery including the positive electrodeactive material 100 can be significantly improved. In addition, in the case where charging and discharging are performed at a voltage higher than 4.3 V (vs. Li/Li+), in particular, a high voltage of 4.5 V (vs. Li/Li+) or more, the structure of one embodiment of the present invention is significantly effective. - The
second region 102 is preferably formed by heteroepitaxial growth from thefirst region 101. Furthermore, thethird region 103 is preferably formed by heteroepitaxial growth from thesecond region 102. A region formed by heteroepitaxial growth becomes topotaxy which has crystal orientations substantially three-dimensionally aligned with those of a region serving as a base. Thus, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be topotaxy. - When the crystal orientations of the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 are substantially aligned with each other, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 serve as a coating layer which has a stable bond with thefirst region 101. As a result, the positive electrodeactive material 100 including a strong coating layer can be provided. - Since the
second region 102 and thethird region 103 have a stable bond with thefirst region 101, when the positive electrodeactive material 100 is used for the secondary battery, a change of the crystal structure in thefirst region 101 which is caused by charging and discharging can be effectively suppressed. Even when lithium is released from thefirst region 101 due to charging, the coating layer having a stable bond can suppress release of cobalt and oxygen from thefirst region 101. Furthermore, a chemically stable material can be used for a region in contact with the electrolyte solution. Thus, a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided. - To perform heteroepitaxial growth, the degree of a mismatch between crystals in a region serving as a base and crystals on which crystal growth is performed is important.
- In this specification and the like, the degree of a mismatch ƒ is defined by the following
Formula 1. The average of the nearest neighbor distances between oxygen and cations of the crystals in the region serving as a base is represented by α, and the average of the natural nearest neighbor distances between anions and cations of the crystals on which crystal growth is performed is represented by b. -
- To perform heteroepitaxial growth, the degree of a mismatchfbetween crystals in a region serving as a base and crystals on which crystal growth is performed needs to be less than or equal to 0.12. To perform more stable heteroepitaxial growth to form a layered shape, the degree of a mismatch ƒ is preferably less than or equal to 0.08, further preferably less than or equal to 0.04.
- Thus, materials of the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 are preferably selected so that the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the layered rock-salt crystal structure in thefirst region 101 and the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 is less than or equal to 0.12. - Furthermore, materials of the
second region 102 and thethird region 103 are preferably selected so that the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 and the rock-salt crystal structure in thethird region 103 is less than or equal to 0.12. - Examples of materials and crystal planes of the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 are shown below, which satisfy the above-described conditions: the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the layered rock-salt crystal structure in thefirst region 101 and the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 is less than or equal to 0.12; and the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 and the rock-salt crystal structure in thethird region 103 is less than or equal to 0.12. - First,
FIGS. 2A and 2B andFIG. 3 show an example in which the first transition metal is cobalt, thefirst region 101 contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure, the second transition metal is titanium, thesecond region 102 contains lithium titanate having a rock-salt crystal structure, and the compound of the representative elements in thethird region 103 is magnesium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure. -
FIG. 2A illustrates a model of a layered rock-salt crystal structure (a space group R-3mH) of lithium cobaltate (LiCoO2), a model of a rock-salt crystal structure (a space group Fd-3mZ) of lithium titanate (LiTiO2), and a model of a rock-salt crystal structure (a space group Fd-3mZ) of magnesium oxide.FIG. 2A illustrates models each of which is seen from the b-axis direction. - From
FIG. 2A , it is not seen that the layered rock-salt crystals and the rock-salt crystals make topotaxy. Then, here, the layered rock-salt crystals are seen from a different direction (e.g., a direction indicated by an arrow inFIG. 2A ).FIG. 2B illustrates a model of the layered rock-salt crystals seen from the <1-1-4> plane direction and models of the rock-salt crystals seen from the <100> plane direction. - As illustrated in
FIG. 2B , when the layered rock-salt crystals are seen from the <1-1-4> plane direction, atomic arrangement of the layered rock-salt crystals is highly similar to those of the rock-salt crystals seen from the <100> plane direction. In addition, the nearest neighbor distances between metal and oxygen have similar values. For example, in the layered rock-salt lithium cobaltate, a distance between Li and O is 2.089 Å and a distance between Co and O is 1.925 Å. In the rock-salt lithium titanate, a distance between Li and O is 2.138 Å and a distance between Ti and O is 2.051 Å. In the rock-salt magnesium oxide, a distance between Mg and O is 2.106 Å. - Then, with reference to
FIG. 3 , the degree of a mismatch between the regions when the (1-1-4) crystal plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the {100} crystal plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other is described. - As illustrated in
FIG. 3 , a distance between metals through oxygen in a (1-1-4)crystal plane 101 p (1-1-4) of lithium cobaltate having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in thefirst region 101 is 4.01 Å. Furthermore, a distance between metals through oxygen in a {100}crystal plane 102 p {100} of lithium titanate having the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 is 4.19 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch ƒ between thecrystal plane 101 p (1-1-4) and thecrystal plane 102 p {100} is 0.04. - In addition, a distance between metals through oxygen in a { 100}
crystal plane 103 p {100} of magnesium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in thethird region 103 is 4.21 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch f between thecrystal plane 102 p {100} and thecrystal plane 103 p {100} is 0.02. - In this manner, the degree of a mismatch between the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be topotaxy. - Although not illustrated in
FIG. 3 , if thecrystal plane 101 p (1-1-4) in thefirst region 101 and thecrystal plane 103 p {100} in thethird region 103 are in contact with each other, the degree of a mismatch ƒ is 0.05. That is, owing to thesecond region 102, the degree of a mismatch can be small. Moreover, with thesecond region 102 that is a non-stoichiometric transition metal oxide, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be more stable topotaxy. Thus, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with thefirst region 101. - In this embodiment, the (1-1-4) plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the {100} plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto as long as crystal planes which can be topotaxy are in contact with each other.
- Next, an example in which the first transition metal is cobalt, the
first region 101 contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure, the second transition metal is manganese, thesecond region 102 contains manganese oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure, and the compound of the representative elements in thethird region 103 is calcium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure is shown. - Also in this case, as in
FIGS. 2A and 2B andFIG. 3 , when the layered rock-salt crystals are seen from the <1-1-4> plane direction, atomic arrangement of the layered rock-salt crystals in thefirst region 101 is highly similar to those of the rock-salt crystals in thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 seen from the <100> plane direction. - The degree of a mismatch between the regions when the (1-1-4) crystal plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the {100} crystal plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other is described. A distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane (1-1-4) of lithium cobaltate having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the
first region 101 is 4.01 Å. Furthermore, a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane {100} of manganese oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 is 4.45 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the crystal plane (1-1-4) in thefirst region 101 and the crystal plane {100} in thesecond region 102 is 0.11. - In addition, a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane {100} of calcium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the
third region 103 is 4.82 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the crystal plane {100} in thesecond region 102 and the crystal plane {100} in thethird region 103 is 0.08. - In this manner, the degree of a mismatch between the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be topotaxy. - If the crystal plane (1-1-4) in the
first region 101 and the crystal plane {100} in thethird region 103 are in contact with each other, the degree of a mismatch ƒ is 0.20; thus, it is difficult to perform the heteroepitaxial growth. That is, owing to thesecond region 102, the heteroepitaxial growth from the first region to the third region can be performed. Thus, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with thefirst region 101. - Next, an example in which the first transition metals are nickel, manganese, and cobalt, the
first region 101 contains lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide (LiNi0.33CO0.33Mn0.33O2) having a layered rock-salt crystal structure, the second transition metal is manganese, thesecond region 102 contains manganese oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure, and the compound of the representative elements in thethird region 103 is calcium oxide having a rock-salt crystal structure is shown. - Also in this case, as illustrated in
FIGS. 2A and 2B andFIG. 3 , when the layered rock-salt crystals are seen from the <1-1-4> plane direction, atomic arrangement of the layered rock-salt crystals is highly similar to those of the rock-salt crystals seen from the <100> plane direction. The degree of a mismatch between the regions when the (1-1-4) crystal plane of the layered rock-salt crystal and the {100} crystal plane of the rock-salt crystal are in contact with each other is described. - A distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane (1-1-4) of lithium nickel-manganese-cobalt oxide having the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the
first region 101 is 4.07 Å. Furthermore, a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane {100} of manganese oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in thesecond region 102 is 4.45 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the crystal plane (1-1-4) in thefirst region 101 and the crystal plane {100} in thesecond region 102 is 0.09. - In addition, a distance between metals through oxygen in a crystal plane {100} of calcium oxide having the rock-salt crystal structure in the
third region 103 is 4.82 Å. Thus, the degree of a mismatch ƒ between the crystal plane {100} in thesecond region 102 and the crystal plane {100} in thethird region 103 is 0.08. - In this manner, the degree of a mismatch between the
first region 101 and thesecond region 102 and the degree of a mismatch between thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are sufficiently small; thus, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be topotaxy. - If the crystal plane (1-1-4) in the
first region 101 and the crystal plane {100} in thethird region 103 are in contact with each other, the degree of a mismatch ƒ is 0.18; thus, it is difficult to perform the heteroepitaxial growth. That is, thesecond region 102 is provided, whereby the heteroepitaxial growth from the first region to the third region can be performed. Thus, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can serve as a coating layer having a stable bond with thefirst region 101. - As described above, the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 have different compositions. The element contained in each region has a concentration gradient in some cases. For example, the second transition metal in thesecond region 102 may have a concentration gradient. In addition, thethird region 103 may have a concentration gradient of a representative element because a representative element preferably segregates in thethird region 103 as described later. Thus, the boundaries between the regions are not clear in some cases. - The difference of compositions of the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be observed using a TEM image, a STEM image, fast Fourier transform (FFT) analysis, energy dispersive X-ray spectrometry (EDX), an analysis in the depth direction by time-of-flight secondary ion mass spectrometry (ToF-SIMS), X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS), Auger electron spectroscopy, thermal desorption spectroscopy (TDS), or the like. - For example, in the TEM image and the STEM image, difference of constituent elements is observed as difference of brightness; thus, difference of constituent elements of the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be observed. Furthermore, also in plane analysis of EDX (e.g., element mapping), it can be observed that thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 contain different elements. - By line analysis of EDX and analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, a peak of concentration of each element contained in the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be detected. - However, clear boundaries between the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 are not necessarily observed by the analyses. - In this specification and the like, the
third region 103 that is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100 refers to a region from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a region where a concentration of a representative element such as magnesium which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is ⅕ of a peak. As the analysis in the depth direction, the line analysis of EDX, analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, or the like, which is described above, can be used. - Furthermore, a peak of a concentration of a representative element is preferably present in a region from the surface of the positive electrode
active material 100 to a depth of 3 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm. - Although the depth at which the concentration of the representative element becomes ⅕ of the peak is different depending on the manufacturing method, in the case of a manufacturing method described later, the depth is approximately 2 nm to 5 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material.
- The
third region 103 that is present inside thefirst region 101 in the vicinity of a grain boundary, a crystal defect, or the like also refers to a region where a concentration of a representative element which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to ⅕ of a peak. - A distribution of fluorine in the positive electrode
active material 100 preferably overlaps with a distribution of the representative element. Thus, fluorine also has a concentration gradient, and a peak of a concentration of fluorine is preferably present in a region from the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 to a depth of 3 nm toward the center, further preferably to a depth of 1 nm, and still further preferably to a depth of 0.5 nm. - In this specification and the like, the
second region 102 that is present in a superficial portion of the positive electrodeactive material 100 refers to a region where a concentration of the second transition metal which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to ½ of a peak. Thesecond region 102 that is present inside thefirst region 101 in the vicinity of a grain boundary, a crystal defect, or the like also refers to a region where a concentration of the second transition metal which is detected by analysis in the depth direction is higher than or equal to ½ of a peak. As the analysis method, the line analysis of EDX, analysis in the depth direction using ToF-SIMS, or the like, which is described above, can be used. - Thus, the
third region 103 and thesecond region 102 overlap in some cases. Note that thethird region 103 is preferably present in a region closer to the surface of the positive electrode active material particle than thesecond region 102 is. In addition, the peak of the concentration of the representative element is preferably present in a region closer to the surface of the positive electrode active material particle than the peak of the concentration of the second transition metal is. - The peak of the second transition metal is preferably present in a region from a depth of 0.2 nm or more to a depth of 10 nm or less from the surface of the positive electrode
active material 100 toward the center, further preferably in a region from a depth of 0.5 nm or more to a depth of 3 nm or less. - The measurement range of the XPS is from the surface of the particle of the positive electrode
active material 100 to a region at a depth of approximately 5 nm. Thus, a concentration of an element present at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively. Thus, the concentration of elements in thethird region 103 and thesecond region 102 present at a depth of approximately 5 nm from the surface can be analyzed quantitatively. - When the surface of the positive electrode
active material 100 is subjected to the XPS analysis and the concentration of the first transition metal is defined as 1, a relative value of the concentration of the second transition metal is preferably greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 0.4, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.1 and less than or equal to 0.3. In addition, a relative value of the concentration of the representative element is preferably greater than or equal to 0.4 and less than or equal to 1.5, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.45 and less than or equal to 1.00. Furthermore, a relative value of the concentration of fluorine is preferably greater than or equal to 0.05 and less than or equal to 1.5, further preferably greater than or equal to 0.3 and less than or equal to 1.00. - Note that, as described above, elements contained in the
first region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 may each have a concentration gradient; thus, thefirst region 101 may contain the element in thesecond region 102 or thethird region 103, such as fluorine. Similarly, thethird region 103 may contain the element in thefirst region 101 or thesecond region 102. In addition, thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 may each contain another element such as carbon, sulfur, silicon, sodium, calcium, chlorine, or zirconium. - If the particle diameter of the positive electrode
active material 100 is too large, diffusion of lithium is difficult, whereas if the particle diameter is too small, it is difficult to maintain a crystal structure described later. Thus, D50 (also referred to as a median diameter) is preferably 5 µm or more and 100 µm or less, and further preferably 10 µm or more and 70 µm or less. In the case where the coating film is formed on the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 by a spray dry apparatus in a later step, it is preferable that the nozzle diameter and the maximum particle diameter of the positive electrodeactive material 100 be substantially the same. When the particle diameter is less than 5 µm and a spray dry apparatus having a nozzle diameter of 20 µm is used, secondary particles are covered collectively, which leads to a decrease in coverage. - To increase the density of the positive electrode active material layer, it is effective to mix large particles (the longest portion is approximately 20 µm or more and 40 µm or less) and small particles (the longest portion is approximately 1 µm) and embed spaces between the large particles with the small particles. Thus, there may be two peaks of particle size distribution.
- The particle size of the positive electrode active material is influenced not only by the particle sizes of starting materials but also by a ratio between lithium and the first transition metal (hereinafter expressed as a ratio of Li to the first transition metal) which are contained in the starting material.
- In the case where the particle size of the starting material is small, the grain growth needs to be performed at the time of baking so that the grain size of the positive electrode active material is in the above-described preferred range.
- To promote the grain growth at the time of baking, it is effective to make the ratio of Li to the first transition metal of the starting material larger than 1, that is, to make the amount of lithium a little larger. For example, when the ratio of Li to the first transition metal is approximately 1.06, a positive electrode active material in which D50 is larger than or equal to 15 µm is easily obtained. Note that, as described later, lithium may be lost to the outside of a system in the formation process of the positive electrode active material; thus, the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal of the obtained positive electrode active material does not agree with the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal of the starting material in some cases.
- However, if the amount of lithium is too large to make the particle size be in the preferred range, the capacity retention rate of a secondary battery containing the positive electrode active material might be decreased.
- Then, the present inventors found that with the
second region 102 containing the second transition metal in the superficial portion, the particle size can be in the preferred range by control of the ratio of Li to the first transition metal and a positive electrode active material having high capacity retention rate can be formed. - In the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention including a region containing the second transition metal in the superficial portion, the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is preferably greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.07, further preferably greater than or equal to 1.03 and less than or equal to 1.06.
- The
second region 102 can be formed by coating particles of the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal with a material containing the second transition metal. - As the coating method of the material containing the second transition metal, a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, a solid phase method, a sputtering method, an evaporation method, a chemical vapor deposition (CVD) method, a pulsed laser deposition (PLD) method, or the like can be used. In this embodiment, the case where the sol-gel method which can be performed with a uniform coverage under an atmospheric pressure is used is described.
- A method for forming a material containing the second transition metal using a sol-gel method is described with reference to
FIGS. 4A-1, 4A-2, 4A-3, 4B, 4C, 4D-1, and 4D-2 . - First, an alkoxide of the second transition metal is dissolved in alcohol.
-
FIG. 4A-1 shows a general formula of the alkoxide of the second transition metal. In the formula ofFIGS. 4A-1, M2 indicates the alkoxide of the second transition metal. R represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms. AlthoughFIG. 4A-1 shows the general formula in which the second transition metal has a valence of 4, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. The second transition metal may have a valence of 2, a valence of 3, a valence of 5, a valence of 6, or a valence of 7. In this case, the alkoxide of the second transition metal includes an alkoxy group corresponding to the valence of the second transition metal. -
FIG. 4A-2 shows a general formula of the titanium alkoxide used when titanium is used as the second transition metal. R inFIG. 4A-2 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms or a substituted or unsubstituted aryl group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms. - As the titanium alkoxide, tetramethoxytitanium, tetraethoxytitanium, tetra-n-propoxytitanium, tetra-i-propoxytitanium (also referred to as tetraisopropyl orthotitanate, titanium (IV) isopropoxide, titanium tetraisopropoxide (IV), TTIP, and the like), tetra-n-butoxytitanium, tetra-i-butoxytitanium, tetra-sec-butoxytitanium, tetra-t-butoxytitanium, or the like can be used.
-
FIG. 4A-3 shows a chemical formula of titanium (IV) isopropoxide (TTIP) described in a formation method below, which is a kind of titanium alkoxide. - As a solvent in which the alkoxide of the second transition metal is dissolved, an alcohol such as methanol, ethanol, propanol, 2-propanol, butanol, or 2-butanol is preferably used.
- Next, particles of composite oxide of lithium, a transition metal, magnesium, and fluorine are mixed into the alcohol solution of the alkoxide of the second transition metal and stirred in an atmosphere containing water vapor.
- When the solution is put in an atmosphere containing H2O, hydrolysis of water and an alkoxide of the second transition metal occurs as in
FIG. 4B . Then, as inFIG. 4C , dehydration condensation occurs between the products ofFIG. 4B . When the hydrolysis ofFIG. 4B and the condensation reaction ofFIG. 4C occur repeatedly, a sol of an oxide of the second transition metal is generated. This reaction also occurs on aparticle 110 of the composite oxide as inFIGS. 4D-1 and 4D-2 , and a layer containing the second transition metal is formed on the surface of theparticle 110. - After that, the
particle 110 is collected, and the alcohol is vaporized. The details of the formation method are described later. - Note that in this embodiment, an example in which the particles of the composite oxide of lithium, the first transition metal, the representative element, and fluorine are coated with the material containing the second transition metal before the particles are applied to a positive electrode current collector is described; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. After the positive electrode active material layer including the particles of the composite oxide of lithium, the first transition metal, the representative element, and fluorine is formed on the positive electrode current collector, the positive electrode current collector and the positive electrode active material layer may be both soaked into an alkoxide solution of the second transition metal to be coated with the material containing the second transition metal.
- The
third region 103 can be formed by a sputtering method, a solid phase method, a liquid phase method such as a sol-gel method, or the like. However, the present inventors found that when a source of a representative element such as magnesium and a source of fluorine are mixed with a material of thefirst region 101 and then the mixture is heated, the representative element is segregated on a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle to form thethird region 103. In addition, they found that with thethird region 103 formed in this manner, the positive electrodeactive material 100 has excellent cycle characteristics. - In the case where the
third region 103 is formed through the heating as described above, the heating is preferably performed after the particle of the composite oxide is coated with the material containing the second transition metal. This is because even after the particle is coated with the material containing the second transition metal, the representative element such as magnesium is unexpectedly segregated on the surface of the particle when the heating is performed. - Segregation models of the representative element are described with reference to
FIGS. 5A to 5C andFIGS. 6A to 6D . It is probable that the segregation model of the representative element such as magnesium is slightly different in accordance with the ratio between lithium and the first transition metal contained in a starting material. Then, a segregation model in which the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is less than 1.03, that is, the amount of lithium is small, is described with reference toFIGS. 5A to 5C . In addition, a segregation model in which the ratio of Li to the first transition metal in the starting material is greater than or equal to 1.03, that is, the amount of lithium is large, is described with reference toFIGS. 6A to 6D . In these segregation models inFIGS. 5A to 5C andFIGS. 6A to 6D , the first transition metal is cobalt, the second transition metal is titanium, and the representative element is magnesium. -
FIG. 5A illustrates a model diagram of the vicinity of the surface of theparticle 110 of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, which is formed at a ratio of Li to Co in the starting material of less than 1.03. Aregion 111 in the drawings contains lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, and lithium cobaltate (LiCoO2) is a main component of theregion 111. Lithium cobaltate has a layered rock-salt structure. - It is generally known that, at the time of synthesizing particles of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, lithium partly moves outside a system (a particle on which lithium is formed). This is because lithium is volatilized at the time of baking, lithium is eluted to a solvent at the time of mixing the starting material, and the like. Thus, the ratio of Li to Co in the
particle 110 of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine becomes smaller than the ratio of Li to Co in the starting material in some cases. - When the ratio of Li to Co in the starting material is less than 1.03, on the surface of the
particle 110, lithium is released from the lithium cobaltate and cobalt oxide is easily generated. Thus, as illustrated inFIG. 5A , the surface of theparticle 110 of the composite oxide is covered with a cobalt oxide (CoO)layer 114 in some cases. - The cobalt oxide has a rock-salt crystal structure. Thus, in the
particle 110 inFIG. 5A , thecobalt oxide layer 114 having a rock-salt crystal structure is provided over and in contact with theregion 111 containing lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure in some cases. - The
particle 110 is coated with a material containing titanium by a sol-gel method or the like.FIG. 5B illustrates a state where theparticle 110 is coated with alayer 112 containing titanium by a sol-gel method. At the stage ofFIG. 5B , thelayer 112 containing titanium is a gel of titanium oxide; thus, the crystallinity is low. - Next, the
particle 110 coated with thelayer 112 containing titanium is heated. Although the details of the heating conditions are described later, for example,FIG. 5C illustrates a state where theparticle 110 is heated in an oxygen atmosphere at 800° C. for two hours to form the positive electrodeactive material 100, which is one embodiment of the present invention. By heating, titanium in thelayer 112 containing titanium is diffused into the inside of theparticle 110. At the same time, magnesium and fluorine contained in theregion 111 are segregated on the surface of theparticle 110. - As described above, on the surface of the
particle 110, cobalt oxide having a rock-salt structure is present. In addition, magnesium oxide also has a rock-salt crystal structure. Thus, it is probable that magnesium is more stable in the state of being present as magnesium oxide on the surface of theparticle 110 as compared with the state of being present inside theparticle 110. That could be why magnesium is segregated on the surface of theparticle 110 when theparticle 110 is heated. - Moreover, it is considered that fluorine contained in the starting material promotes the segregation of magnesium.
- Fluorine has higher electronegativity than oxygen. Thus, it is probable that even in a stable compound such as magnesium oxide, when fluorine is added, uneven charge distribution occurs and a bond between magnesium and oxygen is weakened. Furthermore, it is probable that fluorine is substituted for oxygen in the magnesium oxide, whereby magnesium easily moves around the substituted fluorine.
- Moreover, this can also be described from a phenomenon in which a melting point of a mixture decreases. When magnesium oxide (melting point: 2852° C.) and lithium fluoride (melting point: 848° C.) are added at the same time, the melting point of the magnesium oxide is lowered. It is considered that the melting point is lowered, whereby magnesium easily moves at the time of heating, and the segregation of magnesium easily occurs.
- Lastly, the
third region 103 becomes a solid solution of cobalt oxide and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure. Furthermore, fluorine is probably substituted for part of oxygen contained in the cobalt oxide and the magnesium oxide. - Cobalt sites of lithium cobaltate are substituted for part of the diffused titanium and lithium titanate is substituted for another part of the diffused titanium. The
second region 102 after the heating contains lithium titanate having a rock-salt crystal structure. - The
first region 101 after the heating contains lithium cobaltate having a layered rock-salt crystal structure. - Next, the case where the ratio of Li to Co in the starting material is larger than or equal to 1.03 is described with reference to
FIGS. 6A to 6D .FIG. 6A illustrates a model diagram of the vicinity of the surface of theparticle 120 of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine, which is formed at a ratio of Li to Co in the starting material of greater than or equal to 1.03. Aregion 121 in the drawings contains lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine. - Since the
particle 120 inFIG. 6A contains a sufficient amount of lithium, even when lithium is released from theparticle 120 at the time of baking theparticle 120 of the composite oxide of lithium, cobalt, magnesium, and fluorine or the like, lithium is diffused from the inside of theparticle 120 to the surface thereof to compensate; as a result, a cobalt oxide layer is not easily formed on the surface. -
FIG. 6B illustrates a state where theparticle 120 inFIG. 6A is coated with alayer 122 containing titanium by a sol-gel method. At the stage ofFIG. 6B , thelayer 122 containing titanium is a gel of titanium oxide; thus, the crystallinity is low. -
FIG. 6C illustrates the state where theparticle 120 coated with thelayer 122 containing titanium inFIG. 6B starts to be heated. By heating, titanium in thelayer 122 containing titanium is diffused into the inside of theparticle 110. The diffused titanium is bonded with lithium contained in theregion 121 to become lithium titanate, and alayer 125 containing the lithium titanate is formed. - Since lithium is bonded with titanium to form lithium titanate, the amount of lithium is relatively insufficient at the surface of the
particle 120. Thus, it is probable that, as illustrated inFIG. 6C , acobalt oxide layer 124 is temporarily formed on the surface of theparticle 120. -
FIG. 6D illustrates the state where the state ofFIG. 6C is sufficiently heated to form the positive electrodeactive material 100, which is one embodiment of the present invention. It is considered that, since thecobalt oxide layer 124 having a rock-salt crystal structure is present on the surface, magnesium is more stable in the state of being present as magnesium oxide on the surface of theparticle 120 as compared with the state of being present inside theparticle 120. As in the case ofFIGS. 5A to 5C , fluorine promotes the segregation of magnesium. - Thus, as illustrated in
FIG. 6D , magnesium and fluorine contained in theregion 121 are segregated on the surface to be thethird region 103 with the cobalt oxide. - In this manner, the positive electrode
active material 100, which includes thethird region 103 containing magnesium oxide and cobalt oxide, thesecond region 102 containing lithium titanate, and thefirst region 101 containing lithium cobaltate, is formed. - Note that in the case where the representative element is segregated by heating, when the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal included in the
first region 101 is a polycrystal or has crystal defects, the representative element can be segregated not only in the superficial portion but also in the vicinity of a grain boundary of the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal or in the vicinity of crystal defects thereof. The representative element segregated in the vicinity of a grain boundary or in the vicinity of crystal defects can contribute to further improvement in stability of the crystal structure of the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal included in thefirst region 101. - When the composite oxide containing lithium and the first transition metal included in the
first region 101 includes a crack portion, the representative element is also segregated in the crack portion by heating. In addition, not only the representative element but also the second transition metal can be segregated. The crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution like the surface of the particle. Thus, the representative element and the second transition metal are segregated in the crack portion, and thethird region 103 and thesecond region 102 are generated, whereby a chemically stable material can be used for the region in contact with the electrolyte solution. As a result, a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided. - The ratio between a representative element (T) and fluorine (F) in a starting material is preferably in a range of T:F = 1:x (1.5≤x≤4) (atomic ratio) because the segregation of the representative element effectively occurs. Further preferably, the ratio between T and F is approximately 1:2 (atomic ratio).
- Since the
third region 103 formed by segregation is formed by epitaxial growth, orientations of crystals in thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are partly and substantially aligned with each other in some cases. That is, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 become topotaxy in some cases. When the orientations of crystals in thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are substantially aligned with each other, these regions can serve as a more favorable coating layer. - However, not all of the representative elements such as magnesium which is added as a starting material need not be segregated in the
third region 103. For example, thefirst region 101 may contain a small amount of representative element such as magnesium. - In addition, as illustrated in
FIG. 1C , the positive electrodeactive material 100 may include afourth region 104 on thethird region 103. Furthermore, when the positive electrodeactive material 100 contains a defect such as acrack portion 106, thefourth region 104 may be present to embed the defect such as thecrack portion 106. - The
fourth region 104 contains some elements contained in thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103. For example, thefourth region 104 contains the second transition metal and the representative element. - The
fourth region 104 may have a projection, a stripe shape, or a layered shape. Thefourth region 104 is formed using the second transition metal and the representative element not contained in thesecond region 102 or thethird region 103 of the second transition metals and the representative elements contained in the starting material and the like. That is, with thefourth region 104, the amount of the second transition metal and the representative element contained in thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can be kept in an appropriate range and the crystal structures of thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 can be stabilized in some cases. Moreover, with thefourth region 104, the defect such as thecrack portion 106 included in the positive electrodeactive material 100 can be repaired. - The presence of the
fourth region 104 and the shape of thefourth region 104 can be observed by a scanning electron microscope (SEM) or the like. Elements contained in thefourth region 104 can be analyzed by SEM-EDX or the like. - Next, an example of a method for forming the positive electrode
active material 100, which is one embodiment of the present invention, is described. - First, starting materials are prepared. From the starting materials prepared in this process, the
first region 101 and thethird region 103 are formed finally. - As materials of lithium and the first transition metal contained in the
first region 101, a source of lithium and a source of the first transition metal are prepared. In addition, as materials of the compound of the representative elements contained in thethird region 103, a source of the representative element is prepared. - In addition to these sources, a source of fluorine is preferably prepared. Fluorine used for the materials has an effect of segregating the representative elements contained in the
third region 103 on the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100 in a later step. - As the source of lithium, for example, lithium carbonate and lithium fluoride can be used. As the source of the first transition metal, for example, an oxide of the first transition metal can be used. As the source of the representative element, for example, an oxide of the representative element contained in the third region and fluoride of the representative element contained in the third region can be used.
- As the source of fluorine, for example, lithium fluoride and fluoride of the representative element contained in the third region can be used. That is, lithium fluoride can be used as either the source of lithium or the source of fluorine.
- The amount of fluorine contained in the source of fluorine is preferably 1.0 time to 4 times (atomic ratio), further preferably 1.5 times to 3 times (atomic ratio) the amount of representative element contained in the source of the representative element.
- Next, the source of lithium, the source of the first transition metal, and the source of the representative element are mixed. In addition, the source of fluorine is preferably added. For example, a ball mill and a bead mill can be used for the mixing.
- Next, the materials mixed in
Step 12 are heated. In this step, the heating is referred to as baking or first heating in some cases. The heating is preferably performed at higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1100° C., further preferably at higher than or equal to 900° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C. The heating time is preferably greater than or equal to 2 hours and less than or equal to 20 hours. The baking is preferably performed in a dried atmosphere such as dry air. In the dried atmosphere, for example, the dew point is preferably lower than or equal to -50° C., further preferably lower than or equal to -100° C. In this embodiment, the heating is performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and dry air whose dew point is -109° C. flows at 10 L/min. After that, the heated materials are cooled to room temperature. - By the heating in
Step 13, the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal having a layered rock-salt crystal structure can be synthesized. At this time, the representative element and fluorine contained in the starting materials form a solid solution in the composite oxide. However, some representative elements have been already segregated on the surface of the composite oxide in some cases. - In addition, as the starting materials, particles of the composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium which are synthesized in advance may be used. In this case,
Step 12 andStep 13 can be omitted. For example, lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) can be used as one of the starting materials. The lithium cobalt oxide particle has a diameter of approximately 20 µm and contains fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus in a region which can be analyzed by XPS from the surface. - Next, the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal is cooled to room temperature. Then, the surface of the composite oxide particle of lithium and the first transition metal is coated with a material containing the second transition metal. In the formation method example, a sol-gel method is used.
- First, the alkoxide of the second transition metal which is dissolved in alcohol and the composite oxide particles of lithium and the first transition metal are mixed.
- For example, in the case where titanium is used as the second transition metal, TTIP can be used as the alkoxide of the second transition metal. As alcohol, isopropanol can be used, for example.
- Next, the above mixed solution is stirred in an atmosphere containing water vapor. The stirring can be performed with a magnetic stirrer, for example. The stirring time is not limited as long as water and TTIP in an atmosphere cause hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction. For example, the stirring can be performed at 25° C. and a humidity of 90%RH (Relative Humidity) for 4 hours.
- As described above, when water and TTIP in an atmosphere are reacted, a sol-gel reaction can proceed more slowly as compared with the case where liquid water is added. Alternatively, when titanium alkoxide and water are reacted at room temperature, a sol-gel reaction can proceed more slowly as compared with the case where heating is performed at a temperature higher than the boiling point of alcohol which is a solvent, for example. A sol-gel reaction proceeds slowly, whereby a high-quality coating layer containing titanium with a uniform thickness can be formed.
- After the above process, precipitate is collected from the mixed solution. As the collection method, filtration, centrifugation, evaporation and drying, or the like can be used. In this embodiment, filtration is used. For the filtration, a paper filter is used, and the residue is washed by alcohol which is the same as the solvent in which titanium alkoxide is dissolved.
- Then, the collected residue is dried. In this embodiment, vacuum drying is performed at 70° C. for one hour.
- Next, the composite oxide particle coated with the material containing the second transition metal, which is formed in
Step 14, is heated. This step is referred to as second heating in some cases. In the heating, the retention time within a specified temperature range is preferably shorter than or equal to 50 hours, further preferably longer than or equal to 2 hours and shorter than or equal to 10 hours, still further preferably longer than or equal to 1 hour and shorter than or equal to 3 hours. If the heating time is too short, there is concern that the segregation of the representative elements does not occur; however, if the heating time is too long, there is concern that the favorablesecond region 102 is not formed because diffusion of the second transition metal proceeds too much. - The specified temperature is preferably higher than or equal to 500° C. and lower than or equal to 1200° C., further preferably higher than or equal to 800° C. and lower than or equal to 1000° C. If the specified temperature is too low, there is concern that the segregation of the representative elements and the second transition metal does not occur. However, if the specified temperature is too high, there is concern that the first transition metal in the composite oxide particle is reduced to decompose the composite oxide particle, that a layered structure of lithium and the first transition metal in the composite oxide particle cannot be kept, and the like.
- In this embodiment, the specified temperature is 800° C. and kept for 2 hours, the temperature rising rate is 200° C./h, and the flow rate of dry air is 10 L/min.
- By the heating in
Step 15, the composite oxide of lithium and the first transition metal and the oxide of the second transition metal covering the composite oxide become topotaxy. In other words, thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 become topotaxy. - By the heating in
Step 15, the representative elements which form a solid solution inside the composite oxide particle of lithium and the first transition metal are unevenly distributed on the surface to form a solid solution, that is, the representative elements are segregated, the compound of the representative elements is formed, and thethird region 103 is formed. At this time, the compound of the representative elements is formed by heteroepitaxial growth from thesecond region 102. That is, thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 become topotaxy. - Since the
second region 102 and thethird region 103 contain crystals whose orientations are substantially aligned with each other and have a stable bond with thefirst region 101, when the positive electrodeactive material 100 is used for the secondary battery, a change of the crystal structure in thefirst region 101 which is caused by charging and discharging can be effectively suppressed. Even when lithium is released from thefirst region 101 due to charging, the superficial portion having a stable bond can suppress release of oxygen and the first transition metal such as cobalt from thefirst region 101. Furthermore, a chemically stable material can be used for a region in contact with the electrolyte solution. Thus, a secondary battery having excellent cycle characteristics can be provided. - Note that the entire
first region 101 andsecond region 102 does not need to become topotaxy as long as part of thefirst region 101 andsecond region 102 becomes topotaxy. Furthermore, the entiresecond region 102 andthird region 103 does not need to become topotaxy as long as part of thesecond region 102 andthird region 103 becomes topotaxy. - In the case where the compound of the representative elements contained in the third region contains oxygen, the heating in
Step 15 is preferably performed in an atmosphere containing oxygen. Heating in an atmosphere containing oxygen promotes the formation of thethird region 103. - Furthermore, fluorine contained in the starting materials promotes the segregation of the representative elements.
- In this manner, in the method for forming the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, after the elements forming the
second region 102 are coated, heating is performed to form thethird region 103, and two kinds of regions can be formed on the surface of the positive electrodeactive material 100. That is, in general, two coating steps are necessary for providing two kinds of regions in a superficial portion; however, in the method for forming the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, only one coating step (sol-gel process) is needed, which is a formation method with high productivity. - Next, the particles heated in
Step 15 are cooled to room temperature. The time of decreasing temperature is preferably long because topotaxy is easily generated. For example, the time of decreasing temperature from retention temperature to room temperature is preferably the same as the time of increasing temperature or longer, specifically longer than or equal to 10 hours and shorter than or equal to 50 hours. - Next, the cooled particles are collected. Moreover, the particles are preferably made to pass through a sieve. Through the above process, the positive electrode
active material 100 including thefirst region 101, thesecond region 102, and thethird region 103 can be formed. - This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- In this embodiment, examples of materials which can be used for a secondary battery containing the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described. In this embodiment, a secondary battery in which a positive electrode, a negative electrode, and an electrolyte solution are wrapped in an exterior body is described as an example. - The positive electrode includes a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector.
- The positive electrode active material layer contains at least a positive electrode active material. The positive electrode active material layer may contain, in addition to the positive electrode active material, other materials such as a coating film of the active material surface, a conductive additive, and a binder.
- As the positive electrode active material, the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment can be used. When the above-described positive electrodeactive material 100 is used, a secondary battery with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Examples of the conductive additive include a carbon material, a metal material, and a conductive ceramic material. Alternatively, a fiber material may be used as the conductive additive. The content of the conductive additive with respect to the total amount of the active material layer is preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt% and less than or equal to 10 wt%, more preferably greater than or equal to 1 wt% and less than or equal to 5 wt%.
- A network for electric conduction can be formed in the active material layer by the conductive additive. The conductive additive also allows maintaining of a path for electric conduction between the positive electrode active material particles. The addition of the conductive additive to the active material layer increases the electric conductivity of the active material layer.
- Examples of the conductive additive include natural graphite, artificial graphite such as mesocarbon microbeads, and carbon fiber. Examples of carbon fiber include mesophase pitch-based carbon fiber, isotropic pitch-based carbon fiber, carbon nanofiber, and carbon nanotube. Carbon nanotube can be formed by, for example, a vapor deposition method. Other examples of the conductive additive include carbon materials such as carbon black (e.g., acetylene black (AB)), graphite (black lead) particles, graphene, and fullerene. Alternatively, metal powder or metal fibers of copper, nickel, aluminum, silver, gold, or the like, a conductive ceramic material, or the like can be used.
- Alternatively, a graphene compound may be used as the conductive additive.
- A graphene compound has excellent electrical characteristics of high conductivity and excellent physical properties of high flexibility and high mechanical strength. Furthermore, a graphene compound has a planar shape. A graphene compound enables low-resistance surface contact. Furthermore, a graphene compound has extremely high conductivity even with a small thickness in some cases and thus allows a conductive path to be formed in an active material layer efficiently even with a small amount. For this reason, it is preferable to use a graphene compound as the conductive additive because the area where the active material and the conductive additive are in contact with each other can be increased. It is preferable to form the graphene compound serving as a conductive additive as a coating film to cover the entire surface of the active material with a spray dry apparatus, in which case the electrical resistance may be reduced. Here, it is particularly preferable to use, for example, graphene, multilayer graphene, or RGO as a graphene compound. Note that RGO refers to a compound obtained by reducing graphene oxide (GO), for example.
- In the case where an active material with a small particle diameter (e.g., 1 µm or less) is used, the specific surface area of the active material is large and thus more conductive paths for the active material particles are needed. Thus, the amount of conductive additive tends to increase and the supported amount of active material tends to decrease relatively. When the supported amount of active material decreases, the capacity of the secondary battery also decreases. In such a case, a graphene compound that can efficiently form a conductive path even in a small amount is particularly preferably used as the conductive additive because the supported amount of active material does not decrease.
- A cross-sectional structure example of an
active material layer 200 containing a graphene compound as a conductive additive is described below. -
FIG. 7A shows a longitudinal cross-sectional view of theactive material layer 200. Theactive material layer 200 includes positive electrodeactive material particles 100, agraphene compound 201 serving as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated). Here, graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as thegraphene compound 201, for example. Thegraphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape. Thegraphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other. - The longitudinal cross section of the
active material layer 200 inFIG. 7B shows substantially uniform dispersion of the sheet-like graphene compounds 201 in theactive material layer 200. The graphene compounds 201 are schematically shown by thick lines inFIG. 7B but are actually thin films each having a thickness corresponding to the thickness of a single layer or a multi-layer of carbon molecules. The plurality ofgraphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to partly coat or adhere to the surfaces of the plurality of positive electrodeactive material particles 100, so that the graphene compounds 201 make surface contact with the positive electrodeactive material particles 100. - Here, the plurality of graphene compounds are bonded to each other to form a net-like graphene compound sheet (hereinafter referred to as a graphene compound net or a graphene net). The graphene net covering the active material can function as a binder for bonding active materials. The amount of a binder can thus be reduced, or the binder does not have to be used. This can increase the proportion of the active material in the electrode volume or weight. That is to say, the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased.
- Here, it is preferable to perform reduction after a layer to be the
active material layer 200 is formed in such a manner that graphene oxide is used as thegraphene compound 201 and mixed with an active material. When graphene oxide with extremely high dispersibility in a polar solvent is used for the formation of the graphene compounds 201, the graphene compounds 201 can be substantially uniformly dispersed in theactive material layer 200. The solvent is removed by volatilization from a dispersion medium in which graphene oxide is uniformly dispersed, and the graphene oxide is reduced; hence, the graphene compounds 201 remaining in theactive material layer 200 partly overlap with each other and are dispersed such that surface contact is made, thereby forming a three-dimensional conduction path. Note that graphene oxide can be reduced either by heat treatment or with the use of a reducing agent, for example. - Unlike a conductive additive in the form of particles, such as acetylene black, which makes point contact with an active material, the
graphene compound 201 is capable of making low-resistance surface contact; accordingly, the electrical conduction between the positive electrodeactive material particles 100 and the graphene compounds 201 can be improved with a smaller amount of thegraphene compound 201 than that of a normal conductive additive. This increases the proportion of the positive electrodeactive material particles 100 in theactive material layer 200, resulting in increased discharge capacity of the secondary battery. - Alternatively, the graphene compound may cover the entire surface of the active material in advance with a spray dry apparatus. After that, at the time of forming the positive electrode active material layer, a graphene compound can be further added to make the conductive path between the active materials more favorable.
- As the binder, a rubber material such as styrene-butadiene rubber (SBR), styrene-isoprene-styrene rubber, acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber, butadiene rubber, or ethylene-propylene-diene copolymer can be used, for example. Alternatively, fluororubber can be used as the binder.
- For the binder, for example, water-soluble polymers are preferably used. As the water-soluble polymers, a polysaccharide and the like can be used. As the polysaccharide, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, starch, or the like can be used. It is more preferred that such water-soluble polymers be used in combination with any of the above rubber materials.
- Alternatively, as the binder, a material such as polystyrene, poly(methyl acrylate), poly(methyl methacrylate) (PMMA), sodium polyacrylate, polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyethylene oxide (PEO), polypropylene oxide, polyimide, polyvinyl chloride, polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyisobutylene, polyethylene terephthalate, nylon, polyvinylidene fluoride (PVdF), polyacrylonitrile (PAN), ethylene-propylene-diene polymer, polyvinyl acetate, or nitrocellulose is preferably used.
- A plurality of the above materials may be used in combination for the binder.
- For example, a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect and another material may be used in combination. For example, a rubber material or the like has high adhesion or high elasticity but may have difficulty in viscosity modification when mixed in a solvent. In such a case, a rubber material or the like is preferably mixed with a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example. As a material having a significant viscosity modifying effect, for example, a water-soluble polymer is preferably used. An example of a water-soluble polymer having an especially significant viscosity modifying effect is the above-mentioned polysaccharide; for example, a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose (CMC), methyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, diacetyl cellulose, or regenerated cellulose, or starch can be used.
- Note that a cellulose derivative such as carboxymethyl cellulose obtains a higher solubility when converted into a salt such as a sodium salt or an ammonium salt of carboxymethyl cellulose, and accordingly, easily exerts an effect as a viscosity modifier. The high solubility can also increase the dispersibility of an active material and other components in the formation of slurry for an electrode. In this specification, cellulose and a cellulose derivative used as a binder of an electrode include salts thereof.
- The water-soluble polymers stabilize viscosity by being dissolved in water and allow stable dispersion of the active material and another material combined as a binder such as styrene-butadiene rubber in an aqueous solution. Furthermore, a water-soluble polymer is expected to be easily and stably adsorbed to an active material surface because it has a functional group. Many cellulose derivatives such as carboxymethyl cellulose have functional groups such as a hydroxyl group and a carboxyl group. Because of functional groups, polymers are expected to interact with each other and cover an active material surface in a large area.
- In the case where the binder covering or being in contact with the active material surface forms a film, the film is expected to serve as a passivation film to suppress the decomposition of the electrolyte solution. Here, the passivation film refers to a film without electric conductivity or a film with extremely low electric conductivity, and can inhibit the decomposition of an electrolyte solution at a potential at which a battery reaction occurs in the case where the passivation film is formed on the active material surface, for example. It is preferred that the passivation film can conduct lithium ions while suppressing electric conduction.
- The positive electrode current collector can be formed using a material that has high conductivity, such as a metal like stainless steel, gold, platinum, aluminum, or titanium, or an alloy thereof. It is preferred that a material used for the positive electrode current collector not dissolve at the potential of the positive electrode. Alternatively, the positive electrode current collector can be formed using an aluminum alloy to which an element that improves heat resistance, such as silicon, titanium, neodymium, scandium, or molybdenum, is added. Still alternatively, a metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon can be used. Examples of the metal element that forms silicide by reacting with silicon include zirconium, titanium, hafnium, vanadium, niobium, tantalum, chromium, molybdenum, tungsten, cobalt, and nickel. The current collector can have any of various shapes including a foil-like shape, a plate-like shape (sheet-like shape), a net-like shape, a punching-metal shape, and an expanded-metal shape. The current collector preferably has a thickness of 5 µm to 30 µm.
- The negative electrode includes a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector. The negative electrode active material layer may contain a conductive additive and a binder.
- As a negative electrode active material, for example, an alloy-based material or a carbon-based material can be used.
- For the negative electrode active material, an element which enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium can be used. For example, a material containing at least one of silicon, tin, gallium, aluminum, germanium, lead, antimony, bismuth, silver, zinc, cadmium, indium, and the like can be used. Such elements have higher capacity than carbon. In particular, silicon has a significantly high theoretical capacity of 4200 mAh/g. For this reason, silicon is preferably used as the negative electrode active material. Alternatively, a compound containing any of the above elements may be used. Examples of the compound include SiO, Mg2Si, Mg2Ge, SnO, SnO2, Mg2Sn, SnS2, V2Sn3, FeSn2, CoSn2, Ni3Sn2, Cu6Sn5, Ag3Sn, Ag3Sb, Ni2MnSb, CeSb3, LaSn3, La3CO2Sn7, CoSb3, InSb, and SbSn. Here, an element that enables charge-discharge reactions by an alloying reaction and a dealloying reaction with lithium, a compound containing the element, and the like may be referred to as an alloy-based material.
- In this specification and the like, SiO refers, for example, to silicon monoxide. SiO can alternatively be expressed as SiOx. Here, x preferably has an approximate value of 1. For example, x is preferably 0.2 or more and 1.5 or less, more preferably 0.3 or more and 1.2 or less.
- As the carbon-based material, graphite, graphitizing carbon (soft carbon), non-graphitizing carbon (hard carbon), a carbon nanotube, graphene, carbon black, and the like can be used.
- Examples of graphite include artificial graphite and natural graphite. Examples of artificial graphite include meso-carbon microbeads (MCMB), coke-based artificial graphite, and pitch-based artificial graphite. As artificial graphite, spherical graphite having a spherical shape can be used. For example, MCMB is preferably used because it may have a spherical shape. Moreover, MCMB may preferably be used because it can relatively easily have a small surface area. Examples of natural graphite include flake graphite and spherical natural graphite.
- Graphite has a low potential substantially equal to that of a lithium metal (higher than or equal to 0.05 V and lower than or equal to 0.3 V vs. Li/Li+) when lithium ions are intercalated into the graphite (while a lithium-graphite intercalation compound is formed). For this reason, a lithium-ion secondary battery can have a high operating voltage. In addition, graphite is preferred because of its advantages such as a relatively high capacity per unit volume, relatively small volume expansion, low cost, and higher level of safety than that of a lithium metal.
- Alternatively, for the negative electrode active material, an oxide such as titanium dioxide (TiO2), lithium titanium oxide (Li4Ti5O12), lithium-graphite intercalation compound (LixC6), niobium pentoxide (Nb2O5), tungsten oxide (WO2), or molybdenum oxide (MoO2) can be used.
- Still alternatively, for the negative electrode active material, Li3-xMxN (M = Co, Ni, or Cu) with a Li3N structure, which is a nitride containing lithium and a transition metal, can be used. For example, Li2.6Co0.4N3 is preferable because of high charge and discharge capacity (900 mAh/g and 1890 mAh/cm3).
- A nitride containing lithium and a transition metal is preferably used, in which case lithium ions are contained in the negative electrode active material and thus the negative electrode active material can be used in combination with a material for a positive electrode active material which does not contain lithium ions, such as V2O5 or Cr3O8. In the case of using a material containing lithium ions as a positive electrode active material, the nitride containing lithium and a transition metal can be used for the negative electrode active material by extracting the lithium ions contained in the positive electrode active material in advance.
- Alternatively, a material which causes a conversion reaction can be used for the negative electrode active material; for example, a transition metal oxide which does not form an alloy with lithium, such as cobalt oxide (CoO), nickel oxide (NiO), and iron oxide (FeO), may be used. Other examples of the material which causes a conversion reaction include oxides such as Fe2O3, CuO, Cu2O, RuO2, and Cr2O3, sulfides such as CoS0.89, NiS, and CuS, nitrides such as Zn3N2, Cu3N, and Ge3N4, phosphides such as NiP2, FeP2, and CoP3, and fluorides such as FeF3 and BiF3.
- For the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the negative electrode active material layer, materials similar to those of the conductive additive and the binder that can be included in the positive electrode active material layer can be used.
- For the negative electrode current collector, a material similar to that of the positive electrode current collector can be used. Note that a material which is not alloyed with a carrier ion such as lithium is preferably used for the negative electrode current collector.
- The electrolyte solution contains a solvent and an electrolyte. As a solvent of the electrolyte solution, an aprotic organic solvent is preferably used. For example, one of ethylene carbonate (EC), propylene carbonate (PC), butylene carbonate, chloroethylene carbonate, vinylene carbonate, y-butyrolactone, y-valerolactone, dimethyl carbonate (DMC), diethyl carbonate (DEC), ethyl methyl carbonate (EMC), methyl formate, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, methyl propionate, ethyl propionate, propyl propionate, methyl butyrate, 1,3-dioxane, 1,4-dioxane, dimethoxyethane (DME), dimethyl sulfoxide, diethyl ether, methyl diglyme, acetonitrile, benzonitrile, tetrahydrofuran, sulfolane, and sultone can be used, or two or more of these solvents can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- Alternatively, when one or more kinds of ionic liquids (room temperature molten salts) which have features of non-flammability and non-volatility is used as a solvent of the electrolyte solution, a secondary battery can be prevented from exploding or catching fire even when the secondary battery internally shorts out or the internal temperature increases owing to overcharging or the like. An ionic liquid contains a cation and an anion. The ionic liquid contains an organic cation and an anion. Examples of the organic cation used for the electrolyte solution include aliphatic onium cations such as a quaternary ammonium cation, a tertiary sulfonium cation, and a quaternary phosphonium cation, and aromatic cations such as an imidazolium cation and a pyridinium cation. Examples of the anion used for the electrolyte solution include a monovalent amide-based anion, a monovalent methide-based anion, a fluorosulfonate anion, a perfluoroalkylsulfonate anion, a tetrafluoroborate anion, a perfluoroalkylborate anion, a hexafluorophosphate anion, and a perfluoroalkylphosphate anion.
- As an electrolyte dissolved in the above-described solvent, one of lithium salts such as LiPF6, LiClO4, LiAsF6, LiBF4, LiAlCl4, LiSCN, LiBr, LiI, Li2SO4, Li2B10Cl10, Li2B12Cl12, LiCF3SO3, LiC4F9SO3, LiC(CF3SO2)3, LiC(C2F5SO2)3, LiN(CF3SO2)2, LiN(C4F9SO2) (CF3SO2), and LiN(C2F5SO2)2 can be used, or two or more of these lithium salts can be used in an appropriate combination in an appropriate ratio.
- The electrolyte solution used for a secondary battery is preferably highly purified and contains a small amount of dust particles and elements other than the constituent elements of the electrolyte solution (hereinafter also simply referred to as impurities). Specifically, the weight ratio of impurities to the electrolyte solution is less than or equal to 1%, preferably less than or equal to 0.1%, and further preferably less than or equal to 0.01%.
- Furthermore, an additive agent such as vinylene carbonate, propane sultone (PS), tert-butylbenzene (TBB), fluoroethylene carbonate (FEC), LiBOB, or a dinitrile compound such as succinonitrile or adiponitrile may be added to the electrolyte solution. The concentration of a material to be added with respect to the whole solvent is, for example, higher than or equal to 0.1 wt% and lower than or equal to 5 wt%.
- Alternatively, a gelled electrolyte obtained in such a manner that a polymer is swelled with an electrolyte solution may be used.
- When a polymer gel electrolyte is used, safety against liquid leakage and the like is improved. Furthermore, a secondary battery can be thinner and more lightweight.
- As a polymer that undergoes gelation, a silicone gel, an acrylic gel, an acrylonitrile gel, a polyethylene oxide-based gel, a polypropylene oxide-based gel, a fluorine-based polymer gel, or the like can be used.
- Examples of the polymer include a polymer having a polyalkylene oxide structure, such as polyethylene oxide (PEO); PVDF; polyacrylonitrile; and a copolymer containing any of them. For example, PVDF-HFP, which is a copolymer of PVDF and hexafluoropropylene (HFP) can be used. The formed polymer may be porous.
- Instead of the electrolyte solution, a solid electrolyte including an inorganic material such as a sulfide-based inorganic material or an oxide-based inorganic material, or a solid electrolyte including a high-molecular material such as a polyethylene oxide (PEO)-based high-molecular material may alternatively be used. When the solid electrolyte is used, a separator and a spacer are not necessary. Furthermore, since the battery can be entirely solidified, there is no possibility of liquid leakage to increase the safety of the battery dramatically.
- The secondary battery preferably includes a separator. As the separator, for example, paper; nonwoven fabric; glass fiber; ceramics; or synthetic fiber using nylon (polyamide), vinylon (polyvinyl alcohol-based fiber), polyester, acrylic, polyolefin, or polyurethane can be used. The separator is preferably formed to have an envelope-like shape to wrap one of the positive electrode and the negative electrode.
- The separator may have a multilayer structure. For example, an organic material film such as polypropylene or polyethylene can be coated with a ceramic-based material, a fluorine-based material, a polyamide-based material, a mixture thereof, or the like. Examples of the ceramic-based material include aluminum oxide particles and silicon oxide particles. Examples of the fluorine-based material include PVDF and a polytetrafluoroethylene. Examples of the polyamide-based material include nylon and aramid (meta-based aramid and para-based aramid).
- Deterioration of the separator in charging and discharging at high voltage can be suppressed and thus the reliability of the secondary battery can be improved because oxidation resistance is improved when the separator is coated with the ceramic-based material. In addition, when the separator is coated with the fluorine-based material, the separator is easily brought into close contact with an electrode, resulting in high output characteristics. When the separator is coated with the polyamide-based material, in particular, aramid, the safety of the secondary battery is improved because heat resistance is improved.
- For example, both surfaces of a polypropylene film may be coated with a mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid. Alternatively, a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the positive electrode may be coated with the mixed material of aluminum oxide and aramid, and a surface of the polypropylene film in contact with the negative electrode may be coated with the fluorine-based material.
- With the use of a separator having a multilayer structure, the capacity of the secondary battery per volume can be increased because the safety of the secondary battery can be maintained even when the total thickness of the separator is small.
- For an exterior body included in the secondary battery, a metal material such as aluminum and a resin material can be used, for example. An exterior body in the form of a film can also be used. As the film, for example, a film having a three-layer structure in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided as the outer surface of the exterior body over the metal thin film can be used.
- The secondary battery can be charged and discharged in the following manner, for example.
- First, CC charge, which is one of charging methods, is described. CC charge is a charging method in which a constant current is made to flow to a secondary battery in the whole charging period and charge is terminated when the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage. The secondary battery is assumed to be an equivalent circuit with internal resistance R and secondary battery capacitance C as illustrated in
FIG. 8A . In that case, a secondary battery voltage VB is the sum of a voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R and a voltage Vc applied to the secondary battery capacitance C. - While the CC charge is performed, a switch is on as illustrated in
FIG. 8A , so that a constant current I flows to the secondary battery. During the period, the current I is constant; thus, according to the Ohm’s law (VR = R × I), the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R is also constant. In contrast, the voltage Vc applied to the secondary battery capacitance C increases over time. Accordingly, the secondary battery voltage VB increases over time. - When the secondary battery voltage VB reaches a predetermined voltage, e.g., 4.3 V, the charge is terminated. On termination of the CC charge, the switch is turned off as illustrated in
FIG. 8B , and the current I becomes 0. Thus, the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R becomes 0 V. Consequently, the secondary battery voltage VB is decreased by the lost voltage drop in the internal resistance R. -
FIG. 8C shows an example of the secondary battery voltage VB and charging current during a period in which the CC charge is performed and after the CC charge is terminated. The secondary battery voltage VB increases while the CC charge is performed, and slightly decreases after the CC charge is terminated. - Next, CCCV charge, which is a charging method different from the above-described method, is described. CCCV charge is a charging method in which CC charge is performed until the voltage reaches a predetermined voltage and then constant voltage (CV) charge is performed until the amount of current flow becomes small, specifically, a termination current value.
- While the CC charge is performed, a switch of a constant current power source is on and a switch of a constant voltage power source is off as illustrated in
FIG. 9A , so that the constant current I flows to the secondary battery. During the period, the current I is constant; thus, according to the Ohm’s law (VR = R × I), the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R is also constant. In contrast, the voltage Vc applied to the secondary battery capacitance C increases over time. Accordingly, the secondary battery voltage VB increases over time. - When the secondary battery voltage VB reaches a predetermined voltage, e.g., 4.3 V, switching is performed from the CC charge to the CV charge. While the CV charge is performed, the switch of the constant voltage power source is on and the switch of the constant current power source is off as illustrated in
FIG. 9B ; thus, the secondary battery voltage VB is constant. In contrast, the voltage Vc applied to the secondary battery capacitance C increases over time. Since VB = VR + Vc is satisfied, the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R decreases over time. As the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R decreases, the current I flowing to the secondary battery also decreases according to the Ohm’s law (VR = R × I). - When the current I flowing to the secondary battery becomes a predetermined current, e.g., approximately 0.01 C, charge is terminated. On termination of the CCCV charge, all the switches are turned off as illustrated in
FIG. 9C , so that the current I becomes 0. Thus, the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R becomes 0 V. However, the voltage VR applied to the internal resistance R becomes sufficiently small by the CV charge; thus, even when a voltage drop no longer occurs in the internal resistance R, the secondary battery voltage VB hardly decreases. -
FIG. 9D shows an example of the secondary battery voltage VB and charging current while the CCCV charge is performed and after the CCCV charge is terminated. Even after the CCCV charge is terminated, the secondary battery voltage VB hardly decreases. - Next, CC discharge, which is one of discharging methods, is described. CC discharge is a discharging method in which a constant current is made to flow from the secondary battery in the whole discharging period, and discharge is terminated when the secondary battery voltage VB reaches a predetermined voltage, e.g., 2.5 V.
-
FIG. 10 shows an example of the secondary battery voltage VB and discharging current while the CC discharge is performed. As discharge proceeds, the secondary battery voltage VB decreases. - Next, a discharge rate and a charge rate will be described. The discharge rate refers to the relative ratio of discharging current to battery capacity and is expressed in a unit C. A current of approximately 1 C in a battery with a rated capacity X (Ah) is X A. The case where discharge is performed at a current of 2X A is rephrased as follows: discharge is performed at 2 C. The case where discharge is performed at a current of X/5 A is rephrased as follows: discharge is performed at 0.2 C. Similarly, the case where charging is performed at a current of 2X A is rephrased as follows: charging is performed at 2 C, and the case where charging is performed at a current ofX/5 A is rephrased as follows: charging is performed at 0.2 C.
- In this embodiment, examples of a shape of a secondary battery containing the positive electrode
active material 100 described in the above embodiment are described. For the materials used for the secondary battery described in this embodiment, the description of the above embodiment can be referred to. - First, an example of a coin-type secondary battery is described.
FIG. 11A is an external view of a coin-type (single-layer flat type) secondary battery, andFIG. 11B is a cross-sectional view thereof. - In a coin-type
secondary battery 300, a positive electrode can 301 doubling as a positive electrode terminal and a negative electrode can 302 doubling as a negative electrode terminal are insulated from each other and sealed by agasket 303 made of polypropylene or the like. Apositive electrode 304 includes a positive electrodecurrent collector 305 and a positive electrodeactive material layer 306 provided in contact with the positive electrodecurrent collector 305. Anegative electrode 307 includes a negative electrodecurrent collector 308 and a negative electrodeactive material layer 309 provided in contact with the negative electrodecurrent collector 308. - Note that only one surface of each of the
positive electrode 304 and thenegative electrode 307 used for the coin-typesecondary battery 300 is provided with an active material layer. - For the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302, a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used. Alternatively, the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution. The positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are electrically connected to the
positive electrode 304 and thenegative electrode 307, respectively. - The
negative electrode 307, thepositive electrode 304, and theseparator 310 are immersed in the electrolyte solution. Then, as illustrated inFIG. 11B , thepositive electrode 304, theseparator 310, thenegative electrode 307, and the negative electrode can 302 are stacked in this order with the positive electrode can 301 positioned at the bottom, and the positive electrode can 301 and the negative electrode can 302 are subjected to pressure bonding with thegasket 303 located therebetween. In such a manner, the coin-typesecondary battery 300 can be manufactured. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 304, the coin-typesecondary battery 300 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Here, a current flow in charging a secondary battery is described with reference to
FIG. 11C . When a secondary battery using lithium is regarded as a closed circuit, lithium ions transfer and a current flows in the same direction. Note that in the secondary battery using lithium, an anode and a cathode change places in charge and discharge, and an oxidation reaction and a reduction reaction occur on the corresponding sides; hence, an electrode with a high reaction potential is called a positive electrode and an electrode with a low reaction potential is called a negative electrode. For this reason, in this specification, the positive electrode is referred to as a “positive electrode” or a “plus electrode” and the negative electrode is referred to as a “negative electrode” or a “minus electrode” in all the cases where charge is performed, discharge is performed, a reverse pulse current is supplied, and a charging current is supplied. The use of the terms “anode” and “cathode” related to an oxidation reaction and a reduction reaction might cause confusion because the anode and the cathode change places at the time of charging and discharging. Thus, the terms “anode” and “cathode” are not used in this specification. If the term “anode” or “cathode” is used, it should be mentioned that the anode or the cathode is which of the one at the time of charging or the one at the time of discharging and corresponds to which of a positive (plus) electrode or a negative (minus) electrode. - Two terminals in
FIG. 11C are connected to a charger, and the coin-typesecondary battery 300 is charged. As the charge of the coin-typesecondary battery 300 proceeds, a potential difference between electrodes increases. - Next, an example of a cylindrical secondary battery will be described with reference to
FIGS. 12A to 12D . A cylindricalsecondary battery 600 includes, as illustrated inFIG. 12A , a positive electrode cap (battery lid) 601 on the top surface and a battery can (outer can) 602 on the side and bottom surfaces. The positive electrode cap and the battery can (outer can) 602 are insulated from each other by a gasket (insulating packing) 610. -
FIG. 12B is a schematic cross-sectional view of the cylindrical secondary battery. Inside the battery can 602 having a hollow cylindrical shape, a battery element in which a strip-likepositive electrode 604 and a strip-likenegative electrode 606 are wound with a strip-like separator 605 located therebetween is provided. Although not illustrated, the battery element is wound around a center pin. One end of the battery can 602 is close and the other end thereof is open. For the battery can 602, a metal having a corrosion-resistant property to an electrolyte solution, such as nickel, aluminum, or titanium, an alloy of such a metal, or an alloy of such a metal and another metal (e.g., stainless steel) can be used. Alternatively, the battery can 602 is preferably covered with nickel, aluminum, or the like in order to prevent corrosion due to the electrolyte solution. Inside the battery can 602, the battery element in which the positive electrode, the negative electrode, and the separator are wound is provided between a pair of insulatingplates - Since the positive electrode and the negative electrode of the cylindrical secondary battery are wound, active materials are preferably formed on both sides of the current collectors. A positive electrode terminal (positive electrode current collecting lead) 603 is connected to the
positive electrode 604, and a negative electrode terminal (negative electrode current collecting lead) 607 is connected to thenegative electrode 606. Both thepositive electrode terminal 603 and thenegative electrode terminal 607 can be formed using a metal material such as aluminum. Thepositive electrode terminal 603 and thenegative electrode terminal 607 are resistance-welded to asafety valve mechanism 612 and the bottom of the battery can 602, respectively. Thesafety valve mechanism 612 is electrically connected to thepositive electrode cap 601 through a positive temperature coefficient (PTC)element 611. Thesafety valve mechanism 612 cuts off electrical connection between thepositive electrode cap 601 and thepositive electrode 604 when the internal pressure of the battery exceeds a predetermined threshold value. ThePTC element 611, which serves as a thermally sensitive resistor whose resistance increases as temperature rises, limits the amount of current by increasing the resistance, in order to prevent abnormal heat generation. Barium titanate (BaTiO3)-based semiconductor ceramic can be used for the PTC element. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 12C , a plurality of cylindricalsecondary batteries 600 may be sandwiched between aconductive plate 613 and aconductive plate 614 to form amodule 615. The plurality of cylindricalsecondary batteries 600 may be connected in parallel, connected in series, or connected in series after being connected in parallel. With themodule 615 including the plurality of cylindricalsecondary batteries 600, large electric power can be extracted. -
FIG. 12D is a top view of themodule 615. Theconductive plate 613 is shown by a dotted line for clarity of the drawing. As illustrated inFIG. 12D , themodule 615 may include awiring 616 which electrically connects the plurality of cylindricalsecondary batteries 600 to each other. It is possible to provide theconductive plate 613 over thewiring 616 to overlap with each other. In addition, atemperature control device 617 may be provided between the plurality of cylindricalsecondary batteries 600. When the cylindricalsecondary batteries 600 are overheated, thetemperature control device 617 can cool them, and when the cylindricalsecondary batteries 600 are cooled too much, thetemperature control device 617 can heat them. Thus, the performance of themodule 615 is not easily influenced by the outside air temperature. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 604, the cylindricalsecondary battery 600 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Other structural examples of secondary batteries will be described with reference to
FIGS. 13A and 13B ,FIGS. 14A-1, 14A-2, 14B-1, and 14B-2 ,FIGS. 15A and 15B , andFIG. 16 . -
FIGS. 13A and 13B are external views of a secondary battery. The secondary battery includes acircuit board 900 and asecondary battery 913. Alabel 910 is attached to thesecondary battery 913. As shown inFIG. 13B , the secondary battery further includes a terminal 951, a terminal 952, anantenna 914, and anantenna 915. - The
circuit board 900 includesterminals 911 and acircuit 912. Theterminals 911 are connected to theterminals antennas circuit 912. Note that a plurality ofterminals 911 serving as a control signal input terminal, a power supply terminal, and the like may be provided. - The
circuit 912 may be provided on the rear surface of thecircuit board 900. The shape of each of theantennas antenna 914 or theantenna 915 may be a flat-plate conductor. The flat-plate conductor can serve as one of conductors for electric field coupling. That is, theantenna 914 or theantenna 915 can serve as one of two conductors of a capacitor. Thus, electric power can be transmitted and received not only by an electromagnetic field or a magnetic field but also by an electric field. - The line width of the
antenna 914 is preferably larger than that of theantenna 915. This makes it possible to increase the amount of electric power received by theantenna 914. - The secondary battery includes a
layer 916 between thesecondary battery 913 and theantennas layer 916 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from thesecondary battery 913, for example. As thelayer 916, for example, a magnetic body can be used. - Note that the structure of the secondary battery is not limited to that shown in
FIGS. 13A and 13B . - For example, as shown in
FIGS. 14A-1 and 14A-2 , two opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 inFIGS. 13A and 13B may be provided with respective antennas.FIG. 14A-1 is an external view showing one side of the opposite surfaces, andFIG. 14A-2 is an external view showing the other side of the opposite surfaces. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 13A and 13B , a description of the secondary battery illustrated inFIGS. 13A and 13B can be referred to as appropriate. - As illustrated in
FIG. 14A-1 , theantenna 914 is provided on one of the opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 with thelayer 916 located therebetween, and as illustrated inFIG. 14A-2 , anantenna 918 is provided on the other of the opposite surfaces of thesecondary battery 913 with alayer 917 located therebetween. Thelayer 917 has a function of blocking an electromagnetic field from thesecondary battery 913, for example. As thelayer 917, for example, a magnetic body can be used. - With the above structure, both of the
antennas antenna 918 has a function of communicating data with an external device, for example. An antenna with a shape that can be applied to theantenna 914, for example, can be used as theantenna 918. As a system for communication using theantenna 918 between the secondary battery and another device, a response method that can be used between the secondary battery and another device, such as NFC, can be employed. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 14B-1 , thesecondary battery 913 inFIGS. 13A and 13B may be provided with adisplay device 920. Thedisplay device 920 is electrically connected to the terminal 911. It is possible that thelabel 910 is not provided in a portion where thedisplay device 920 is provided. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 13A and 13B , a description of the secondary battery illustrated inFIGS. 13A and 13B can be referred to as appropriate. - The
display device 920 can display, for example, an image showing whether charge is being carried out, an image showing the amount of stored power, or the like. As thedisplay device 920, electronic paper, a liquid crystal display device, an electroluminescent (EL) display device, or the like can be used. For example, the use of electronic paper can reduce power consumption of thedisplay device 920. - Alternatively, as illustrated in
FIG. 14B-2 , thesecondary battery 913 illustrated inFIGS. 13A and 13B may be provided with asensor 921. Thesensor 921 is electrically connected to the terminal 911 via aterminal 922. For portions similar to those inFIGS. 13A and 13B , a description of the secondary battery illustrated inFIGS. 13A and 13B can be referred to as appropriate. - The
sensor 921 has a function of measuring, for example, displacement, position, speed, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational frequency, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, sound, time, hardness, electric field, electric current, voltage, electric power, radiation, flow rate, humidity, gradient, oscillation, odor, or infrared rays. With thesensor 921, for example, data on an environment (e.g., temperature) where the secondary battery is placed can be determined and stored in a memory inside thecircuit 912. - Furthermore, structural examples of the
secondary battery 913 will be described with reference toFIGS. 15A and 15B andFIG. 16 . - The
secondary battery 913 illustrated inFIG. 15A includes awound body 950 provided with theterminals housing 930. Thewound body 950 is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside thehousing 930. The terminal 952 is in contact with thehousing 930. An insulator or the like inhibits contact between the terminal 951 and thehousing 930. Note that inFIG. 15A , thehousing 930 divided into two pieces is illustrated for convenience; however, in the actual structure, thewound body 950 is covered with thehousing 930 and theterminals housing 930. For thehousing 930, a metal material (such as aluminum) or a resin material can be used. - Note that as illustrated in
FIG. 15B , thehousing 930 inFIG. 15A may be formed using a plurality of materials. For example, in thesecondary battery 913 inFIG. 15B , ahousing 930 a and ahousing 930 b are bonded to each other, and thewound body 950 is provided in a region surrounded by thehousing 930 a and thehousing 930 b. - For the
housing 930 a, an insulating material such as an organic resin can be used. In particular, when a material such as an organic resin is used for the side on which an antenna is formed, blocking of an electric field from thesecondary battery 913 can be inhibited. When an electric field is not significantly blocked by thehousing 930 a, an antenna such as theantennas housing 930 a. For thehousing 930 b, a metal material can be used, for example. -
FIG. 16 illustrates the structure of thewound body 950. Thewound body 950 includes anegative electrode 931, apositive electrode 932, andseparators 933. Thewound body 950 is obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which thenegative electrode 931 overlaps with thepositive electrode 932 with theseparator 933 provided therebetween. Note that a plurality of stacks each including thenegative electrode 931, thepositive electrode 932, and theseparator 933 may be stacked. - The
negative electrode 931 is connected to the terminal 911 inFIGS. 13A and 13B via one of theterminals positive electrode 932 is connected to the terminal 911 inFIGS. 13A and 13B via the other of theterminals - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 932, thesecondary battery 913 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Next, an example of a laminated secondary battery will be described with reference to
FIGS. 17A to 17C ,FIGS. 18A and 18B ,FIG. 19 ,FIG. 20 ,FIGS. 21A to 21C ,FIGS. 22A, 22B1, 22B2, 22C, and 22D , andFIGS. 23A and 23B . When the laminated secondary battery has flexibility and is used in an electronic device at least part of which is flexible, the secondary battery can be bent as the electronic device is bent. - A laminated
secondary battery 980 is described with reference toFIGS. 17A to 17C . The laminatedsecondary battery 980 includes awound body 993 illustrated inFIG. 17A . Thewound body 993 includes anegative electrode 994, apositive electrode 995, and aseparator 996. Thewound body 993 is, like thewound body 950 illustrated inFIG. 16 , obtained by winding a sheet of a stack in which thenegative electrode 994 overlaps with thepositive electrode 995 with theseparator 996 therebetween. - Note that the number of stacks each including the
negative electrode 994, thepositive electrode 995, and theseparator 996 may be determined as appropriate depending on capacity and an element volume which are required. Thenegative electrode 994 is connected to a negative electrode current collector (not illustrated) via one of alead electrode 997 and alead electrode 998. Thepositive electrode 995 is connected to a positive electrode current collector (not illustrated) via the other of thelead electrode 997 and thelead electrode 998. - As illustrated in
FIG. 17B , thewound body 993 is packed in a space formed by bonding afilm 981 and afilm 982 having a depressed portion that serve as exterior bodies by thermocompression bonding or the like, whereby the laminatedsecondary battery 980 can be formed as illustrated inFIG. 17C . Thewound body 993 includes thelead electrode 997 and thelead electrode 998, and is soaked in an electrolyte solution inside a space surrounded by thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion. - For the
film 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion, a metal material such as aluminum or a resin material can be used, for example. With the use of a resin material for thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion, thefilm 981 and thefilm 982 having a depressed portion can be changed in their forms when external force is applied; thus, a flexible secondary battery can be fabricated. - Although
FIGS. 17B and 17C illustrate an example where a space is formed by two films, thewound body 993 may be placed in a space formed by bending one film. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 995, the laminatedsecondary battery 980 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - In
FIGS. 17A to 17C , an example in which the laminatedsecondary battery 980 includes a wound body in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies is described; however, as illustrated inFIGS. 18A and 18B , a secondary battery may include a plurality of strip-shaped positive electrodes, a plurality of strip-shaped separators, and a plurality of strip-shaped negative electrodes in a space formed by films serving as exterior bodies, for example. - A laminated
secondary battery 500 illustrated inFIG. 18A includes apositive electrode 503 including a positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and a positive electrodeactive material layer 502, anegative electrode 506 including a negative electrodecurrent collector 504 and a negative electrodeactive material layer 505, aseparator 507, anelectrolyte solution 508, and anexterior body 509. Theseparator 507 is provided between thepositive electrode 503 and thenegative electrode 506 in theexterior body 509. Theexterior body 509 is filled with theelectrolyte solution 508. The electrolyte solution described inEmbodiment 2 can be used for theelectrolyte solution 508. - In the laminated
secondary battery 500 illustrated inFIG. 18A , the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 also serve as terminals for an electrical contact with an external portion. For this reason, the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 may be arranged so as to be partly exposed to the outside of theexterior body 509. Alternatively, a lead electrode and the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 or the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 may be bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding, and instead of the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 and the negative electrodecurrent collector 504, the lead electrode may be exposed to the outside of theexterior body 509. - As the
exterior body 509 of the laminatedsecondary battery 500, for example, a laminate film having a three-layer structure can be employed in which a highly flexible metal thin film of aluminum, stainless steel, copper, nickel, or the like is provided over a film formed of a material such as polyethylene, polypropylene, polycarbonate, ionomer, or polyamide, and an insulating synthetic resin film of a polyamide-based resin, a polyester-based resin, or the like is provided over the metal thin film as the outer surface of the exterior body. -
FIG. 18B illustrates an example of a cross-sectional structure of the laminatedsecondary battery 500. AlthoughFIG. 18A illustrates an example including only two current collectors for simplicity, an actual battery includes a plurality of electrode layers. - The example in
FIG. 18B includes 16 electrode layers. The laminatedsecondary battery 500 has flexibility even though including 16 electrode layers.FIG. 18B illustrates a structure including 8 layers of negative electrodecurrent collectors current collectors 501, i.e., 16 layers in total. Note thatFIG. 18B illustrates a cross section of the lead portion of the negative electrode, and the 8 negative electrodecurrent collectors 504 are bonded to each other by ultrasonic welding. It is needless to say that the number of electrode layers is not limited to 16, and may be more than 16 or less than 16. With a large number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have high capacity. In contrast, with a small number of electrode layers, the secondary battery can have small thickness and high flexibility. -
FIGS. 19 and 20 each illustrate an example of the external view of the laminatedsecondary battery 500. InFIGS. 19 and 20 , thepositive electrode 503, thenegative electrode 506, theseparator 507, theexterior body 509, a positiveelectrode lead electrode 510, and a negativeelectrode lead electrode 511 are included. -
FIG. 21A illustrates external views of thepositive electrode 503 and thenegative electrode 506. Thepositive electrode 503 includes the positive electrodecurrent collector 501, and the positive electrodeactive material layer 502 is formed on a surface of the positive electrodecurrent collector 501. Thepositive electrode 503 also includes a region where the positive electrodecurrent collector 501 is partly exposed (hereinafter referred to as a tab region). Thenegative electrode 506 includes the negative electrodecurrent collector 504, and the negative electrodeactive material layer 505 is formed on a surface of the negative electrodecurrent collector 504. Thenegative electrode 506 also includes a region where the negative electrodecurrent collector 504 is partly exposed, that is, a tab region. The areas and the shapes of the tab regions included in the positive electrode and the negative electrode are not limited to those illustrated inFIG. 21A . - Here, an example of a method for manufacturing the laminated secondary battery whose external view is illustrated in
FIG. 19 will be described with reference toFIGS. 21B and 21C . - First, the
negative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503 are stacked.FIG. 21B illustrates a stack including thenegative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503. The secondary battery described here as an example includes 5 negative electrodes and 4 positive electrodes. Next, the tab regions of thepositive electrodes 503 are bonded to each other, and the tab region of the positive electrode on the outermost surface and the positiveelectrode lead electrode 510 are bonded to each other. The bonding can be performed by ultrasonic welding, for example. In a similar manner, the tab regions of thenegative electrodes 506 are bonded to each other, and the negativeelectrode lead electrode 511 is bonded to the tab region of the negative electrode on the outermost surface. - After that, the
negative electrode 506, theseparator 507, and thepositive electrode 503 are placed over theexterior body 509. - Subsequently, the
exterior body 509 is folded along a dashed line as illustrated inFIG. 21C . Then, the outer edge of theexterior body 509 is bonded. The bonding can be performed by thermocompression bonding, for example. At this time, a part (or one side) of theexterior body 509 is left unbonded (to provide an inlet) so that theelectrolyte solution 508 can be introduced later. - Next, the
electrolyte solution 508 is introduced into theexterior body 509 from the inlet of theexterior body 509. Theelectrolyte solution 508 is preferably introduced in a reduced pressure atmosphere or in an inert gas atmosphere. Lastly, the inlet is bonded. In the above manner, the laminatedsecondary battery 500 can be manufactured. - When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used in the
positive electrode 503, the laminatedsecondary battery 500 with high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - Next, an example of a bendable secondary battery is described with reference to
FIGS. 22A, 22B1, 22B2, 22C and 22D andFIGS. 23A and 23B . -
FIG. 22A is a schematic top view of a bendablesecondary battery 50.FIGS. 22B1, 22B2, and 22C are schematic cross-sectional views taken along cutting line C1-C2, cutting line C3-C4, and cutting line A1-A2, respectively, inFIG. 22A . Thebattery 50 includes anexterior body 51 and apositive electrode 11 a, and anegative electrode 11 b held in theexterior body 51. A lead 12 a electrically connected to thepositive electrode 11 a and a lead 12 b electrically connected to thenegative electrode 11 b are extended to the outside of theexterior body 51. In addition to thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b, an electrolyte solution (not illustrated) is enclosed in a region surrounded by theexterior body 51. -
FIGS. 23A and 23B illustrate thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b included in thebattery 50.FIG. 23A is a perspective view illustrating the stacking order of thepositive electrode 11 a, thenegative electrode 11 b, and theseparator 14.FIG. 23B is a perspective view illustrating the lead 12 a and thelead 12 b in addition to thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b. - As illustrated in
FIG. 23A , thebattery 50 includes a plurality of strip-shapedpositive electrodes 11 a, a plurality of strip-shapednegative electrodes 11 b, and a plurality ofseparators 14. Thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b each include a projected tab portion and a portion other than the tab. A positive electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of thepositive electrode 11 a other than the tab portion, and a negative electrode active material layer is formed on one surface of thenegative electrode 11 b other than the tab portion. - The
positive electrodes 11 a and thenegative electrodes 11 b are stacked so that surfaces of thepositive electrodes 11 a on each of which the positive electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other and that surfaces of thenegative electrodes 11 b on each of which the negative electrode active material layer is not formed are in contact with each other. - Furthermore, the
separator 14 is provided between the surface of thepositive electrode 11 a on which the positive electrode active material is formed and the surface of thenegative electrode 11 b on which the negative electrode active material is formed. InFIG. 23A , theseparator 14 is shown by a dotted line for easy viewing. - In addition, as illustrated in
FIG. 23B , the plurality ofpositive electrodes 11 a are electrically connected to the lead 12 a in abonding portion 15 a. The plurality ofnegative electrodes 11 b are electrically connected to thelead 12 b in abonding portion 15 b. - Next, the
exterior body 51 is described with reference toFIGS. 22B1, 22B2, 22C, and 22D . - The
exterior body 51 has a film-like shape and is folded in half with thepositive electrodes 11 a and thenegative electrodes 11 b between facing portions of theexterior body 51. Theexterior body 51 includes a foldedportion 61, a pair ofseal portions 62, and aseal portion 63. The pair ofseal portions 62 is provided with thepositive electrodes 11 a and thenegative electrodes 11 b positioned therebetween and thus can also be referred to as side seals. Theseal portion 63 has portions overlapping with the lead 12 a and thelead 12 b and can also be referred to as a top seal. - Part of the
exterior body 51 that overlaps with thepositive electrodes 11 a and thenegative electrodes 11 b preferably has a wave shape in which crest lines 71 andtrough lines 72 are alternately arranged. Theseal portions 62 and theseal portion 63 of theexterior body 51 are preferably flat. -
FIG. 22B1 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with thecrest line 71.FIG. 22B2 shows a cross section cut along the part overlapping with thetrough line 72.FIGS. 22B1 and 22B2 correspond to cross sections of thebattery 50, thepositive electrodes 11 a, and thenegative electrodes 11 b in the width direction. - The distance between an end portion of the
negative electrode 11 b in the width direction and theseal portion 62 is referred to as a distance La. When thebattery 50 changes in shape, for example, is bent, thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b change in shape such that the positions thereof are shifted from each other in the length direction as described later. At the time, if the distance La is too short, theexterior body 51 and thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b are rubbed hard against each other, so that theexterior body 51 is damaged in some cases. In particular, when a metal film of theexterior body 51 is exposed, there is concern that the metal film is corroded by the electrolyte solution. Thus, the distance La is preferably set as long as possible. However, if the distance La is too long, the volume of thebattery 50 is increased. - The distance La between the end portion of the
negative electrode 11 b and theseal portion 62 is preferably increased as the total thickness of the stackedpositive electrodes 11 a andnegative electrodes 11 b is increased. - Specifically, when the total thickness of the stacked
positive electrodes 11 a andnegative electrodes 11 b and the separators 214 is referred to as a thickness t, the distance La is preferably 0.8 times or more and 3.0 times or less, further preferably 0.9 times or more and 2.5 times or less, still further preferably 1.0 times or more and 2.0 times or less as large as the thickness t. When the distance La is in the above-described range, a compact battery which is highly reliable for bending can be obtained. - Furthermore, when a distance between the pair of
seal portions 62 is referred to as a distance Lb, it is preferable that the distance Lb be sufficiently longer than a width Wb of thenegative electrode 11 b. In this case, even when thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b come into contact with theexterior body 51 by change in the shape of thebattery 50 such as repeated bending, the position of part of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b can be shifted in the width direction; thus, the positive andnegative electrodes exterior body 51 can be effectively prevented from being rubbed against each other. - For example, the difference between the distance Lb (i.e., the distance between the pair of seal portions 62) and the width Wb of the
negative electrode 11 b is preferably 1.6 times or more and 6.0 times or less, further preferably 1.8 times or more and 5.0 times or less, still further preferably 2.0 times or more and 4.0 times or less as large as the total thickness t of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b. - In other words, the distance Lb, the width Wb, and the thickness t preferably satisfy the relation of the following
Formula 2. -
- In the formula, a is 0.8 or more and 3.0 or less, preferably 0.9 or more and 2.5 or less, further preferably 1.0 or more and 2.0 or less.
-
FIG. 22C illustrates a cross section including the lead 12 a and corresponds to a cross section of thebattery 50, thepositive electrode 11 a, and thenegative electrode 11 b in the length direction. As illustrated inFIG. 22C , aspace 73 is preferably provided between end portions of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b in the length direction and theexterior body 51 in the foldedportion 61. -
FIG. 22D is a schematic cross-sectional view of thebattery 50 in a state of being bent.FIG. 22D corresponds to a cross section along cutting line B1-B2 inFIG. 22A . - When the
battery 50 is bent, a part of theexterior body 51 positioned on the outer side in bending is unbent and the other part positioned on the inner side changes its shape as it shrinks. More specifically, the part of theexterior body 51 positioned on the outer side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes smaller and the length of the wave period becomes larger. In contrast, the part of theexterior body 51 positioned on the inner side in bending changes its shape such that the wave amplitude becomes larger and the length of the wave period becomes smaller. When theexterior body 51 changes its shape in this manner, stress applied to theexterior body 51 due to bending is relieved, so that a material itself that forms theexterior body 51 does not need to expand and contract. As a result, thebattery 50 can be bent with weak force without damage to theexterior body 51. - Furthermore, as illustrated in
FIG. 22D , when thebattery 50 is bent, the positions of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b are shifted relatively. At this time, ends of the stackedpositive electrodes 11 a andnegative electrodes 11 b on theseal portion 63 side are fixed by the fixingmember 17. Thus, the plurality ofpositive electrodes 11 a and the plurality ofnegative electrodes 11 b are more shifted at a position closer to the foldedportion 61. Therefore, stress applied to thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b is relieved, and thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b themselves do not need to expand and contract. As a result, thebattery 50 can be bent without damage to thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b. - Furthermore, the
space 73 is provided between the end portions of the positive andnegative electrodes exterior body 51, whereby the relative positions of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b can be shifted while the end portions of thepositive electrode 11 a and thenegative electrode 11 b located on an inner side when thebattery 50 is bent do not contact theexterior body 51. - In the
battery 50 illustrated inFIGS. 22A, 22B1, 22B2, 22C and 22D andFIGS. 23A and 23B , the exterior body, thepositive electrode 11 a, and thenegative electrode 11 b are less likely to be damaged and the battery characteristics are less likely to deteriorate even when thebattery 50 is repeatedly bent and unbent. When the positive electrode active material described in the above embodiment is used for thepositive electrode 11 a included in thebattery 50, a battery with more excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. - In this embodiment, examples of electronic devices including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention are described.
- First,
FIGS. 24A to 24G show examples of electronic devices including the bendable secondary battery described inEmbodiment 3. Examples of an electronic device including a flexible secondary battery include television sets (also referred to as televisions or television receivers), monitors of computers or the like, digital cameras or digital video cameras, digital photo frames, mobile phones (also referred to as cellular phones or mobile phone devices), portable game machines, portable information terminals, audio reproducing devices, and large game machines such as pachinko machines. - In addition, a flexible secondary battery can be incorporated along a curved inside/outside wall surface of a house or a building or a curved interior/exterior surface of an automobile.
-
FIG. 24A illustrates an example of a mobile phone. Amobile phone 7400 is provided with adisplay portion 7402 incorporated in ahousing 7401, anoperation button 7403, anexternal connection port 7404, aspeaker 7405, amicrophone 7406, and the like. Note that themobile phone 7400 includes asecondary battery 7407. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thesecondary battery 7407, a lightweight mobile phone with a long lifetime can be provided. -
FIG. 24B illustrates themobile phone 7400 that is bent. When the wholemobile phone 7400 is curved by external force, thesecondary battery 7407 included in themobile phone 7400 is also curved.FIG. 24C illustrates the curvedsecondary battery 7407. Thesecondary battery 7407 is a thin storage battery. Thesecondary battery 7407 is curved and fixed. Note that thesecondary battery 7407 includes a lead electrode 7408 electrically connected to a current collector 7409. The current collector 7409 is, for example, copper foil, and partly alloyed with gallium; thus, adhesion between the current collector 7409 and an active material layer in contact with the current collector 7409 is improved and thesecondary battery 7407 can have high reliability even in a state of being bent. -
FIG. 24D illustrates an example of a bangle display device. Aportable display device 7100 includes ahousing 7101, adisplay portion 7102, anoperation button 7103, and asecondary battery 7104.FIG. 24E illustrates the bentsecondary battery 7104. When the curvedsecondary battery 7104 is on a user’s arm, the housing changes its form and the curvature of a part or the whole of thesecondary battery 7104 is changed. Note that the radius of curvature of a curve at a point refers to the radius of the circular arc that best approximates the curve at that point. The reciprocal of the radius of curvature is curvature. Specifically, part or the whole of the housing or the main surface of thesecondary battery 7104 is changed in the range of radius of curvature from 40 mm to 150 mm. When the radius of curvature at the main surface of thesecondary battery 7104 is greater than or equal to 40 mm and less than or equal to 150 mm, the reliability can be kept high. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thesecondary battery 7104, a lightweight portable display device with a long lifetime can be provided. -
FIG. 24F illustrates an example of a watch-type portable information terminal. Aportable information terminal 7200 includes a housing 7201, adisplay portion 7202, aband 7203, abuckle 7204, anoperation button 7205, aninput output terminal 7206, and the like. - The
portable information terminal 7200 is capable of executing a variety of applications such as mobile phone calls, e-mailing, viewing and editing texts, music reproduction, Internet communication, and a computer game. - The display surface of the
display portion 7202 is curved, and images can be displayed on the curved display surface. In addition, thedisplay portion 7202 includes a touch sensor, and operation can be performed by touching the screen with a finger, a stylus, or the like. For example, by touching anicon 7207 displayed on thedisplay portion 7202, application can be started. - With the
operation button 7205, a variety of functions such as time setting, power on/off, on/off of wireless communication, setting and cancellation of a silent mode, and setting and cancellation of a power saving mode can be performed. For example, the functions of theoperation button 7205 can be set freely by setting the operation system incorporated in theportable information terminal 7200. - The
portable information terminal 7200 can employ near field communication that is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. For example, mutual communication between theportable information terminal 7200 and a headset capable of wireless communication can be performed, and thus hands-free calling is possible. - Moreover, the
portable information terminal 7200 includes theinput output terminal 7206, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via theinput output terminal 7206 is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using theinput output terminal 7206. - The
display portion 7202 of theportable information terminal 7200 includes the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used, a lightweight portable information terminal with a long lifetime can be provided. For example, thesecondary battery 7104 illustrated inFIG. 24E that is in the state of being curved can be provided in the housing 7201. Alternatively, thesecondary battery 7104 illustrated inFIG. 24E can be provided in theband 7203 such that it can be curved. - A
portable information terminal 7200 preferably includes a sensor. As the sensor, for example a human body sensor such as a fingerprint sensor, a pulse sensor, or a temperature sensor, a touch sensor, a pressure sensitive sensor, an acceleration sensor, or the like is preferably mounted. -
FIG. 24G illustrates an example of an armband display device. Adisplay device 7300 includes adisplay portion 7304 and the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Thedisplay device 7300 can include a touch sensor in thedisplay portion 7304 and can serve as a portable information terminal. - The display surface of the
display portion 7304 is bent, and images can be displayed on the bent display surface. A display state of thedisplay device 7300 can be changed by, for example, near field communication, which is a communication method based on an existing communication standard. - The
display device 7300 includes an input output terminal, and data can be directly transmitted to and received from another information terminal via a connector. In addition, charging via the input output terminal is possible. Note that the charging operation may be performed by wireless power feeding without using the input output terminal. - When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as the secondary battery included in the
display device 7300, a lightweight display device with a long lifetime can be provided. - In addition,
FIG. 24H ,FIGS. 25A to 25C , andFIG. 26 show examples of electronic devices including the secondary battery with excellent cycle characteristics described in the above embodiment. - When the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used as a secondary battery of a daily electronic device, a lightweight product with a long lifetime can be provided. As the daily electronic devices, an electric toothbrush, an electric shaver, electric beauty equipment, and the like are given. As secondary batteries of these products, in consideration of handling ease for users, small and lightweight stick type secondary batteries with high capacity are desired.
-
FIG. 24H is a perspective view of a device which is called a vaporizer. InFIG. 24H , avaporizer 7500 includes anatomizer 7501 including a heating element, asecondary battery 7504 supplying power to the atomizer, and acartridge 7502 including a liquid supply bottle, a sensor, and the like. To improve safety, a protection circuit which prevents overcharge and overdischarge of thesecondary battery 7504 may be electrically connected to thesecondary battery 7504. Thesecondary battery 7504 inFIG. 24H includes an output terminal for connecting to a charger. When thevaporizer 7500 is held by a user, thesecondary battery 7504 becomes a tip portion; thus, it is preferable that thesecondary battery 7504 have a short total length and be lightweight. With the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention which has high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics, the small andlightweight vaporizer 7500 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided. - Next,
FIGS. 25A and 25B illustrate an example of a foldable tablet terminal. Atablet terminal 9600 illustrated inFIGS. 25A and 25B includes ahousing 9630 a, ahousing 9630 b, amovable portion 9640 connecting thehousings display portion 9631 including adisplay portion 9631 a and adisplay portion 9631 b, a displaymode changing switch 9626, apower switch 9627, a power savingmode changing switch 9625, afastener 9629, and anoperation switch 9628. A flexible panel is used for thedisplay portion 9631, whereby a tablet terminal with a larger display portion can be provided.FIG. 25A illustrates thetablet terminal 9600 that is opened, andFIG. 25B illustrates thetablet terminal 9600 that is closed. - The
tablet terminal 9600 includes apower storage unit 9635 inside thehousings power storage unit 9635 is provided across thehousings movable portion 9640. - Part of the
display portion 9631 a can be a touch panel region and data can be input when a displayed operation key is touched. Although a structure in which a half region in thedisplay portion 9631 a has only a display function and the other half region has a touch panel function is shown as an example, thedisplay portion 9631 a is not limited to the structure. The whole region in thedisplay portion 9631 a may have a touch panel function. For example, thedisplay portion 9631 a can display keyboard buttons in the whole region to be a touch panel, and thedisplay portion 9631 b can be used as a display screen. - Like the
display portion 9631 a, part of thedisplay portion 9631 b can be a touch panel region. A switching button for showing/hiding a keyboard of the touch panel is touched with a finger, a stylus, or the like, so that keyboard buttons can be displayed on thedisplay portion 9631 b. - Touch input can be performed in the touch panel region and the touch panel region at the same time.
- The
display mode switch 9626 can switch the display between a portrait mode and a landscape mode, and between monochrome display and color display, for example. The power savingmode changing switch 9625 can control display luminance in accordance with the amount of external light in use of thetablet terminal 9600, which is measured with an optical sensor incorporated in thetablet terminal 9600. Another detection device including a sensor for detecting inclination, such as a gyroscope sensor or an acceleration sensor, may be incorporated in the tablet terminal, in addition to the optical sensor. - Although the
display portion 9631 a and thedisplay portion 9631 b have the same area inFIG. 25A , one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example. Thedisplay portion 9631 a and thedisplay portion 9631 b may have different areas or different display quality. For example, one display panel may be capable of higher-definition display than the other display panel. - The tablet terminal is closed in
FIG. 25B . The tablet terminal includes thehousing 9630, asolar cell 9633, and a charge anddischarge control circuit 9634 including a DCDC converter 9636. The power storage unit of one embodiment of the present invention is used as thepower storage unit 9635. - The
tablet terminal 9600 can be folded such that thehousings display portions tablet terminal 9600. With thepower storage unit 9635 including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention which has high capacity and excellent cycle characteristics, thetablet terminal 9600 which can be used for a long time for a long period can be provided. - The tablet terminal illustrated in
FIGS. 25A and 25B can also have a function of displaying various kinds of data (e.g., a still image, a moving image, and a text image), a function of displaying a calendar, a date, or the time on the display portion, a touch-input function of operating or editing data displayed on the display portion by touch input, a function of controlling processing by various kinds of software (programs), and the like. - The
solar cell 9633, which is attached on the surface of the tablet terminal, supplies electric power to a touch panel, a display portion, an image signal processor, and the like. Note that thesolar cell 9633 can be provided on one or both surfaces of thehousing 9630 and thepower storage unit 9635 can be charged efficiently. The use of a lithium-ion battery as thepower storage unit 9635 brings an advantage such as reduction in size. - The structure and operation of the charge and
discharge control circuit 9634 illustrated inFIG. 25B will be described with reference to a block diagram inFIG. 25C . Thesolar cell 9633, thepower storage unit 9635, the DC-DC converter 9636, aconverter 9637, switches SW1 to SW3, and thedisplay portion 9631 are illustrated inFIG. 25C , and thepower storage unit 9635, the DC-DC converter 9636, theconverter 9637, and the switches SW1 to SW3 correspond to the charge anddischarge control circuit 9634 inFIG. 25B . - First, an example of the operation in the case where power is generated by the
solar cell 9633 using external light is described. The voltage of electric power generated by the solar cell is raised or lowered by the DCDC converter 9636 to a voltage for charging thepower storage unit 9635. When the power from thesolar cell 9633 is used for the operation of thedisplay portion 9631, the switch SW1 is turned on and the voltage of the power is raised or lowered by theconverter 9637 to a voltage needed for operating thedisplay portion 9631. When display on thedisplay portion 9631 is not performed, the switch SW1 is turned off and the switch SW2 is turned on, so that thepower storage unit 9635 can be charged. - Note that the
solar cell 9633 is described as an example of a power generation means; however, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to this example. Thepower storage unit 9635 may be charged using another power generation means such as a piezoelectric element or a thermoelectric conversion element (Peltier element). For example, thepower storage unit 9635 may be charged with a non-contact power transmission module that transmits and receives power wirelessly (without contact) to charge the battery or with a combination of other charging means. -
FIG. 26 illustrates other examples of electronic devices. InFIG. 26 , adisplay device 8000 is an example of an electronic device including asecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, thedisplay device 8000 corresponds to a display device for TV broadcast reception and includes ahousing 8001, adisplay portion 8002,speaker portions 8003, thesecondary battery 8004, and the like. Thesecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention is provided in thehousing 8001. Thedisplay device 8000 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, thedisplay device 8000 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8004. Thus, thedisplay device 8000 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8004 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - A semiconductor display device such as a liquid crystal display device, a light-emitting device in which a light-emitting element such as an organic EL element is provided in each pixel, an electrophoretic display device, a digital micromirror device (DMD), a plasma display panel (PDP), or a field emission display (FED) can be used for the
display portion 8002. - Note that the display device includes, in its category, all of information display devices for personal computers, advertisement displays, and the like other than TV broadcast reception.
- In
FIG. 26 , aninstallation lighting device 8100 is an example of an electronic device using asecondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, thelighting device 8100 includes ahousing 8101, alight source 8102, thesecondary battery 8103, and the like. AlthoughFIG. 26 illustrates the case where thesecondary battery 8103 is provided in aceiling 8104 on which thehousing 8101 and thelight source 8102 are installed, thesecondary battery 8103 may be provided in thehousing 8101. Thelighting device 8100 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, thelighting device 8100 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8103. Thus, thelighting device 8100 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8103 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - Note that although the
installation lighting device 8100 provided in theceiling 8104 is illustrated inFIG. 26 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used as an installation lighting device provided in, for example, awall 8105, afloor 8106, awindow 8107, or the like other than theceiling 8104. Alternatively, the secondary battery can be used in a tabletop lighting device or the like. - As the
light source 8102, an artificial light source which emits light artificially by using power can be used. Specifically, an incandescent lamp, a discharge lamp such as a fluorescent lamp, and a light-emitting element such as an LED or an organic EL element are given as examples of the artificial light source. - In
FIG. 26 , an air conditioner including anindoor unit 8200 and anoutdoor unit 8204 is an example of an electronic device including asecondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, theindoor unit 8200 includes ahousing 8201, anair outlet 8202, thesecondary battery 8203, and the like. AlthoughFIG. 26 illustrates the case where thesecondary battery 8203 is provided in theindoor unit 8200, thesecondary battery 8203 may be provided in theoutdoor unit 8204. Alternatively, thesecondary batteries 8203 may be provided in both theindoor unit 8200 and theoutdoor unit 8204. The air conditioner can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the air conditioner can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8203. Particularly in the case where thesecondary batteries 8203 are provided in both theindoor unit 8200 and theoutdoor unit 8204, the air conditioner can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8203 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - Note that although the split-type air conditioner including the indoor unit and the outdoor unit is illustrated in
FIG. 26 as an example, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention can be used in an air conditioner in which the functions of an indoor unit and an outdoor unit are integrated in one housing. - In
FIG. 26 , an electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 is an example of an electronic device using asecondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention. Specifically, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 includes ahousing 8301, arefrigerator door 8302, afreezer door 8303, thesecondary battery 8304, and the like. Thesecondary battery 8304 is provided in thehousing 8301 inFIG. 26 . The electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can receive electric power from a commercial power supply. Alternatively, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can use electric power stored in thesecondary battery 8304. Thus, the electric refrigerator-freezer 8300 can operate with the use of thesecondary battery 8304 of one embodiment of the present invention as an uninterruptible power supply even when electric power cannot be supplied from a commercial power supply due to power failure or the like. - Note that among the electronic devices described above, a high-frequency heating apparatus such as a microwave oven and an electronic device such as an electric rice cooker require high power in a short time. The tripping of a circuit breaker of a commercial power source in use of electronic devices can be prevented by using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention as an auxiliary power source for supplying power which cannot be supplied enough by a commercial power source.
- In addition, in a time period when electronic devices are not used, particularly when the proportion of the amount of power which is actually used to the total amount of power which can be supplied from a commercial power source (such a proportion referred to as a usage rate of power) is low, power can be stored in the secondary battery, whereby the usage rate of power can be reduced in a time period when the electronic devices are used. For example, in the case of the electric refrigerator-
freezer 8300, power can be stored in thesecondary battery 8304 in night time when the temperature is low and therefrigerator door 8302 and thefreezer door 8303 are not often opened and closed. On the other hand, in daytime when the temperature is high and therefrigerator door 8302 and thefreezer door 8303 are frequently opened and closed, thesecondary battery 8304 is used as an auxiliary power source; thus, the usage rate of power in daytime can be reduced. - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the secondary battery can have excellent cycle characteristics and improve reliability. Furthermore, in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a secondary battery with high capacity can be obtained; thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight as a result of improved characteristics of the secondary battery. Thus, the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention is used in the electronic device described in this embodiment, whereby a more lightweight electronic device with a longer lifetime can be obtained. This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with any of the other embodiments.
- In this embodiment, examples of vehicles including the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention are described.
- The use of secondary batteries in vehicles enables production of next-generation clean energy vehicles such as hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs), electric vehicles (EVs), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).
-
FIGS. 27A to 27C each illustrate an example of a vehicle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Anautomobile 8400 illustrated inFIG. 27A is an electric vehicle that runs on the power of an electric motor. Alternatively, theautomobile 8400 is a hybrid electric vehicle capable of driving appropriately using either an electric motor or an engine. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a high-mileage vehicle. Theautomobile 8400 includes the secondary battery. As the secondary battery, the modules of the secondary batteries illustrated inFIGS. 12C and 12D may be arranged to be used in a floor portion in the automobile. Alternatively, a battery pack in which a plurality of secondary batteries each of which is illustrated inFIGS. 17A to 17C are combined may be placed in a floor portion in the automobile. The secondary battery is used not only for driving anelectric motor 8406, but also for supplying electric power to a light-emitting device such as aheadlight 8401 or a room light (not illustrated). - The secondary battery can also supply electric power to a display device of a speedometer, a tachometer, or the like included in the
automobile 8400. Furthermore, the secondary battery can supply electric power to a semiconductor device included in theautomobile 8400, such as a navigation system. -
FIG. 27B illustrates anautomobile 8500 including the secondary battery. Theautomobile 8500 can be charged when the secondary battery is supplied with electric power through external charging equipment by a plug-in system, a contactless power feeding system, or the like. InFIG. 27B ,secondary batteries automobile 8500 is charged with the use of a ground-basedcharging apparatus 8021 through acable 8022. In charging, a given method such as CHAdeMO (registered trademark) or Combined Charging System may be employed as a charging method, the standard of a connector, or the like as appropriate. The ground-basedcharging apparatus 8021 may be a charging station provided in a commerce facility or a power source in a house. With the use of a plug-in technique, thesecondary battery 8024 included in theautomobile 8500 can be charged by being supplied with electric power from the outside, for example. The charging can be performed by converting AC electric power into DC electric power through a converter such as an AC-DC converter. - Furthermore, although not illustrated, the vehicle may include a power receiving device so that it can be charged by being supplied with electric power from an above-ground power transmitting device in a contactless manner. In the case of the contactless power feeding system, by fitting a power transmitting device in a road or an exterior wall, charging can be performed not only when the electric vehicle is stopped but also when driven. In addition, the contactless power feeding system may be utilized to perform transmission and reception of electric power between vehicles. A solar cell may be provided in the exterior of the automobile to charge the secondary battery when the automobile stops or moves. To supply electric power in such a contactless manner, an electromagnetic induction method or a magnetic resonance method can be used.
-
FIG. 27C shows an example of a motorcycle using the secondary battery of one embodiment of the present invention. Amotor scooter 8600 illustrated inFIG. 27C includes asecondary battery 8602, side mirrors 8601, andindicators 8603. Thesecondary battery 8602 can supply electric power to theindicators 8603. - Furthermore, in the
motor scooter 8600 illustrated inFIG. 27C , thesecondary battery 8602 can be held in a storage unit underseat 8604. Thesecondary battery 8602 can be held in the storage unit underseat 8604 even with a small size. Thesecondary battery 8602 is detachable; thus, thesecondary battery 8602 is carried indoors when it is charged, and is stored before the motorcycle is driven. - In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, the secondary battery can have improved cycle characteristics and the capacity of the secondary battery can be increased. Thus, the secondary battery itself can be made more compact and lightweight. The compact and lightweight secondary battery contributes to a reduction in the weight of a vehicle, and thus increases the driving radius. Furthermore, the secondary battery included in the vehicle can be used as a power source for supplying electric power to products other than the vehicle. In such a case, the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, for example. If the use of a commercial power source can be avoided at peak time of electric power demand, the avoidance can contribute to energy saving and a reduction in carbon dioxide emissions. Moreover, if the cycle characteristics are excellent, the secondary battery can be used for a long period; thus, the use amount of rare metals such as cobalt can be reduced.
- This embodiment can be implemented in appropriate combination with the other embodiments.
- In this example, the positive electrode active materials which are embodiments of the present invention are formed, and the observation results of the positive electrode active materials by STEM, the results of TEM images subjected to fast Fourier transform, and the analysis results obtained by energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy (EDX) are described. In addition, the evaluation results of characteristics of secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials are described.
- In this example, a positive electrode active material of Sample 01, which contains lithium cobaltate as a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal contained in a first region, lithium titanate as an oxide of a second transition metal contained in a second region, and magnesium oxide as an oxide of a representative element contained in a third region, was formed.
- In this example, lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) were used as a starting material. Thus, in this example,
Step 12 andStep 13 described inEmbodiment 1 were omitted. Note that the above-described lithium cobalt oxide particles each have a particle diameter of approximately 20 µm, and contain fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus in a region which can be analyzed by XPS. - Next, as
Step 14, the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were coated with a material containing titanium by a sol-gel method. Specifically, TTIP was dissolved in isopropanol, and an isopropanol solution of TTIP was formed. Then, the lithium cobalt oxide particles were mixed into the solution so that TTIP to lithium cobalt oxide containing magnesium and fluorine was 0.01 ml/g. - The above mixed solution was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH. Through the process, water in an atmosphere and TTIP caused hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction, and a layer containing titanium was formed on the surface of the lithium cobalt oxide particle containing magnesium and fluorine.
- The mixed solution which had been subjected to the above process was filtered to collect the residue. As a filter for filtration, Kiriyama filter paper (No. 4) was used.
- The collected residue was dried in a vacuum at 70° C. for one hour.
- Next, the lithium cobalt oxide particles coated with the material containing titanium was heated. With a muffle furnace, the heating was performed under the following conditions: the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min; the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours. The dew point of the dry air is preferably lower than or equal to -109° C.
- Then, the heated particles were cooled to room temperature. The time of decreasing temperature from the retention temperature to room temperature was 10 hours to 15 hours. After that, crushing treatment was performed. In the crushing treatment, the particles were made to pass through a sieve. The sieve has an aperture width of 53 µm.
- Lastly, the cooled particles were collected, and the positive electrode active material of Sample 01 was obtained.
- Sample 02 was formed as a comparative example by heating lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine without being coated with a material containing titanium.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) were used as the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine.
- The lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were heated. The heating was performed under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); the retention time was two hours; and the flow rate of oxygen was 10 L/min.
- The heated particles were cooled and made to pass through a sieve like Sample 01 to obtain a positive electrode active material of Sample 02.
- It is probable that Sample 02 is a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobalt oxide inside and includes a region containing magnesium in a superficial portion.
- Sample 03 was formed as a comparative example in the following manner: a region containing titanium was formed in lithium cobalt oxide particles which do not contain magnesium by a sol-gel method and then the lithium cobalt oxide particles were heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-10N) were used. In the lithium cobalt oxide particles, magnesium is not detected and fluorine is detected at approximately 1 atomic% by XPS.
- A region containing titanium was formed by a sol-gel method in the lithium cobalt oxide particles, and the lithium cobalt oxide particles were dried, heated, cooled, and made to pass through a sieve, like Sample 01. The obtained lithium cobalt oxide particles were used as a positive electrode active material of Sample 03.
- It is probable that Sample 03 is a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobalt oxide inside and includes a region containing titanium in a superficial portion.
- For Sample 04, as a comparative example, lithium cobalt oxide particles were used as it is without being heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-10N) were used.
- Sample 04 is a positive electrode active material which does not have a coating layer.
- For Sample 05, as a comparative example, lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine were used as it is without being heated.
- Lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) were used as the lithium cobalt oxide particles containing magnesium and fluorine. That is, Sample 05 was used as the same as the starting material of Sample 01.
- Table 1 shows the conditions of Sample 01 to Sample 05.
-
TABLE 1 Conditions Sample 01 LiCoO2+Mg+F, coated with a material containing Ti, heated Sample 02 LiCoO2+Mg+F, heated Sample 03 LiCoO2, coated with a material containing Ti, heated Sample 04 LiCoO2, not heated Sample 05 LiCoO2+Mg+F, not heated - The obtained positive electrode active material of Sample 01 was observed by an electron microscope (JEM-ARM200F, manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) under the condition where the acceleration voltage was 200 kV.
FIG. 28 shows the obtained electron microscope image. As shown inFIG. 28 , the positive electrode active material probably includes three different regions: thefirst region 101; thesecond region 102; and thethird region 103. Thethird region 103 is observed as a region brighter than thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102. Furthermore, crystal orientations of thefirst region 101 and thesecond region 102 are partly aligned with each other, and crystal orientations of thesecond region 102 and thethird region 103 are partly aligned with each other. -
FIG. 29A1 shows a fast Fourier transform (FFT) image of a region 103FFT in the STEM image ofFIG. 28 . InFIG. 29A2 , a center point O ofFIG. 29A1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle. Similarly,FIG. 29B1 shows an FFT image of a region 102FFT. InFIG. 29B2 , a center point O ofFIG. 29B1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle. In addition,FIG. 29C1 shows an FFT image of a region 101FFT. InFIG. 29C2 , a center point O ofFIG. 29C1 is shown by a cross, and bright points A, B, and C are each surrounded by a circle. - In
FIG. 29A2 , a distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.256 nm, a distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.241 nm, and a distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.209 nm. In addition, ∠COA is 121°, ∠COB is 52°, and ∠AOB is 69°. From these results, the region 103FFT probably contains magnesium oxide (MgO, cubic crystal). - Similarly, in
FIG. 29B2 , the distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.238 nm, the distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.225 nm, and the distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.198 nm. In addition, ∠COA is 123°, ∠COB is 52°, and ∠AOB is 71°. From these results, the region 102FFT probably contains lithium titanate (LiTiO2, cubic crystal). - In
FIG. 29C2 , the distance d between the bright point A and the center point O is 0.240 nm, the distance d between the bright point B and the center point O is 0.235 nm, and the distance d between the bright point C and the center point O is 0.196 nm. In addition, ∠COA is 126°, ∠COB is 52°, and ∠AOB is 74°. From these results, the region 101FFT probably contains lithium cobaltate (LiCoO2, rhombohedral). -
FIGS. 30A1, 30A2, 30B1, 30B2, 30C1, and 30C2 show a high-angle annular dark field scanning transmission electron microscopy (HAADF-STEM) image and element mapping images with EDX of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.FIG. 30A1 shows a HAADF-STEM image,FIG. 30A2 shows a mapping image of oxygen atoms,FIG. 30B1 shows a mapping image of cobalt atoms,FIG. 30B2 shows a mapping image of fluorine atoms,FIG. 30C1 shows a mapping image of titanium atoms, andFIG. 30C2 shows a mapping image of magnesium atoms. Note that in EDX element mapping images inFIGS. 30A2, 30B1, 30B2, 30C1, and 30C2 andFIGS. 31A2, 31B1, 31B2, 31C1, and 31C2 , a region where the number of elements is less than or equal to a lower limit of the detection is indicated in white, and as the number of elements is increased, the white region becomes black. - As shown in
FIGS. 30A2 and 30B1 , it is found that the oxygen atoms and the cobalt atoms are distributed in the whole of the positive electrode active material particle. In contrast, as shown inFIGS. 30B2, 30C1, and 30C2 , it is found that the fluorine atoms, the titanium atoms, and the magnesium atoms are unevenly distributed in a region close to the surface of the positive electrode active material. - Next,
FIGS. 31A1, 31A2, 31B1, 31B2, 31C1, and 31C2 show a HAADF-STEM image and element mapping images with EDX of the positive electrode active material of Sample 05, which is a comparative example.FIG. 31A1 shows a HAADF-STEM image,FIG. 31A2 shows a mapping image of oxygen atoms,FIG. 31B1 shows a mapping image of cobalt atoms,FIG. 31B2 shows a mapping image of fluorine atoms,FIG. 31C1 shows a mapping image of titanium atoms, andFIG. 31C2 shows a mapping image of magnesium atoms. - As shown in
FIGS. 31B2 and 31C2 , it is found that, even in Sample 05 which is not heated, a certain amount of magnesium and fluorine is unevenly distributed in the vicinity of the surface. -
FIG. 32 shows results of line analysis with TEM-EDX performed on a cross section of the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.FIG. 32 is a graph showing data detected on a line connecting the outside of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01 to the inside of the positive electrode active material, and a distance of 0 nm indicates the outside of the positive electrode active material and a distance of 14 nm indicates the inside of the particle. With EDX, the analysis region tends to be large, so that elements not only at a center of an electron beam irradiation region but also in a region around the center may be detected. - As shown in
FIG. 32 , it is found that there are peaks of magnesium and titanium in the vicinity of the surface of the positive electrode active material of Sample 01, the distribution of magnesium is closer to the surface than the distribution of titanium is. It is also found that the peak of magnesium is closer to the surface than the peak of titanium is. In addition, it is probable that cobalt and oxygen are present from the outermost surface of the positive electrode active material particle. - As shown in
FIG. 32 , fluorine is hardly detected. This is probably because fluorine, which is a light element, is difficult to detect with EDX. - From the above STEM images, FFT images, element mapping images with EDX, and EDX line analysis, it is found that Sample 01 is a positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, which includes the first region containing lithium cobaltate, the second region containing lithium, titanium, cobalt, and oxygen, and the third region containing magnesium and oxygen. It is found that, in Sample 01, part of the second region and part of the third region overlap.
- In the graph of
FIG. 32 , the amount of detected oxygen is stable at a distance of 4 nm or more. Thus, in this example, the average value Oave of the amount of detected oxygen in the stable region is obtained, and a distance x of the measurement point at which the measurement value closest to 0.5 Oave, the value of 50% of the average value Oave, is obtained is assumed to be the surface of the positive electrode active material particle. - In this example, the average value Oave of the amount of detected oxygen in a range from a distance of 4 nm to a distance of 14 nm is 674.2. The x axis of the measurement point at which the measurement value closest to 337.1, which is 50% of 674.2, is obtained indicates a distance of 1.71 nm. Thus, in this example, a distance of 1.71 nm in the graph of
FIG. 32 is assumed to be the surface of the positive electrode active material particle. - When the surface of the positive electrode active material particle is set at a distance of 1.71 nm in
FIG. 32 , the peak of magnesium and the peak of titanium are present at 0.72 nm and 1.00 nm, respectively, from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle. - The concentration of magnesium is higher than or equal to ⅕ of the peak from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a distance of 4.42 nm, that is, to a region at 2.71 nm from the surface. The measurement value of magnesium is less than ⅕ of the peak at a distance of 4.57 nm or more, that is, at a depth of 2.86 nm or more from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle. Thus, it is found that in Sample 01, a region from the surface to a depth of 2.71 nm is the third region.
- Furthermore, the concentration of titanium is higher than or equal to ½ of the peak from a distance of 2.14 nm to a distance of 3.42 nm. Thus, it is found that a region from a depth of 0.43 nm to a depth of 1.71 nm from the surface of the positive electrode active material particle is the second region.
- Next, evaluation results of charge and discharge characteristics of secondary batteries which are fabricated using the positive electrode active materials of Sample 01 to Sample 05 formed in the above manner are described.
- CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries (with a diameter of 20 mm and a height of 3.2 mm) were fabricated using the positive electrode active materials of Sample 01 to Sample 05 formed in the above manner.
- A positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which a positive electrode active material (LCO), acetylene black (AB), and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) were mixed at a weight ratio of 95:2.5:2.5 to a current collector was used.
- A lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- As an electrolyte contained in an electrolyte solution, 1 mol/L lithium hexafluorophosphate (LiPF6) was used, and as the electrolyte solution, a solution in which ethylene carbonate (EC) and diethyl carbonate (DEC) at a volume ratio of 3:7 and vinylene carbonate (VC) at a 2 weight% were mixed was used.
- A positive electrode can and a negative electrode can were formed of stainless steel (SUS).
- Next, charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary batteries of Sample 01 and Sample 05 formed in the above manner were evaluated. The measurement temperature was 25° C. Twenty cycles of charging and discharging were performed at 4.6 V (CCCV, 0.5 C, a cutoff current of 0.01 C) and 2.5 V (CC, 0.5 C), respectively. Here, 1C was set to 137 mA/g, which was a current value per weight of the positive electrode active material.
-
FIG. 33 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of Sample 01.FIG. 33 shows excellent charge and discharge characteristics with a wide plateau. In addition, results of 20 cycles of charging and discharging almost overlap, which means that the cycle characteristics are excellent. -
FIG. 34 is a graph showing charge and discharge characteristics of the secondary battery of Sample 05, which is a comparative example. In the initial cycles, excellent charge and discharge characteristics are shown; however, as indicated by arrows inFIG. 34 , charge capacity and discharge capacity decrease with an increase in cycles. - The cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries of Sample 01 and Sample 05 charged at 4.4 V were evaluated. The measurement temperature was 25° C. The charging was performed at 4.4 V (CCCV, 0.5 C, a cutoff current of 0.01 C), and the discharging was performed at 2.5 V (CC, 0.5 C).
-
FIG. 35 is a graph showing the cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries charged at 4.4 V. InFIG. 35 , a solid line and a dotted line indicate secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials of Sample 01 and Sample 05, respectively. As shown inFIG. 35 , in the secondary battery containing Sample 01, an energy density retention rate is 99.5% even after 50 cycles of charging and discharging were performed, which shows extremely excellent cycle characteristics. In the secondary battery containing Sample 05, an energy density retention rate is 94.3% after 50 cycles were performed. - The cycle characteristics of the secondary batteries of Sample 01 to Sample 04 charged at 4.6 V were evaluated. The measurement temperature was 25° C. The charging was performed to 4.6 V (CCCV, 0.5 C, a cutoff current of 0.01 C), and the discharging was performed to 2.5 V (CC, 0.5 C).
-
FIG. 36 is a graph showing the cycle characteristics charged at 4.6 V. As shown inFIG. 36 , in the secondary battery containing Sample 01, which is the positive electrode active material of one embodiment of the present invention, an energy density retention rate is 94.1% even after 50 cycles of charging and discharging were performed at a high voltage of 4.6 V, which shows extremely excellent cycle characteristics. On the other hand, the secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials of Sample 02, Sample 03, and Sample 04, which are comparative examples, are inferior to that of Sample 01, and in Sample 04, for example, energy density retention rate is 33.2% after 50 cycles were performed. - As described above, it is found that the positive electrode active material with the structure of one embodiment of the present invention can achieve an advantageous effect when charging and discharging is performed at a voltage higher than 4.4 V.
- In this example, the positive electrode active materials which are embodiments of the present invention are formed, and results of analysis which is different from that in Example 1 are described. In addition, evaluation results of characteristics of secondary batteries containing the positive electrode active materials under conditions different from those in Example 1 are described.
- In this example, a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobaltate as a composite oxide of lithium and a first transition metal contained in a first region, lithium titanate as an oxide of a second transition metal contained in a second region, and magnesium oxide as an oxide of a representative element contained in a third region, was formed.
- In this example, lithium cobalt oxide particles (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) were used as a starting material.
- Next, as
Step 14, the lithium cobalt oxide particles were coated with titanium oxide by a sol-gel method and dried.Step 14 was performed in a manner similar to that in Example 1 except that mixture was performed so that TTIP to lithium cobalt oxide was 0.004 ml/g. The lithium cobalt oxide particles which are coated with the titanium oxide and are not heated yet are referred to asSample 06. - Next,
Sample 06, which is the lithium cobalt oxide particles coated with the titanium oxide, was heated. With a muffle furnace, the heating was performed at 800° C. in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the retention time was two hours; and the flow rate of oxygen was 10 L/min. - Then, as in Example 1, the particles were cooled and collected to obtain the positive electrode active material. The heated positive electrode active material is referred to as Sample 07.
-
Sample 06 and Sample 07, in particular, cracks generated in the particles and the vicinity of the cracks were subjected to analysis with TEM-EDX. - First, results of TEM-EDX plane analysis of titanium are shown in
FIGS. 37A, 37B1, 37B2, 37C1, 37C2, 37D1, 37D2, 37E1, and 37E2 andFIGS. 38A, 38B1, 38B2, 38C1, 38C2, 38D1, 38D2, 38E1, and 38E2 . -
FIGS. 37A, 37B1, 37B2, 37C1, 37C2, 37D1, 37D2, 37E1, and 37E2 show TEM-EDX analysis results ofSample 06 before heating.FIG. 37A is a cross-sectional TEM image showing the surfaces of the particles and the crack portions.FIG. 37B1 andFIG. 37B2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region including the surface of the particle that is denoted by a circle marked with “1” inFIG. 37A , respectively. Similarly,FIG. 37C1 andFIG. 37C2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 20 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “2” inFIG. 37A , respectively.FIG. 37D1 andFIG. 37D2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 500 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “3” inFIG. 37A , respectively.FIG. 37E1 andFIG. 37E2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 1000 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “4” inFIG. 37A , respectively. Note that in EDX element mapping images inFIGS. 37A, 37B1, 37B2, 37C1, 37C2, 37D1, 37D2, 37E1, and 37E2 ,FIGS. 38A, 38B1, 38B2, 38C1, 38C2, 38D1, 38D2, 38E1, and 38E2 ,FIGS. 39A, 39B1, 39B2, 39C1, 39C2, 39D1, 39D2, 39E1, and 39E2 , andFIGS. 40A, 40B1, 40B2, 40C1, 40C2, 40D1, 40D2, 40E1, and 40E2 , a region where the number of elements is less than or equal to a lower limit of the detection is indicated in white, and as the number of elements is increased, the white region becomes black. -
FIGS. 38A, 38B1, 38B2, 38C1, 38C2, 38D1, 38D2, 38E1, and 38E2 show TEM-EDX analysis results of Sample 07 after heating.FIG. 38A is a cross-sectional TEM image showing the surfaces of the particles and the crack portions.FIG. 38B1 andFIG. 38B2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region including the surface of the particle that is denoted by a circle marked with “1” inFIG. 38A , respectively. Similarly,FIG. 38C1 andFIG. 38C2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 20 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “2” inFIG. 38A , respectively.FIG. 38D1 andFIG. 38D2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 500 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “3” inFIG. 38A , respectively.FIG. 38E1 andFIG. 38E2 show a HAADF-STEM image and a Ti mapping image of a region at a depth of approximately 1000 nm from the surface in the crack portion that is denoted by a circle marked with “4” inFIG. 38A , respectively. - As shown in
FIGS. 37A, 37B1, 37B2, 37C1, 37C2, 37D1, 37D2, 37E1, and 37E2 andFIGS. 38A, 38B1, 38B2, 38C1, 38C2, 38D1, 38D2, 38E1, and 38E2 , inSample 06 before heating, segregation of titanium on the surfaces of the particles is observed; however, no segregation is observed in the crack portion. In contrast, in Sample 07 after heating, segregation of titanium is observed both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion. That is, it is found that titanium is segregated at the surface of the crack portion by heating. - Next, results of TEM-EDX plane analysis of magnesium are shown in
FIGS. 39A, 39B1, 39B2, 39C1, 39C2, 39D1, 39D2, 39E1, and 39E2 , andFIGS. 40A, 40B1, 40B2, 40C1, 40C2, 40D1, 40D2, 40E1, and 40E2 . -
FIG. 39A is a cross-sectional TEM image ofSample 06, which is the same asFIG. 37A .FIGS. 39B1, 39C1, 39D1, and 39E1 are HAADF-STEM images, which are the same asFIGS. 37B1, 37C1, 37D1, and 37E1 .FIG. 39B2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 39B1 .FIG. 39C2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 39C1 .FIG. 39D2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 39D1 .FIG. 39E2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 39E1 . -
FIG. 40A is a cross-sectional TEM image of Sample 07, which is the same asFIG. 38A .FIGS. 40B1, 40C1, 40D1, and 40E1 are HAADF-STEM images, which are the same asFIGS. 38B1, 38C1, 38D1, and 38E1 .FIG. 40B2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 40B1 .FIG. 40C2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 40C1 .FIG. 40D2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 40D1 .FIG. 40E2 shows a Mg mapping image of a region which is the same asFIG. 40E1 . - As shown in
FIGS. 39A, 39B1, 39B2, 39C1, 39C2, 39D1, 39D2, 39E1, and 39E2 , andFIGS. 40A, 40B1, 40B2, 40C1, 40C2, 40D1, 40D2, 40E1, and 40E2 , inSample 06 before heating, segregation of magnesium is not observed on the surfaces of the particles or in the crack portion. In contrast, in Sample 07 after heating, segregation of magnesium is observed both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion. - Next, to quantify titanium and magnesium, EDX point analysis was performed on the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 in
FIG. 37A and the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 inFIG. 38A . In each region, two points were measured. -
FIGS. 41A and 41B show results of EDX point analysis in an atomic ratio of titanium to cobalt.FIG. 41A shows results ofSample 06 before heating. Detection points 1 to 6 inFIG. 41A correspond to the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 inFIG. 37A .FIG. 41B shows results of Sample 07 after heating. Detection points 1 to 6 inFIG. 41B correspond to the regions indicated by circles marked with 1 to 6 inFIG. 38A . - As shown in
FIGS. 41A and 41B , in the crack portion ofSample 06, Ti/Co is less than or equal to 0.01 in each measurement point; in contrast, in the crack portion of Sample 07, the amount of titanium is increased in many points, and there are measurement points where Ti/Co is greater than or equal to 0.05. Furthermore, Ti/Co on the surfaces of the particles of Sample 07 is between 0.10 and 0.18. - Next,
FIGS. 42A and 42B show results of EDX point analysis in an atomic ratio of magnesium to cobalt. The detection points are the same as those inFIGS. 41A and 41B . - As shown in
FIGS. 42A and 42B , inSample 06, Mg/Co is less than or equal to 0.03 both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion; in contrast, in Sample 07, there are many points where the amount of magnesium is increased both on the surfaces of the particles and in the crack portion. Furthermore, Mg/Co on the surfaces of the particles is between 0.15 and 0.50, and that in the crack portion is between 0 and 0.22. - Next, CR2032 coin-type secondary batteries were fabricated using the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 after heating. A positive electrode formed by applying slurry in which a positive electrode active material (LCO) of Sample 02, AB, and polyvinylidene fluoride (PVDF) were mixed at a weight ratio of 95:3:2 to a positive electrode current collector was used. As the positive electrode current collector, 20-µm-thick aluminum foil was used. The amount of positive electrode active material layer containing the positive electrode active material, AB, and PVDF was 7.6 mg/cm2.
- A lithium metal was used for the counter electrode.
- An electrolyte solution formed in such a manner that 1 mol/L LiPF6 was dissolved in a solution in which ethylene carbonate (EC) and diethyl carbonate (DEC) were mixed at a volume ratio of 3:7, and vinylene carbonate (VC) was added to the solution at a 2 wt% was used.
- Initial characteristics and rate characteristics of the secondary battery using the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 formed in the above manner were measured.
- In the measurement of the initial characteristics, charging was performed at CCCV, 0.2 C, 4.6 V, and a cutoff current of 0.05 C, and discharging was performed at CC, 0.2 C, and a cutoff voltage of 3.0 V. Here, 1C was set to 160 mA/g, which was a current value per weight of the positive electrode active material. The measurement temperature was 25° C. Table 2 shows measurement results of initial characteristics.
-
TABLE 2 Initial charge capacity [mAh/g] Initial discharge capacity [mAh/g] Initial charge and discharge efficiency [%] 221.2 217.5 98.3 - The rate characteristics were measured after the initial characteristics were measured. The measurement was performed by changing a discharge rate in the following order: 0.2 C charge/0.2 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/0.5 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/1.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/2.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/3.0 C discharge; 0.2 C charge/4.0 C discharge; and 0.2 C charge/5.0 C discharge. Note that the conditions other than the discharge rate are the same as those of the measurement of the initial characteristics. The measurement temperature was 25° C.
- Table 3 shows the measurement results of the initial characteristics and the rate characteristics. In addition,
FIG. 43 shows discharge curves of the rates. -
TABLE 3 Rate [C] Discharge capacity [mAh/g] Discharge capacity retention rate [%] 0.2 218.2 100.0 0.5 215.8 98.9 1.0 213.1 97.7 2.0 207.9 95.3 3.0 204.0 93.5 4.0 198.8 91.1 5.0 184.3 84.5 - Next, a cell was fabricated under conditions similar to those of a cell for evaluating the rate characteristics except that the amount of positive electrode active material layer was 8.2 mg/cm2, and the temperature characteristics were measured. Charging was performed at 25° C., CCCV, 0.2 C, 4.6 V, and a cutoff current of 0.05 C. Discharging was performed at 25° C., 0° C., -10° C., -20° C., and 45° C. in this order, CC, 0.2 C, and a cutoff voltage of 3.0 V.
FIG. 44 shows measurement results of temperature characteristics. - Next, a cell was fabricated under conditions similar to those of the cell for measuring the temperature characteristics, and the cycle characteristics were measured. In the measurement of the cycle characteristics, charging was performed at CCCV, 1.0 C, 4.55 V, and a cutoff current of 0.05 C, and discharging was performed at CC, 1.0 C, and a cutoff voltage of 3.0 V. The measurement temperature of the cycle characteristics was 45° C. and 100 cycles were measured. The discharge capacity retention rate after 100 cycles was 86%.
FIG. 45 is a graph showing the discharge capacity retention rate of the measured cycle characteristics. - From the measurement results, the specific surface area of the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 was 0.13 m2/g.
- Furthermore, from the measurement results of particle size distribution of the positive electrode active material of Sample 07, the average particle diameter was 21.5 µm, 10%D was 13.1 µm, 50%D was 22.0 µm, and 90%D was 34.4 µm.
- The tap density of the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 is 2.21 g/cm3. The tap density was measured with MULTI TESTER MT-1000 (manufactured by SEISHIN ENTERPRISE Co., Ltd.).
- As described above, it is found that the positive electrode active material of Sample 07 which is one embodiment of the present invention shows excellent initial charge and discharge capacity, rate characteristics, and cycle characteristics. In particular, the initial charge and discharge capacity is high, which is 98% or higher; thus, it is probable that a side reaction is inhibited. In addition, even at a high discharge rate of 2 C, an excellent capacity of 96.1% is shown using 0.2 C as a reference.
- In this example, a positive electrode active material including a region containing titanium and magnesium in a superficial portion was formed by changing the ratio of Li to the first transition metal of starting materials, and evaluation results of characteristics are shown.
- In this example, positive electrode active materials of
Samples 11 to 17,Samples 21 to 28, and Samples 31 to 40 in which cobalt was used as the first transition metal were prepared. Formation methods and conditions of these samples are as follows. - First, a source of lithium, a source of cobalt, a source of magnesium, and a source of fluorine, which are to be starting materials, were individually weighed. In this example, lithium carbonate, cobalt oxide, magnesium oxide, and lithium fluoride were used as the source of lithium, the source of cobalt, the source of magnesium, and the source of fluorine, respectively.
- At that time, the starting materials of
Sample 11 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00. The starting materials ofSample 12 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03. The starting materials ofSample 13 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05. The starting materials ofSample 14 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.06. The starting materials ofSample 15 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.07. The starting materials of Sample 16 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.08. The starting materials ofSample 17 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.13. - In addition, the starting materials of each of
Samples 11 to 17 were weighed so that, when the number of atoms of cobalt contained in the starting materials was set to 1, the number of atoms of magnesium was 0.01 and the number of atoms of fluorine was 0.02. - Next, the weighed starting materials were separately mixed with a ball mill for each sample.
- Then, the mixed starting materials were baked. The baking was performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min.
- Through the above process, particles of a composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium were synthesized.
- Next, TTIP was added to 2-propanol so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.01 ml/g and then mixing was performed, so that a 2-propanol solution of tetra-i-propoxy titanium was formed.
- To the 2-propanol solution of TTIP, the particles of a composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium were added and then mixing was performed.
- The above-described mixed solution was stirred with a magnetic stirrer for four hours, at 25° C., and at a humidity of 90%RH. Through the process, water in an atmosphere and TTIP caused hydrolysis and polycondensation reaction, and a layer containing titanium was formed on the surface of the lithium cobalt oxide particle containing magnesium and fluorine.
- The mixed solution which had been subjected to the above process was filtered to collect the residue. As a filter for filtration, Kiriyama filter paper (No. 4) was used.
- The collected residue was dried in a vacuum at 70° C. for one hour.
- The dried particles were heated. The heating was performed in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- The heated particles were cooled and subjected to crushing treatment. In the crushing treatment, the particles were made to pass through a sieve. The sieve has an aperture width of 53 µm.
- The particles which were subjected to crushing treatment were used as the positive electrode active materials of
Samples 11 to 17. - The starting materials of
Samples 21 to 27 were the same as those ofSamples 11 to 16. At that time, the starting materials ofSample 21 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00. The starting materials of Sample 22 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03. The starting materials of Sample 23 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05. The starting materials of Sample 24 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.06. The starting materials of Sample 25 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.07. The starting materials of Sample 26 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.08. The starting materials of Sample 27 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.13. -
Samples 21 to 27 were formed in manners similar to those ofSamples 11 to 17 except that the concentration of TTIP in the 2-propanol solution was adjusted so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g. - The ratio of Li to Co of the starting materials and the amount of TTIP of Sample 28 were the same as the ratio of Li to Co of the starting materials and the amount of TTIP of Sample 23. That is, in Sample 28, the starting materials were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.05, and the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g.
- Note that in Sample 28, after the starting materials were mixed, baking was performed at 950° C.
- Sample 28 was formed in a manner similar to that of Sample 23 except for the baking temperature.
- It is probable that
Samples 11 to 17 andSamples 21 to 28 are each a positive electrode active material which contains lithium cobaltate inside and includes a region containing titanium and magnesium in a superficial portion. - Samples 31 to 40 were formed as comparative examples, each of which did not include a region containing titanium.
- The starting materials of Sample 31 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.00. The starting materials of Sample 32 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.01. The starting materials of Sample 33 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.02. The starting materials of Sample 34 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.03. The starting materials of Sample 35 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.035. The starting materials of Sample 36 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.04. The starting materials of Sample 37 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.051. The starting materials of Sample 38 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.061. The starting materials of Sample 39 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.081. The starting materials of
Sample 40 were weighed so that the ratio of Li to Co was 1.130. - In addition, the starting materials of each of Samples 31 to 40 were weighed so that, when the number of atoms of cobalt contained in the starting materials was set to 1, the number of atoms of magnesium was 0.01 and the number of atoms of fluorine was 0.02.
- Next, the weighed starting materials were separately mixed with a ball mill for each sample.
- Then, the mixed starting materials were baked. The baking was performed at 1000° C. for 10 hours under the following conditions: the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h; and the flow rate of dry air was 10 L/min.
- Through the above process, particles of a composite oxide containing lithium, cobalt, fluorine, and magnesium were synthesized.
- The synthesized particles were cooled and then heated. The heating was performed in an oxygen atmosphere under the following conditions: the temperature was 800° C. (the temperature rising rate was 200° C./h); and the retention time was two hours.
- The heated particles were cooled and subjected to crushing treatment. In the crushing treatment, the particles were made to pass through a sieve. The sieve has an aperture width of 53 µm.
- The particles which were subjected to crushing treatment were used as the positive electrode active materials of Samples 31 to 40.
- Table 4 shows the formation conditions of
Samples 11 to 17,Samples 21 to 28, and Samples 31 to 40. -
TABLE 4 Li/Co TTIP Baking temperature Sample 11 1.00 0.01 ml/ g 1000° C. Sample 12 1.03 Sample 131.05 Sample 141.06 Sample 151.07 Sample 16 1.08 Sample 171.13 Sample 211.00 0.02 ml/ g 1000° C. Sample 22 1.03 Sample 23 1.05 Sample 24 1.06 Sample 25 1.07 Sample 26 1.08 Sample 27 1.13 Sample 28 1.05 0.02 ml/ g 950° C. Sample 31 1.00 – 1000° C. Sample 32 1.01 Sample 33 1.02 Sample 34 1.03 Sample 35 1.035 Sample 36 1.04 Sample 37 1.051 Sample 38 1.061 Sample 39 1.081 Sample 401.130 - The positive electrode active materials of
Samples 11 to 17,Samples 21 to 28, and Samples 31 to 40 were subjected to an XPS analysis. Table 5 shows results of the XPS analysis ofSamples 11 to 17, Table 6 shows results of the XPS analysis ofSamples 21 to 28, and Table 7 shows results of the XPS analysis of Samples 31 to 40. Tables 5 to 7 show a relative value of the concentration of each element under the condition where the concentration of cobalt is 1. -
[TABLE 5] Relative value under condition where concentration of Co is 1 Li/Co Li Co O C F Mg Ti Si Ca Na S Sample 11 1.00 0.82 1.00 2.87 0.25 0.37 0.57 0.15 0.00 0.04 0.27 0.01 Sample 121.03 0.69 1.00 2.84 0.93 0.63 0.63 0.14 0.00 0.05 0.04 0.00 Sample 131.05 0.96 1.00 3.22 0.66 0.47 0.61 0.14 0.00 0.03 0.09 0.03 Sample 141.06 1.04 1.00 3.13 0.34 0.77 0.77 0.15 0.00 0.05 0.34 0.04 Sample 151.07 0.84 1.00 3.42 0.58 0.60 0.23 0.18 0.00 0.08 0.27 0.00 Sample 16 1.08 1.08 1.00 3.10 0.66 0.59 0.04 0.16 0.00 0.03 0.16 0.02 Sample 171.13 1.29 1.00 3.70 0.83 0.87 0.00 0.19 0.00 0.04 0.20 0.02 -
[TABLE 6] Relative value under condition where concentration of Co is 1 Li/Co Li Co O C F Mg Ti Si Ca Na S Sample 21 1.00 1.08 1.00 3.23 0.47 0.45 0.49 0.20 0.00 0.06 0.35 0.01 Sample 22 1.03 0.73 1.00 3.05 1.06 0.70 0.59 0.17 0.00 0.03 0.09 0.00 Sample 23 1.05 1.19 1.00 3.40 0.73 0.48 0.58 0.23 0.00 0.05 0.10 0.04 Sample 24 1.06 1.10 1.00 3.44 0.33 0.92 0.91 0.25 0.00 0.05 0.30 0.04 Sample 25 1.07 1.05 1.00 4.26 0.74 0.20 0.25 0.29 0.00 0.07 0.30 0.02 Sample 26 1.08 1.12 1.00 3.32 0.74 0.52 0.14 0.21 0.00 0.05 0.15 0.00 Sample 27 1.13 1.49 1.00 3.80 0.60 0.41 0.00 0.12 0.00 0.00 0.16 0.02 Sample 28 1.05 0.99 1.00 3.11 0.72 0.86 0.56 0.18 0.00 0.05 0.12 0.02 -
[TABLE 7] Relative value under cordition where concentration of Co is 1 Li/Co Li Co O C F Mg Ca Na Sample 31 1.00 0.51 1.00 2.45 0.69 0.08 0.27 0.03 0.08 Sample 32 1.01 0.67 1.00 2.65 0.77 0.08 0.28 0.03 0.08 Sample 33 1.02 0.53 1.00 2.51 0.66 0.09 0.27 0.02 0.06 Sample 34 1.03 0.79 1.00 2.93 0.92 0.09 0.35 0.04 0.14 Sample 35 1.04 0.65 1.00 2.33 0.48 0.11 0.32 0.03 0.11 Sample 36 1.04 0.69 1.00 2.73 0.56 0.11 0.38 0.05 0.16 Sample 37 1.05 0.67 1.00 3.04 0.64 0.09 0.35 0.04 0.21 Sample 38 1.06 0.83 1.00 2.65 1.03 0.29 0.10 0.05 0.11 Sample 39 1.08 0.80 1.00 2.79 1.04 0.26 0.03 0.08 0.10 Sample 401.13 0.77 1.00 2.72 0.22 0.99 0.00 0.01 0.26 -
FIGS. 46A and 46B are graphs in which the relative valueof magnesium and the relative valueof titanium are extracted from the analysis results of Tables 5 to 7.FIG. 46A is a graph showing the ratio of Li to Co and the relative valueof magnesium.FIG. 46B is a graph showing the ratio of Li to Co and the relative valueof titanium. - From the analysis results of Samples 31 to 40 in
FIG. 46A , it is found that, in the case where a coating layer containing titanium is not included, the concentration of magnesium is high in samples where the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.05. This is probably because magnesium contained in the starting materials is segregated in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS by heating. In contrast, in samples where the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.06, the concentration of magnesium is low; thus, it is probable that the segregation of magnesium does not easily occur when the amount of lithium is too large. - From the analysis results of
Samples 11 to 16 andSamples 21 to 26 inFIG. 46A , it is found that the concentration of magnesium in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS is higher in the case where a region containing titanium is included in a superficial portion than in the case where the region containing titanium is not included. - Moreover, in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is 1.06, in samples where the region containing titanium is not included, the concentration of magnesium in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS is low; in contrast, in samples where the region containing titanium is included, the concentration of magnesium in a range where the element concentration can be detected by XPS is high. That is, when the region containing titanium is formed in the superficial portion, magnesium is sufficiently segregated even in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is high.
- Note that even if the region containing titanium is included, the concentration of magnesium is lower in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is 1.07 than in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is 1.06. Furthermore, it is probable that, in the case where the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.08, the segregation of magnesium does not easily occur even if the region containing titanium is included.
- Next, cycle characteristics were evaluated in a manner similar to that of Example 1 using positive electrode active materials of
Samples 11 to 14, Sample 16,Samples 21 to 24, and Sample 26. - The shape of the secondary battery, the materials and the mixture ratios of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive, and the binder in the positive electrode, the counter electrode, the electrolyte solution, the exterior body, the conditions of the cycle characteristics test, and the like are the same as those in Example 1.
-
FIG. 47A is a graph showing the energy density retention rates and the number of charge and discharge cycles at the time of charging at 4.6 V of secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials ofSamples 11 to 14 and Sample 16 which were formed so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.01 ml/g.FIG. 47B is a graph showing the energy density retention rates and the number of charge and discharge cycles at the time of charging at 4.6 V of secondary batteries using the positive electrode active materials ofSamples 21 to 24 and Sample 26 which were formed so that the amount of TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g. - As shown in
FIG. 47A , in the case where TTIP is 0.01 ml/g,Samples 11 to 14, that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.06 have excellent cycle characteristics. In particular,Samples - As shown in
FIG. 47B , in the case where TTIP is 0.02 ml/g,Samples 21 to 24, that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than or equal to 1.06 have excellent cycle characteristics. In particular, Samples 23 and 24, that is, the positive electrode active materials in which the ratio of Li to Co is greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.06 have extremely excellent cycle characteristics. -
FIG. 48 is a graph showing comparison betweenSample 11 having the most excellent cycle characteristics inSamples 11 to 15 and Sample 23 having the most excellent cycle characteristics inSamples 21 to 25. - As shown in
FIG. 48 , bothSample 11 and Sample 23 have excellent cycle characteristics; however, Sample 23 in which TTIP is 0.02 ml/g has more excellent cycle characteristics. - Next,
FIG. 49 shows evaluation results of a discharge capacity retention rate, which is one of the cycle characteristics of each ofSamples 21 to 26 and Sample 28. - The shape of the secondary battery, the material and the mixture ratio of the positive electrode active material, the conductive additive, and the binder in the positive electrode, the counter electrode, the electrolyte solution, the exterior body, the conditions of the cycle characteristics test, and the like of
Samples 21 to 26 are the same as those in Example 1. - The secondary battery using Sample 28 was formed in a manner similar to those of the secondary
batteries using Samples 21 to 26 except that PVDF was used as a binder and the positive electrode active material (LCO), AB, and PVDF were mixed such that the weight ratio of LCO to AB and PVDF was 95:3:2, and evaluated. - As shown in
FIG. 49 ,Samples 21 to 24 and Sample 28 have excellent cycle characteristics. In particular, Sample 28 has extremely excellent cycle characteristics. In Sample 28, the discharge capacity retention rate after 50 cycles was higher than or equal to 85%. - In contrast, in Sample 25 and Sample 26 in which the ratios of Li to Co are 1.07 and 1.08, respectively, the discharge capacity retention rates decrease at a relatively early stage.
- From the above results, it is found that in the case where TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material is 0.02 ml/g, the ratio of Li to Co preferably has a range of greater than or equal to 1.00 and less than 1.07. Moreover, it is found that a sample in which the ratio of Li to Co has a range of greater than or equal to 1.05 and less than or equal to 1.06 has extremely excellent cycle characteristics.
-
FIGS. 50A to 50C show charge and discharge curves of the secondary batteries using Sample 28, which has extremely excellent cycle characteristics inFIG. 49 , Sample 24, and Sample 25, in which the degradation occurs at a relatively early stage. -
FIG. 50A ,FIG. 50B , andFIG. 50C show charge and discharge curves of the secondary batteries using Sample 28, Sample 24, and Sample 25, respectively. Each of the figures shows overlap of results of 50 cycles of charge and discharge. As indicated by an arrow in each figure, the charge and discharge capacity decreases from the first cycle to the fiftieth cycle. - As shown in
FIGS. 50A and 50B , Sample 28 and Sample 24, which are positive electrode active materials of one embodiment of the present invention, have high charge and discharge capacity and excellent charge and discharge characteristics. In addition, it is found that a decrease in charge and discharge capacity of each of Sample 28 and Sample 24 inFIGS. 50A and 50B is significantly suppressed as compared with Sample 25 inFIG. 50C . - In this example, SEM observation results and SEM-EDX analysis results of the positive electrode active material of Sample 24 formed in Example 2 are described.
- Sample 24 was formed so that Li/Co was 1.06 and TTIP per weight of the positive electrode active material was 0.02 ml/g.
FIG. 51A shows a SEM image of Sample 24.FIGS. 51B and 51C each show an enlarged image of a part inFIG. 51A . - As shown in
FIGS. 51A to 51C , there are a large number of projected regions in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material. - Next,
FIGS. 52A-1, 52A-2, 52B-1, 52B-2, 52C-1, and 52C-2 show analysis results of the positive electrode active material of Sample 24 using SEM-EDX.FIG. 52A-1 shows a SEM image of a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material,FIG. 52A-2 shows a mapping image of titanium,FIG. 52B-1 shows a mapping image of magnesium,FIG. 52B-2 shows a mapping image of oxygen,FIG. 52C-1 shows a mapping image of aluminum, andFIG. 52C-2 shows a mapping image of cobalt. Note that in EDX element mapping images inFIGS. 52A-2, 52B-1, 52B-2, 52C-1, and 52C-2 , a region where the number of elements is less than or equal to a lower limit of the detection is indicated in black, and as the number of elements is increased, the black region becomes white. - The same regions in
FIGS. 52A-1, 52A-2, and 52B-1 are surrounded by dotted lines. When the regions surrounded by dotted lines are compared with each other, it is found that in the projected regions in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material, titanium and magnesium are distributed. - Thus, it is found that Sample 24 is a positive electrode active material including the projected
fourth region 104 containing titanium and magnesium over thethird region 103. - As shown in Example 2, Sample 24 is one of the samples which show extremely excellent cycle characteristics. Thus, it is found that, even if the fourth region is provided in the superficial portion or when the fourth region is provided, the positive electrode active material with excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained.
- From the above results of Examples 1 to 3, it is found that when the region containing titanium is formed in the superficial portion, the positive electrode active material with excellent cycle characteristics can be obtained. In addition, it is found that, when the ratio of Li to Co is increased to increase the particle diameter of the positive electrode active material, the cycle characteristics might be degraded; however, the region containing titanium is formed in the superficial portion, whereby the range of the ratio of Li to Co in which excellent cycle characteristics is obtained can be widened. Furthermore, it is found that even when the fourth region containing titanium and magnesium is provided in the superficial portion of the positive electrode active material, excellent cycle characteristics is obtained.
- In this example, an example of a method for producing a positive electrode active material coated with graphene oxide is shown, and observation results of the positive electrode active material produced by the method with an electron microscope are described.
- As shown in a process flow chart in
FIG. 53 , a process for forming a coating film on a positive electrode active material includes the steps of: weighing graphene oxide (S11); mixing and stirring the graphene oxide and pure water (S12); controlling pH (S13); adding an active material (S14); completing a suspension (S15); spraying the suspension using a spray dry apparatus (S16); and collecting particles in a container (S17). - Note that in (S12), pure water is used as a dispersion medium; however, a dispersion medium is not particularly limited and ethanol or the like may be used. In addition, in (S14), the active material is a positive electrode active material.
-
FIG. 54 is a schematic view of a spraydry apparatus 280. The spraydry apparatus 280 includes achamber 281 and anozzle 282. Asuspension 284 is supplied to thenozzle 282 through atube 283. Thesuspension 284 is supplied from thenozzle 282 to thechamber 281 in the form of mist and dried in thechamber 281. Thenozzle 282 may be heated with aheater 285. Here, a region of thechamber 281 which is close to thenozzle 282, for example, a region surrounded by dashed-two dotted line inFIG. 54 , is also heated with theheater 285. - In the case of using a suspension containing a positive electrode active material and graphene oxide as the
suspension 284, powder of the positive electrode active material coated with the graphene oxide is collected in acollection container 286 through thechamber 281. - The air in the
chamber 281 may be suctioned by an aspirator or the like through a path indicated by anarrow 288. - An example of conditions for forming the coating film is shown below.
- First, a suspension was formed by dispersing graphene oxide into a solvent.
- Although in pure water, graphene oxide is highly dispersible, pure water might react with an active material added later, so that Li might be dissolved or an active material might be damaged to change the surface structure. Thus, the graphene oxide was dispersed into a solution such that the ratio between ethanol and pure water was 4:6.
- Stirring to disperse the graphene oxide into a solution was performed under the following conditions: a stirrer and an ultrasonic wave generator were used; a rotation rate was 750 rpm; and irradiation time with ultrasonic waves was 2 minutes.
- Then, a LiOH aqueous solution was dropped to adjust pH to be pH7 (25° C.).
- The positive electrode active materials (in this example, lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F)) were added, and stirring was performed using a stirrer and an ultrasonic wave generator under the following conditions: a rotation rate was 750 rpm; and irradiation time with ultrasonic waves was 1 minute. Through the above process, the suspension was prepared. The above lithium cobalt oxide particles produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD. (product name: C-20F) contain at least fluorine, magnesium, calcium, sodium, silicon, sulfur, and phosphorus, and each have a diameter of approximately 20 µm.
- Next, the suspension was sprayed uniformly with a spray nozzle (having a nozzle diameter of 20 µm) of the spray dry apparatus to obtain powder. The inlet temperature was 160° C. and the outlet temperature was 40° C. as the hot-air temperature of the spray dry apparatus, and the N2 gas flow rate was 10 L/min.
-
FIG. 55 shows a cross-sectional TEM image of the obtained powder. In addition,FIG. 56 shows a SEM image of the obtained powder. When a positive electrode active material which was the same as the sprayed positive electrode active material (C-20F, produced by NIPPON CHEMICAL INDUSTRIAL CO., LTD.) was mixed with the graphene oxide with a planetary centrifugal mixer as a comparative example, coating was insufficient.FIG. 57 shows a SEM image of the comparative example. - It is found that, as compared with
FIG. 57 , the coating film is uniformly formed on the surface of the powder inFIG. 56 . -
FIGS. 58A and 58B illustrate a cross-sectional structure example of anactive material layer 200 which is coated with graphene oxide with a spray dry apparatus and includes a graphene compound as a conductive additive. -
FIG. 58A is a longitudinal sectional view of theactive material layer 200. Theactive material layer 200 includes positive electrodeactive material particles 100 coated with graphene oxide, agraphene compound 201 as a conductive additive, and a binder (not illustrated). Here, graphene or multilayer graphene may be used as thegraphene compound 201, for example. Thegraphene compound 201 preferably has a sheet-like shape. Thegraphene compound 201 may have a sheet-like shape formed of a plurality of sheets of multilayer graphene and/or a plurality of sheets of graphene that partly overlap with each other. - In the longitudinal section of the
active material layer 200, as illustrated inFIG. 58B , the positive electrodeactive material 100 coated with acoating film 105 formed of graphene oxide is in contact with thegraphene compound 201. A plurality ofgraphene compounds 201 are formed in such a way as to be partly in contact with the positive electrodeactive material 100 coated with thecoating film 105 and adhere to thecoating film 105 of the adjacent positive electrodeactive material 100, so that the graphene compounds 201 are in contact with each of the positive electrodeactive material 100. - The
graphene compound 201 and thecoating film 105 are formed using carbon-based materials; thus, an excellent conductive path can be formed. - The
coating film 105 is effective in protecting the crystal structure of the positive electrodeactive material 100 so as not to be in contact with the electrolyte solution and in forming the excellent conductive path. - 11 a: positive electrode, 11 b: negative electrode, 12 a: lead, 12 b: lead, 14: separator, 15 a: bonding portion, 15 b: bonding portion, 17: fixing member, 50: secondary battery, 51: exterior body, 61: folded portion, 62: seal portion, 63: seal portion, 71: crest line, 72: trough line, 73: space, 100: positive electrode active material, 101: first region, 101 p: crystal plane, 102: second_region, 102 p: crystal plane, 103: third region, 103 p: crystal plane, 104: fourth region, 105: coating film, 106: crack portion, 110: particle, 111: region, 112: layer containing titanium, 114: cobalt oxide layer, 120: particle, 121: region, 122: layer containing titanium, 124: cobalt oxide layer, 125: layer containing lithium titanate, 200: active material layer, 201: graphene compound, 214: separator, 280: spray dry apparatus, 281: chamber, 282: nozzle, 283: tube, 284: suspension, 285: heater, 286: collection container, 288: arrow, 300: coin-type secondary battery, 301: positive electrode can, 302: negative electrode can, 303: gasket, 304: positive electrode, 305: positive electrode current collector, 306: positive electrode active material layer, 307: negative electrode, 308: negative electrode current collector, 309: negative electrode active material layer, 310: separator, 500: laminated secondary battery, 501: positive electrode current collector, 502: positive electrode active material layer, 503: positive electrode, 504: negative electrode current collector, 505: negative electrode active material layer, 506: negative electrode, 507: separator, 508: electrolyte solution, 509: exterior body, 510: positive electrode lead electrode, 511: negative electrode lead electrode, 600: cylindrical secondary battery, 601: positive electrode cap, 602: battery can, 603: positive electrode terminal, 604: positive electrode, 605: separator, 606: negative electrode, 607: negative electrode terminal, 608: insulating plate, 609: insulating plate, 611: PTC element, 612: safety valve mechanism, 613: conductive plate, 614: conductive plate, 615: module, 616: wiring, 617: temperature control device, 900: circuit board, 910: label, 911: terminal, 912: circuit, 913: secondary battery, 914: antenna, 915: antenna, 916: layer, 917: layer, 918: antenna, 920: display device, 921: sensor, 922: terminal, 930: housing, 930 a: housing, 930 b: housing, 931: negative electrode, 932: positive electrode, 933: separator, 950: wound body, 951: terminal, 952: terminal, 980: laminated secondary battery, 981: film, 982: film, 993: wound body, 994: negative electrode, 995: positive electrode, 996: separator, 997: lead electrode, 998: lead electrode, 7100: portable display device, 7101: housing, 7102: display portion, 7103: operation button, 7104: secondary battery, 7200: portable information terminal, 7201: housing, 7202: display portion, 7203: band, 7204: buckle, 7205: operation button, 7206: input output terminal, 7207: icon, 7300: display device, 7304: display portion, 7400: mobile phone, 7401: housing, 7402: display portion, 7403: operation button, 7404: external connection port, 7405: speaker, 7406: microphone, 7407: secondary battery, 7408: lead electrode, 7409: current collector, 7500: vaporizer, 7501: atomizer, 7502: cartridge, 7504: secondary battery, 8000: display device, 8001: housing, 8002: display portion, 8003: speaker portion, 8004: secondary battery, 8021: ground-based charging apparatus, 8022: cable, 8024: secondary battery, 8100: lighting device, 8101: housing, 8102: light source, 8103: secondary battery, 8104: ceiling, 8105: wall, 8106: floor, 8107: window, 8200: indoor unit, 8201: housing, 8202: air outlet, 8203: secondary battery, 8204: outdoor unit, 8300: electric refrigerator-freezer, 8301: housing, 8302: refrigerator door, 8303: freezer door, 8304: secondary battery, 8400: automobile, 8401: headlight, 8406: electric motor, 8500: automobile, 8600: motor scooter, 8601: side mirror, 8602: secondary battery, 8603: indicator, 8604: storage unit under seat, 9600: tablet terminal, 9625: power saving mode changing switch, 9626: display mode changing switch, 9627: power switch, 9628: operation switch, 9629: fastener, 9630: housing, 9630 a: housing, 9630 b: housing, 9631: display portion, 9631 a: display portion, 9631 b: display portion, 9633: solar cell, 9634: charge and discharge control circuit, 9635: power storage unit, 9636: DCDC converter, 9637: converter, 9640: movable portion.
- This application is based on Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2016-133997 filed with Japan Patent Office on Jul. 6, 2016, Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2016-133143 filed with Japan Patent Office on Jul. 5, 2016, Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-002831 filed with Japan Patent Office on Jan. 11, 2017, Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-030693 filed with Japan Patent Office on Feb. 22, 2017, Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-084321 filed with Japan Patent Office on Apr. 21, 2017,and Japanese Patent Application Serial No. 2017-119272 filed with Japan Patent Office on Jun. 19, 2017 the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.
Claims (28)
1. A lithium-ion secondary battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector;
a negative electrode comprising a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector; and
an electrolyte solution,
wherein the positive electrode active material layer comprises a positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises lithium cobaltate,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure in an inner region of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt, titanium, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine,
wherein a concentration of magnesium in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of magnesium in the inner region,
wherein a concentration of fluorine in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of fluorine in the inner region,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the superficial portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a crack portion observed from a TEM image,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine in the crack portion,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein a distribution of fluorine overlaps with a distribution of the magnesium oxide,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises an electrolyte comprising lithium hexafluorophosphate, and
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, and vinylene carbonate.
2. A lithium-ion secondary battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector;
a negative electrode comprising a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector; and
an electrolyte solution,
wherein the positive electrode active material layer comprises a positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises lithium cobaltate,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure in an inner region of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt, titanium, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine,
wherein a concentration of magnesium in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of magnesium in the inner region,
wherein a concentration of fluorine in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of fluorine in the inner region,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the superficial portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a crack portion observed from a TEM image,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine in the crack portion,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein a distribution of fluorine overlaps with a distribution of the magnesium oxide,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises an electrolyte comprising lithium hexafluorophosphate, and
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises vinylene carbonate.
3. A lithium-ion secondary battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector;
a negative electrode comprising a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector; and
an electrolyte solution,
wherein the positive electrode active material layer comprises a positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises lithium cobaltate,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure in an inner region of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt, titanium, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine,
wherein a concentration of magnesium in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of magnesium in the inner region,
wherein a concentration of fluorine in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of fluorine in the inner region,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the superficial portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a crack portion observed from a TEM image,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine in the crack portion,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein fluorine is bonded to part of magnesium in the magnesium oxide,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises an electrolyte comprising lithium hexafluorophosphate, and
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate, diethyl carbonate, and vinylene carbonate.
4. A lithium-ion secondary battery comprising:
a positive electrode comprising a positive electrode active material layer and a positive electrode current collector;
a negative electrode comprising a negative electrode active material layer and a negative electrode current collector; and
an electrolyte solution,
wherein the positive electrode active material layer comprises a positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises lithium cobaltate,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a layered rock-salt crystal structure in an inner region of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in a superficial portion of the positive electrode active material particle,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt, titanium, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine,
wherein a concentration of magnesium in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of magnesium in the inner region,
wherein a concentration of fluorine in the superficial portion is higher than a concentration of fluorine in the inner region,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the superficial portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a crack portion observed from a TEM image,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises cobalt, magnesium, oxygen, and fluorine in the crack portion,
wherein the superficial portion comprises cobalt oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure and magnesium oxide which has a rock-salt crystal structure,
wherein the positive electrode active material particle comprises a rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion,
wherein crystal orientations of the rock-salt crystal structure in the crack portion and the layered rock-salt crystal structure in the inner region are substantially aligned with each other,
wherein fluorine is bonded to part of magnesium in the magnesium oxide,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises an electrolyte comprising lithium hexafluorophosphate, and
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises vinylene carbonate.
5. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a volume ratio of 3:7 and vinylene carbonate at a 2 weight%.
6. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution further comprises adiponitrile.
7. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein fluorine is substituted for part of oxygen in the magnesium oxide.
8. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein a peak of a concentration of fluorine is present in a region from a surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a depth of 1 nm in the positive electrode active material particle.
9. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a volume ratio of 3:7 and vinylene carbonate at a 2 weight%.
10. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution further comprises adiponitrile.
11. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein fluorine is substituted for part of oxygen in the magnesium oxide.
12. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein a peak of a concentration of fluorine is present in a region from a surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a depth of 1 nm in the positive electrode active material particle.
13. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a volume ratio of 3:7 and vinylene carbonate at a 2 weight%.
14. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution further comprises adiponitrile.
15. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein fluorine is substituted for part of oxygen in the magnesium oxide.
16. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein a peak of a concentration of fluorine is present in a region from a surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a depth of 1 nm in the positive electrode active material particle.
17. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution comprises ethylene carbonate and diethyl carbonate at a volume ratio of 3:7 and vinylene carbonate at a 2 weight%.
18. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein the electrolyte solution further comprises adiponitrile.
19. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein fluorine is substituted for part of oxygen in the magnesium oxide.
20. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein a peak of a concentration of fluorine is present in a region from a surface of the positive electrode active material particle to a depth of 1 nm in the positive electrode active material particle.
21. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV when an XPS analysis is performed on a vicinity of a surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
22. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV when an XPS analysis is performed on a vicinity of a surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
23. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV when an XPS analysis is performed on a vicinity of a surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
24. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein a peak position of bonding energy with fluorine is higher than or equal to 682 eV and lower than or equal to 685 eV when an XPS analysis is performed on a vicinity of a surface of the positive electrode active material particle.
25. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 1 ,
wherein a decomposition product of the electrolyte solution is present at a surface of the positive electrode active material particle, and
wherein a surface of the crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution.
26. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 2 ,
wherein a decomposition product of the electrolyte solution is present at a surface of the positive electrode active material particle, and
wherein a surface of the crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution.
27. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 3 ,
wherein a decomposition product of the electrolyte solution is present at a surface of the positive electrode active material particle, and
wherein a surface of the crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution.
28. The lithium-ion secondary battery according to claim 4 ,
wherein a decomposition product of the electrolyte solution is present at a surface of the positive electrode active material particle, and
wherein a surface of the crack portion is in contact with the electrolyte solution.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US18/203,148 US20230343924A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-30 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Applications Claiming Priority (16)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2016133143 | 2016-07-05 | ||
JP2016-133143 | 2016-07-05 | ||
JP2016-133997 | 2016-07-06 | ||
JP2016133997 | 2016-07-06 | ||
JP2017-002831 | 2017-01-11 | ||
JP2017002831 | 2017-01-11 | ||
JP2017030693 | 2017-02-22 | ||
JP2017-030693 | 2017-02-22 | ||
JP2017-084321 | 2017-04-21 | ||
JP2017084321 | 2017-04-21 | ||
JP2017119272 | 2017-06-19 | ||
JP2017-119272 | 2017-06-19 | ||
US15/638,449 US10741828B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2017-06-30 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US16/885,350 US20200295349A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-05-28 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US17/560,408 US20220115637A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-12-23 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/203,148 US20230343924A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-30 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US17/560,408 Continuation US20220115637A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-12-23 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20230343924A1 true US20230343924A1 (en) | 2023-10-26 |
Family
ID=60911155
Family Applications (13)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/638,449 Active 2037-08-31 US10741828B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2017-06-30 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US16/885,350 Pending US20200295349A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-05-28 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US16/914,607 Abandoned US20200328402A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-06-29 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US16/923,435 Abandoned US20200343529A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-07-08 | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
US16/923,494 Active US11043660B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-07-08 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US17/064,724 Abandoned US20210320290A9 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-10-07 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US17/560,408 Pending US20220115637A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-12-23 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US17/687,800 Granted US20220190313A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2022-03-07 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/200,204 Pending US20230290926A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-22 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/202,480 Pending US20230299265A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-26 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/203,085 Pending US20230327073A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-30 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/203,148 Pending US20230343924A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-30 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/204,432 Pending US20230327075A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-06-01 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Family Applications Before (11)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/638,449 Active 2037-08-31 US10741828B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2017-06-30 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US16/885,350 Pending US20200295349A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-05-28 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US16/914,607 Abandoned US20200328402A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-06-29 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US16/923,435 Abandoned US20200343529A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-07-08 | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
US16/923,494 Active US11043660B2 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-07-08 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US17/064,724 Abandoned US20210320290A9 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2020-10-07 | Positive electrode active material including lithium cobaltate coated with lithium titanate and magnesium oxide |
US17/560,408 Pending US20220115637A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2021-12-23 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US17/687,800 Granted US20220190313A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2022-03-07 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/200,204 Pending US20230290926A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-22 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/202,480 Pending US20230299265A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-26 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
US18/203,085 Pending US20230327073A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-30 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Family Applications After (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US18/204,432 Pending US20230327075A1 (en) | 2016-07-05 | 2023-06-01 | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (13) | US10741828B2 (en) |
JP (27) | JP6595535B2 (en) |
KR (10) | KR102538830B1 (en) |
CN (16) | CN110890522B (en) |
DE (9) | DE202017007629U1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2018007908A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (42)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
KR102538830B1 (en) * | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-31 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and secondary battery |
DE202017007645U1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-12-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material particles |
KR20240046314A (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2024-04-08 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material particles |
CN111900358A (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2020-11-06 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
KR102223712B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2021-03-04 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
KR102515290B1 (en) * | 2017-07-14 | 2023-03-29 | 도다 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Positive electrode active material particles containing lithium nickelate composite oxide, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR102398689B1 (en) | 2018-04-06 | 2022-05-17 | 주식회사 엘지에너지솔루션 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, preparing method of the same, positive electrode and lithium secondary battery including the same |
JP7397792B2 (en) * | 2018-06-22 | 2023-12-13 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, secondary battery, and method for producing positive electrode |
KR20230009528A (en) * | 2018-08-03 | 2023-01-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material |
US20220185694A1 (en) * | 2019-04-05 | 2022-06-16 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for forming positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing secondary battery, and secondary battery |
US20220231341A1 (en) * | 2019-06-07 | 2022-07-21 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery, electronic device, and vehicle |
JP7057325B2 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2022-04-19 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP7068238B2 (en) | 2019-07-18 | 2022-05-16 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN114375514A (en) * | 2019-09-11 | 2022-04-19 | 日本化学工业株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery |
CN114586192A (en) | 2019-10-11 | 2022-06-03 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode for secondary battery, and electronic device |
JPWO2021105813A1 (en) * | 2019-11-28 | 2021-06-03 | ||
KR20210066723A (en) | 2019-11-28 | 2021-06-07 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and electronic device |
KR20210079130A (en) * | 2019-12-19 | 2021-06-29 | 주식회사 포스코 | Cathode active material, method for manufacturing the same, and lithium ion battery including the same |
US20230055781A1 (en) * | 2020-01-31 | 2023-02-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material, secondary battery, and electronic device |
CN111354946B (en) * | 2020-03-11 | 2021-05-18 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Positive electrode material, and electrochemical device and electronic device using same |
WO2021181197A1 (en) * | 2020-03-13 | 2021-09-16 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Secondary cell, production method therefor, and vehicle |
CN111211294B (en) * | 2020-03-20 | 2021-07-13 | 东莞市鑫睿电子有限公司 | Lithium ion battery anode and preparation method thereof |
WO2021191733A1 (en) * | 2020-03-27 | 2021-09-30 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Secondary cell, electronic equipment, vehicle, and method for producing secondary cell |
CN115917790A (en) * | 2020-06-05 | 2023-04-04 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode active material layer, secondary battery, electronic device, and vehicle |
US20230343952A1 (en) * | 2020-06-26 | 2023-10-26 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery, manufacturing method of secondary battery, electronic device, and vehicle |
CN116018320A (en) | 2020-08-12 | 2023-04-25 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Secondary battery, electronic device, vehicle, and method for producing positive electrode active material |
CN115885395A (en) | 2020-08-20 | 2023-03-31 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Method for manufacturing electrode, secondary battery, electronic device, and vehicle |
DE102020213462A1 (en) | 2020-10-26 | 2022-04-28 | Volkswagen Aktiengesellschaft | Process for manufacturing a battery cell |
CN113292142B (en) * | 2021-04-06 | 2022-09-20 | 浙江大学 | Photoelectric synergistic capacitive deionization electrode material and preparation method and application thereof |
WO2022244977A1 (en) * | 2021-05-18 | 2022-11-24 | 주식회사 엘지에너지솔루션 | Positive electrode for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
WO2022248968A1 (en) * | 2021-05-28 | 2022-12-01 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Battery, electronic device, power storage system, and mobile body |
WO2022266799A1 (en) * | 2021-06-21 | 2022-12-29 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Electrochemical device and electronic device |
CN113443655B (en) * | 2021-06-28 | 2023-06-23 | 天目湖先进储能技术研究院有限公司 | Layered composite oxide coated positive electrode material and preparation method and application thereof |
KR102410700B1 (en) * | 2021-09-15 | 2022-06-22 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | Novel One-body Particle for Cathode Active Material and Method for Preparation of Novel One-body Powder |
KR102647676B1 (en) * | 2021-10-26 | 2024-03-14 | 주식회사 에코프로비엠 | Positive electrode active material and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
CN114520317B (en) * | 2021-12-28 | 2023-08-15 | 国联汽车动力电池研究院有限责任公司 | High-compaction composite positive electrode material for solid-state battery and preparation method and application thereof |
WO2023140677A1 (en) * | 2022-01-24 | 2023-07-27 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | One-body particle and active material for secondary battery including the same |
CN114583102B (en) * | 2022-02-21 | 2023-08-15 | 远景动力技术(江苏)有限公司 | Positive electrode active material, electrochemical device, and electronic device |
CN114373920B (en) * | 2022-03-21 | 2022-06-17 | 中南大学 | High-entropy oxide and preparation method and application thereof |
WO2024004577A1 (en) * | 2022-06-29 | 2024-01-04 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Positive electrode active substance for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2024004714A1 (en) * | 2022-06-29 | 2024-01-04 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries, method for producing positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary batteries, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN117080535B (en) * | 2023-10-19 | 2023-12-22 | 中创新航科技集团股份有限公司 | Cylindrical battery |
Family Cites Families (350)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS4739780Y1 (en) | 1970-09-10 | 1972-12-01 | ||
EP0017400B1 (en) | 1979-04-05 | 1984-05-30 | United Kingdom Atomic Energy Authority | Electrochemical cell and method of making ion conductors for said cell |
DE3680249D1 (en) | 1985-05-10 | 1991-08-22 | Asahi Chemical Ind | SECONDARY BATTERY. |
GB2251119B (en) | 1990-12-20 | 1995-06-07 | Technology Finance Corp | Electrochemical cell |
JPH05314965A (en) | 1992-05-06 | 1993-11-26 | Nippon Telegr & Teleph Corp <Ntt> | Battery positive electrode sheet, manufacture thereof and totally solid secondary battery |
JPH05314995A (en) | 1992-05-07 | 1993-11-26 | Japan Energy Corp | Electrolyte composite body |
JP3238954B2 (en) | 1992-09-25 | 2001-12-17 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
JPH07316551A (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1995-12-05 | Toshiba Lighting & Technol Corp | Phosphor for mercury vapor luminescence lamp, mercury vapor luminescence lamp produced by using the phosphor and lighting unit involving the lamp |
US5604396A (en) | 1993-07-30 | 1997-02-18 | Toshiba Lighting & Technology Corporation | Luminescent material for mercury discharge lamp including phosphor and a continuous protective layer |
JP3550783B2 (en) | 1994-05-16 | 2004-08-04 | 東ソー株式会社 | Lithium-containing transition metal composite oxide, method for producing the same, and use thereof |
JP3584501B2 (en) | 1994-09-30 | 2004-11-04 | 大日本インキ化学工業株式会社 | Composite of epoxy resin and metal oxide and method for producing the same |
JP3172388B2 (en) | 1995-02-27 | 2001-06-04 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
JPH08310802A (en) | 1995-03-15 | 1996-11-26 | Takeshi Yao | Production of perovskite-structure multiple oxide deposit |
US5834139A (en) | 1995-07-05 | 1998-11-10 | Nippon Telegraph And Telephone Corporation | Negative electrode material for use in lithium secondary batteries and lithium secondary batteries incorporating this material |
US5705291A (en) | 1996-04-10 | 1998-01-06 | Bell Communications Research, Inc. | Rechargeable battery cell having surface-treated lithiated intercalation positive electrode |
US5910382A (en) | 1996-04-23 | 1999-06-08 | Board Of Regents, University Of Texas Systems | Cathode materials for secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries |
US6514640B1 (en) | 1996-04-23 | 2003-02-04 | Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Cathode materials for secondary (rechargeable) lithium batteries |
JP3031546U (en) | 1996-05-09 | 1996-11-29 | 新日本製鐵株式会社 | Bending machine |
TW363940B (en) | 1996-08-12 | 1999-07-11 | Toda Kogyo Corp | A lithium-nickle-cobalt compound oxide, process thereof and anode active substance for storage battery |
US5871866A (en) | 1996-09-23 | 1999-02-16 | Valence Technology, Inc. | Lithium-containing phosphates, method of preparation, and use thereof |
US5783333A (en) | 1996-11-27 | 1998-07-21 | Polystor Corporation | Lithium nickel cobalt oxides for positive electrodes |
US6085015A (en) | 1997-03-25 | 2000-07-04 | Hydro-Quebec | Lithium insertion electrode materials based on orthosilicate derivatives |
US6127065A (en) | 1997-04-25 | 2000-10-03 | Sony Corporation | Method of manufacturing cathode active material and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US6277521B1 (en) | 1997-05-15 | 2001-08-21 | Fmc Corporation | Lithium metal oxide containing multiple dopants and method of preparing same |
JPH1125983A (en) | 1997-07-04 | 1999-01-29 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Active material for lithium battery |
US6458487B1 (en) | 1997-07-25 | 2002-10-01 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Positive active material and non-aqueous secondary cell made by using the same |
JP3882285B2 (en) | 1997-09-22 | 2007-02-14 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Negative electrode for lithium ion secondary battery |
JP3949303B2 (en) | 1998-03-20 | 2007-07-25 | 三星エスディアイ株式会社 | Carbon material for negative electrode of lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery using the same |
JP3031546B1 (en) | 1998-11-13 | 2000-04-10 | 宇部興産株式会社 | Lithium transition metal halide oxide, method for producing the same and use thereof |
CA2350710C (en) | 1998-11-13 | 2005-09-13 | Fmc Corporation | Layered lithium metal oxides free of localized cubic spinel-like structural phases and methods of making same |
JP3670875B2 (en) | 1999-02-09 | 2005-07-13 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
CA2270771A1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2000-10-30 | Hydro-Quebec | New electrode materials with high surface conductivity |
US6737195B2 (en) | 2000-03-13 | 2004-05-18 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and method of preparing same |
JP4559587B2 (en) | 2000-05-08 | 2010-10-06 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Solid lithium polymer battery |
US6541112B1 (en) | 2000-06-07 | 2003-04-01 | Dmc2 Degussa Metals Catalysts Cerdec Ag | Rare earth manganese oxide pigments |
US6680143B2 (en) | 2000-06-22 | 2004-01-20 | The University Of Chicago | Lithium metal oxide electrodes for lithium cells and batteries |
CN1278438C (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2006-10-04 | 三星Sdi株式会社 | Active positive electrode material for rechargeable Li battery and its prepn |
CN1263182C (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2006-07-05 | 三星Sdi株式会社 | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium cell and preparation process thereof |
KR100696619B1 (en) * | 2000-09-25 | 2007-03-19 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | A positive actvive material for a lithium secondary battery and a method of preparing the same |
JP3921931B2 (en) | 2000-09-29 | 2007-05-30 | ソニー株式会社 | Cathode active material and non-aqueous electrolyte battery |
US7138209B2 (en) | 2000-10-09 | 2006-11-21 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and method of preparing same |
JP3777988B2 (en) | 2001-01-23 | 2006-05-24 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP3695366B2 (en) * | 2001-03-21 | 2005-09-14 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and method for producing the same |
KR100728108B1 (en) | 2001-04-02 | 2007-06-13 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Positive electrode for lithium secondary battery and method of preparing same |
US7239800B2 (en) | 2001-05-02 | 2007-07-03 | David H. Sitrick | Portable player for personal video recorders |
JP3870846B2 (en) | 2001-06-13 | 2007-01-24 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Layered lithium nickel manganese composite oxide |
WO2003015198A2 (en) | 2001-08-07 | 2003-02-20 | 3M Innovative Properties Company | Cathode compositions for lithium ion batteries |
US6878490B2 (en) | 2001-08-20 | 2005-04-12 | Fmc Corporation | Positive electrode active materials for secondary batteries and methods of preparing same |
JP3959333B2 (en) * | 2001-11-20 | 2007-08-15 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Lithium cobalt based composite oxide, method for producing the same, lithium secondary battery positive electrode active material, and lithium secondary battery |
US7393476B2 (en) | 2001-11-22 | 2008-07-01 | Gs Yuasa Corporation | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary cell and lithium secondary cell |
TW565961B (en) | 2001-11-30 | 2003-12-11 | Sanyo Electric Co | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
US20030108790A1 (en) * | 2001-12-05 | 2003-06-12 | Arumugam Manthiram | Surface/chemically modified oxide cathodes for lithium-ion batteries |
JP2003217667A (en) | 2002-01-16 | 2003-07-31 | Japan Storage Battery Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR100441524B1 (en) | 2002-01-24 | 2004-07-23 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Positive active material slurry composition for rechargeable lithium battery |
WO2003069702A1 (en) | 2002-02-15 | 2003-08-21 | Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Particulate positive electrode active material for lithium secondary cell |
US9391325B2 (en) | 2002-03-01 | 2016-07-12 | Panasonic Corporation | Positive electrode active material, production method thereof and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4258170B2 (en) | 2002-05-10 | 2009-04-30 | 日本電気株式会社 | Positive electrode for secondary battery and secondary battery using the same |
JP2004014381A (en) | 2002-06-10 | 2004-01-15 | Ise Chemicals Corp | Electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP3687665B2 (en) * | 2002-07-16 | 2005-08-24 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Cathode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4221371B2 (en) | 2002-09-25 | 2009-02-12 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
CN100382363C (en) | 2002-09-26 | 2008-04-16 | 清美化学股份有限公司 | Positive active material for lithium secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
US20060121352A1 (en) | 2002-11-18 | 2006-06-08 | Kejha Joseph B | Cathode compositions and method for lithium-ion cell construction having a lithum compound additive, eliminating irreversible capacity loss |
JP4156358B2 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2008-09-24 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Lithium cobaltate composite compound, method for producing the same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4274801B2 (en) | 2003-01-09 | 2009-06-10 | パナソニック株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
TWI286849B (en) * | 2003-03-25 | 2007-09-11 | Nichia Corp | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4404564B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2010-01-27 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, positive electrode active material |
JP4919147B2 (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2012-04-18 | 日立金属株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for non-aqueous lithium secondary battery |
JP2006318928A (en) | 2003-03-25 | 2006-11-24 | Hitachi Metals Ltd | Cathode active substance for lithium secondary battery, and nonaqueous lithium secondary battery |
US7314682B2 (en) * | 2003-04-24 | 2008-01-01 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Lithium metal oxide electrodes for lithium batteries |
US7294435B2 (en) | 2003-05-15 | 2007-11-13 | Nichia Corporation | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, positive electrode mixture for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4170145B2 (en) | 2003-05-19 | 2008-10-22 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery |
WO2005007577A1 (en) | 2003-07-18 | 2005-01-27 | Tosoh Corporation | Lithium-nickel-manganese composite oxide, process for producing the same and use thereof |
JP2005158612A (en) | 2003-11-27 | 2005-06-16 | Nichia Chem Ind Ltd | Positive-electrode subsidiary active material for nonaqueous electrolytic secondary battery, positive-electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and manufacturing method for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2005225734A (en) | 2004-02-16 | 2005-08-25 | Nippon Chem Ind Co Ltd | Fluorine-containing lithium cobalt complex oxide and its manufacturing method |
JP2005302510A (en) | 2004-04-12 | 2005-10-27 | Rikogaku Shinkokai | Lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP2005332629A (en) | 2004-05-18 | 2005-12-02 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and its manufacturing method |
CN100398454C (en) | 2004-06-28 | 2008-07-02 | 南通奥克赛德新材料有限公司 | New process for preparing high quality Co3O4 |
WO2006009177A1 (en) | 2004-07-20 | 2006-01-26 | Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing same |
US8080340B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2011-12-20 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Manganese oxide composite electrodes for lithium batteries |
US7635536B2 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2009-12-22 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Manganese oxide composite electrodes for lithium batteries |
ES2620809T3 (en) | 2004-09-03 | 2017-06-29 | Uchicago Argonne, Llc | Electrodes composed of manganese oxide for lithium batteries |
JP4582579B2 (en) | 2004-12-07 | 2010-11-17 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery |
US7811707B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2010-10-12 | Boston-Power, Inc. | Lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP4739780B2 (en) | 2005-03-11 | 2011-08-03 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte battery |
KR101347671B1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2014-01-03 | 히다치 막셀 가부시키가이샤 | A secondary battery with nonaqueous electrolyte |
JP5260821B2 (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2013-08-14 | パナソニック株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JP4821217B2 (en) * | 2005-08-31 | 2011-11-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and battery |
JP5124933B2 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2013-01-23 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR100728783B1 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2007-06-19 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Negatvie active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing same and rechargeable lithium battery compring same |
JP4896034B2 (en) | 2005-11-02 | 2012-03-14 | Agcセイミケミカル株式会社 | Lithium-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same |
KR100728160B1 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2007-06-13 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Negatvie active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing same and rechargeable lithium battery compring same |
JP5078334B2 (en) | 2005-12-28 | 2012-11-21 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP2007184145A (en) | 2006-01-06 | 2007-07-19 | Hitachi Vehicle Energy Ltd | Lithium secondary battery |
JP5223166B2 (en) | 2006-02-07 | 2013-06-26 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Battery active material and secondary battery |
JP2007250198A (en) | 2006-03-13 | 2007-09-27 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4586991B2 (en) * | 2006-03-24 | 2010-11-24 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, method for producing the same, and secondary battery |
JP4736943B2 (en) | 2006-05-17 | 2011-07-27 | 日亜化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery and method for producing the same |
KR100819741B1 (en) * | 2006-06-16 | 2008-04-07 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | Positive active material for a lithium secondary battery, method of preparing thereof, and lithium secondary battery coprising the same |
JP2008060033A (en) | 2006-09-04 | 2008-03-13 | Sony Corp | Positive-electrode active material, positive electrode using the same, nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, and positive-electrode active material manufacturing method |
CN101148263A (en) | 2006-09-19 | 2008-03-26 | 上海杉杉新材料研究院有限责任公司 | Method for preparing high voltage lithium ion battery positive electrode material lithium-nickel-manganese-oxygen |
US7927506B2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2011-04-19 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Cathode active material and lithium battery using the same |
US7935270B2 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2011-05-03 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd | Cathode active material and lithium battery using the same |
KR100814826B1 (en) | 2006-11-20 | 2008-03-20 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Rechargeable lithium battery |
ATE556447T1 (en) | 2006-12-26 | 2012-05-15 | Santoku Corp | POSITIVE ELECTRODE ACTIVE MATERIAL FOR A SECONDARY BATTERY WITH ANHYDROUS ELECTROLYTE, POSITIVE ELECTRODE AND SECONDARY BATTERY |
JP2008166156A (en) | 2006-12-28 | 2008-07-17 | Tdk Corp | Storage element |
US9728809B2 (en) * | 2007-01-04 | 2017-08-08 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Nonaqueous electrolyte battery, battery pack and vehicle |
US10665892B2 (en) | 2007-01-10 | 2020-05-26 | Eocell Limited | Lithium batteries with nano-composite positive electrode material |
CN102780038A (en) | 2007-03-19 | 2012-11-14 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte battery |
JP5014218B2 (en) | 2007-03-22 | 2012-08-29 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US20080241693A1 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-02 | Minoru Fukuchi | Lithium transition metal complex oxide for lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material and method for producing the same, lithium ion secondary battery cathode active material, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2009004285A (en) | 2007-06-25 | 2009-01-08 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP5558349B2 (en) | 2007-07-12 | 2014-07-23 | エー123 システムズ, インコーポレイテッド | Multifunctional alloy olivine for lithium-ion battery |
JP5172231B2 (en) | 2007-07-20 | 2013-03-27 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the same, and lithium secondary battery |
JP2009048981A (en) | 2007-08-23 | 2009-03-05 | Sony Corp | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP4518125B2 (en) * | 2007-09-27 | 2010-08-04 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Positive electrode active material and lithium secondary battery |
US20090087731A1 (en) | 2007-09-27 | 2009-04-02 | Atsushi Fukui | Lithium secondary battery |
JP4715830B2 (en) | 2007-10-19 | 2011-07-06 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN101675547B (en) | 2007-11-01 | 2013-05-08 | Agc清美化学股份有限公司 | Process for production of positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery |
CN101878556A (en) * | 2007-11-12 | 2010-11-03 | 株式会社杰士汤浅国际 | Active material for lithium rechargeable battery, lithium rechargeable battery, and process for producing the same |
JP5516926B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2014-06-11 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Monoclinic Lithium Manganese Composite Oxide with Regular Structure and Method for Producing the Same |
JP5189384B2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2013-04-24 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Lithium secondary battery |
KR100914406B1 (en) * | 2008-03-24 | 2009-08-31 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | Method of preparing positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery |
KR20090111130A (en) | 2008-04-21 | 2009-10-26 | 엘에스엠트론 주식회사 | Positive active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery using the same |
JP2010080407A (en) | 2008-09-29 | 2010-04-08 | Sony Corp | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US8916294B2 (en) | 2008-09-30 | 2014-12-23 | Envia Systems, Inc. | Fluorine doped lithium rich metal oxide positive electrode battery materials with high specific capacity and corresponding batteries |
JP5290699B2 (en) | 2008-10-22 | 2013-09-18 | シャープ株式会社 | Lithium secondary battery |
US8945770B2 (en) * | 2008-11-10 | 2015-02-03 | Lg Chem, Ltd. | Cathode active material exhibiting improved property in high voltage |
JP5199844B2 (en) | 2008-11-21 | 2013-05-15 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Lithium secondary battery |
US9172086B2 (en) | 2008-12-05 | 2015-10-27 | Samsung Sdi Co., Ltd. | Cathode and lithium battery using the same |
CN102171864A (en) | 2008-12-24 | 2011-08-31 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Plate-shaped particles for positive electrode active material of lithium secondary batteries, films of said material as well as lithium secondary batteries |
KR101681950B1 (en) | 2009-01-15 | 2016-12-05 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Method for modifying graphene edge and graphene obtained thereby |
KR101687040B1 (en) | 2009-01-20 | 2016-12-15 | 도다 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Positive electrode active material for secondary batteries with nonaqueous electrolytic solution, process for the production of the active material, and secondary batteries with nonaqueous electrolytic solution |
JP5312099B2 (en) | 2009-02-26 | 2013-10-09 | 国立大学法人東京工業大学 | Method for producing positive electrode active material and positive electrode active material |
JP5111421B2 (en) | 2009-03-27 | 2013-01-09 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery, and secondary battery module using the same |
US20120064406A1 (en) | 2009-04-01 | 2012-03-15 | Namics Corporation | Electrode material, method for producing same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5602380B2 (en) | 2009-04-06 | 2014-10-08 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Solid electrolyte material |
JP5487719B2 (en) | 2009-05-19 | 2014-05-07 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Manufacturing method of all-solid lithium secondary battery, and all-solid lithium secondary battery obtained by the manufacturing method |
JP5526636B2 (en) | 2009-07-24 | 2014-06-18 | ソニー株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode active material, non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP5589536B2 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2014-09-17 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, nonaqueous electrolyte battery, and method for producing positive electrode active material |
US8609283B2 (en) | 2009-09-09 | 2013-12-17 | Sony Corporation | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, nonaqueous electrolyte cell, and method of preparing positive electrode active material |
JP5791877B2 (en) | 2009-09-30 | 2015-10-07 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, method for producing the positive electrode active material, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode active material |
JP5749650B2 (en) | 2009-10-05 | 2015-07-15 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the same, and lithium secondary battery |
EP2518803A4 (en) | 2009-12-22 | 2015-06-24 | Ishihara Sangyo Kaisha | Lithium titanate, manufacturing method therefor, slurry used in said manufacturing method, electrode active material containing said lithium titanate, and lithium secondary battery using said electrode active material |
JP2011138718A (en) * | 2009-12-29 | 2011-07-14 | Sony Corp | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2011082064A1 (en) | 2009-12-29 | 2011-07-07 | Montclair State University | Chelating agent modified graphene oxides, methods of preparation and use |
JP5474597B2 (en) | 2010-02-16 | 2014-04-16 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5149927B2 (en) | 2010-03-05 | 2013-02-20 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Positive electrode material for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery, and secondary battery module using the same |
US8877381B2 (en) | 2010-03-09 | 2014-11-04 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toyota Jidoshokki | Production process for composite oxide, positive-electrode active material for lithium-ion secondary battery and lithium-ion secondary battery |
JP2011210694A (en) | 2010-03-12 | 2011-10-20 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2011114842A1 (en) | 2010-03-19 | 2011-09-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
JP5193248B2 (en) | 2010-03-31 | 2013-05-08 | ナミックス株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5534595B2 (en) | 2010-04-19 | 2014-07-02 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Positive electrode for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery |
JP5455766B2 (en) | 2010-04-23 | 2014-03-26 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Composite positive electrode active material, all solid state battery, and production method thereof |
WO2011136035A1 (en) * | 2010-04-28 | 2011-11-03 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
WO2011141486A1 (en) | 2010-05-14 | 2011-11-17 | Basf Se | Method for encapsulating metals and metal oxides with graphene and use of said materials |
WO2011152183A1 (en) | 2010-06-02 | 2011-12-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Power storage device |
WO2011155781A2 (en) | 2010-06-09 | 2011-12-15 | 주식회사 루트제이제이 | Positive electrode active material for a lithium secondary battery, method for producing same and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
WO2012005180A1 (en) | 2010-07-05 | 2012-01-12 | 独立行政法人産業技術総合研究所 | Electrode material, electrode containing same, battery, method for producing electrode material precursor, and method for producing electrode material using the method for producing electrode material precursor |
CN102339998B (en) * | 2010-07-21 | 2016-06-22 | 北京当升材料科技股份有限公司 | A kind of anode material for lithium-ion batteries and preparation method thereof |
DE102010032207B4 (en) | 2010-07-26 | 2014-02-13 | Süd-Chemie Ip Gmbh & Co. Kg | Process for reducing magnetic and / or oxidic impurities in lithium-metal-oxygen compounds |
JP5660491B2 (en) * | 2010-08-05 | 2015-01-28 | シャープ株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery comprising a positive electrode active material and a positive electrode including the same |
EP2421077B1 (en) | 2010-08-17 | 2013-10-23 | Umicore | Positive electrode materials combining high safety and high power in a Li rechargeable battery |
DE112011102750T5 (en) | 2010-08-19 | 2013-07-04 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electric device |
JP5758743B2 (en) | 2010-09-02 | 2015-08-05 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Cobalt hydroxide and method for producing the same, and cobalt oxide and method for producing the same |
JP5732351B2 (en) * | 2010-09-02 | 2015-06-10 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Method for producing lithium cobalt oxide |
US8691441B2 (en) * | 2010-09-07 | 2014-04-08 | Nanotek Instruments, Inc. | Graphene-enhanced cathode materials for lithium batteries |
US9558860B2 (en) | 2010-09-10 | 2017-01-31 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Graphene-enhanced anode particulates for lithium ion batteries |
JP5724269B2 (en) | 2010-09-21 | 2015-05-27 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Method for producing composite oxide |
GB201016925D0 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2010-11-24 | Univ Manchester | Graphene oxide |
JP5552685B2 (en) | 2010-10-07 | 2014-07-16 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Method for producing composite oxide, positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
US20120088151A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive-electrode active material and power storage device |
WO2012046791A1 (en) | 2010-10-08 | 2012-04-12 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material for energy storage device and energy storage device |
US8980213B2 (en) | 2010-10-28 | 2015-03-17 | Board Of Trustees Of Northern Illinois University | Ceramic materials for gas separation and oxygen storage |
EP2635525A2 (en) | 2010-11-03 | 2013-09-11 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Compositions comprising functionalized carbon-based nanostructures and related methods |
CN103262326A (en) | 2010-11-16 | 2013-08-21 | 日立麦克赛尔株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP5667309B2 (en) * | 2010-12-22 | 2015-02-12 | オーシャンズ キング ライティング サイエンスアンドテクノロジー カンパニー リミテッド | Electrode plate and method for preparing the same, super capacitor and lithium ion battery |
CN103283066B (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2016-04-20 | 株式会社杰士汤浅国际 | The manufacture method of positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, its manufacture method, electrode for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, rechargeable nonaqueous electrolytic battery and this secondary cell |
JP2012142155A (en) | 2010-12-28 | 2012-07-26 | Sony Corp | Lithium secondary battery, positive electrode active material, positive electrode, power tool, electric vehicle, and power storage system |
US20130337321A1 (en) * | 2011-01-24 | 2013-12-19 | Sanyo Electric Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, method for producing the positive electrode, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode |
JP5931750B2 (en) * | 2011-01-28 | 2016-06-08 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode active material, method for producing the same, non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode using the positive electrode active material, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode |
JP5821857B2 (en) | 2011-02-02 | 2015-11-24 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Composite active material, method for producing composite active material, and battery |
JP2012169217A (en) | 2011-02-16 | 2012-09-06 | Asahi Glass Co Ltd | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and method for manufacturing the same |
JP5768967B2 (en) | 2011-03-07 | 2015-08-26 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Negative electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, negative electrode for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
WO2012124242A1 (en) | 2011-03-14 | 2012-09-20 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | Cathode active material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery, method for producing same, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using same |
CN105742570B (en) | 2011-03-25 | 2021-05-07 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
JPWO2012132387A1 (en) | 2011-03-28 | 2014-07-24 | 株式会社豊田自動織機 | ELECTRODE MATERIAL AND ITS MANUFACTURING METHOD, AND ELECTRODE, SECONDARY BATTERY AND VEHICLE |
JP5838579B2 (en) | 2011-03-29 | 2016-01-06 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Positive electrode active material, lithium secondary battery, and method for producing positive electrode active material |
KR101989632B1 (en) * | 2011-03-30 | 2019-06-14 | 도다 고교 가부시끼가이샤 | Positive electrode active material granular powder and method for producing same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JPWO2012137533A1 (en) * | 2011-04-07 | 2014-07-28 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Positive electrode active material precursor particles and method for producing the same, and method for producing positive electrode active material particles for a lithium secondary battery |
WO2012137391A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-10-11 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery |
WO2012137535A1 (en) | 2011-04-07 | 2012-10-11 | 日本碍子株式会社 | Cathode active material precursor particles, cathode active material particles for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
JP5255138B2 (en) | 2011-05-18 | 2013-08-07 | 富士重工業株式会社 | Electric storage device and positive electrode for electric storage device |
EP2717354A4 (en) | 2011-05-31 | 2015-06-24 | Zeon Corp | Composite particles for lithium secondary battery positive electrodes, method for producing composite particles for lithium secondary battery positive electrodes, method for producing positive electrode for lithium secondary batteries, positive electrode for lithium secondary batteries, and lithium secondary battery |
KR20190139340A (en) | 2011-06-03 | 2019-12-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode, lithium ion secondary battery, electric vehicle, hybrid vehicle, moving object, system, and electronic appliance |
WO2012171780A1 (en) | 2011-06-17 | 2012-12-20 | Umicore | Lithium metal oxide partcles coated with a mixture of the elements of the core material and one or more metal oxides |
US9218916B2 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2015-12-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene, power storage device, and electric device |
US20120328956A1 (en) | 2011-06-24 | 2012-12-27 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Multilayer graphene and power storage device |
JP2013012410A (en) | 2011-06-29 | 2013-01-17 | Tanaka Chemical Corp | Cathode material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and method for producing the same |
JP5970978B2 (en) | 2011-07-04 | 2016-08-17 | 日産自動車株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for electric device, positive electrode for electric device and electric device |
WO2013027561A1 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2013-02-28 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing graphene-coated object, negative electrode of secondary battery including graphene-coated object, and secondary battery including the negative electrode |
JP6025284B2 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2016-11-16 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrode for power storage device and power storage device |
JP2013048061A (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2013-03-07 | Sony Corp | Secondary cell, battery pack, electric vehicle, power storage system, power tool, and electronic apparatus |
KR101972795B1 (en) | 2011-08-29 | 2019-08-26 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method of manufacturing positive electrode active material for lithium ion battery |
JP6000017B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2016-09-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Power storage device and manufacturing method thereof |
JP5734793B2 (en) | 2011-08-31 | 2015-06-17 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Power storage device |
JP6029898B2 (en) | 2011-09-09 | 2016-11-24 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for lithium secondary battery |
JP2013062082A (en) | 2011-09-12 | 2013-04-04 | Nec Corp | Secondary battery |
US9099735B2 (en) | 2011-09-13 | 2015-08-04 | Wildcat Discovery Technologies, Inc. | Cathode for a battery |
JP5675540B2 (en) | 2011-09-22 | 2015-02-25 | 信越化学工業株式会社 | Anode material for non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
KR20130033154A (en) * | 2011-09-26 | 2013-04-03 | 전자부품연구원 | Positive active material, preparation method thereof and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
KR102304204B1 (en) | 2011-09-30 | 2021-09-17 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Anode, lithium secondary battery, electric vehicle, hybrid vehicle, moving bodies, system, and electrical devices |
JP2013093316A (en) | 2011-10-04 | 2013-05-16 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | Manufacturing method of secondary particles and manufacturing method of electrode of power storage device |
CN103035922B (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2019-02-19 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Electrical storage device |
CN102779976B (en) * | 2011-10-10 | 2015-05-20 | 北大先行泰安科技产业有限公司 | Preparation method of cathode material of LCO (lithium cobaltate)-based lithium ion battery |
KR101669111B1 (en) * | 2011-10-11 | 2016-10-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, preparing method thereof, electrode for lithium secondary battery including the same, and lithium secondary battery using the same |
CN102447107A (en) | 2011-10-17 | 2012-05-09 | 江苏科捷锂电池有限公司 | High density lithium ion battery cathode material lithium cobalt oxide and preparation method thereof |
JP2013087040A (en) | 2011-10-21 | 2013-05-13 | Toyota Motor Corp | Lithium compound oxide and production method of the same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5741371B2 (en) | 2011-10-25 | 2015-07-01 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Lithium composite oxide, method for producing the same, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP5958926B2 (en) | 2011-11-08 | 2016-08-02 | 国立研究開発法人産業技術総合研究所 | Lithium manganese composite oxide and method for producing the same |
KR102014983B1 (en) | 2011-11-18 | 2019-08-28 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Cathode and lithium battery using same |
US9487880B2 (en) | 2011-11-25 | 2016-11-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Flexible substrate processing apparatus |
JP6016597B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2016-10-26 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for lithium ion secondary battery |
CN102569775B (en) * | 2011-12-23 | 2017-01-25 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium-ion secondary battery and positive electrode active material thereof |
JP6009343B2 (en) | 2011-12-26 | 2016-10-19 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Secondary battery positive electrode and method for producing secondary battery positive electrode |
US20130183579A1 (en) | 2012-01-17 | 2013-07-18 | Seung-Mo Kim | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery and rechargeable lithium battery including the same |
JP5831557B2 (en) | 2012-01-20 | 2015-12-09 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Method for producing non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US9070489B2 (en) | 2012-02-07 | 2015-06-30 | Envia Systems, Inc. | Mixed phase lithium metal oxide compositions with desirable battery performance |
EP2814778B1 (en) * | 2012-02-15 | 2016-02-03 | Basf Se | Particles, method for the production thereof, and use thereof |
US9680272B2 (en) | 2012-02-17 | 2017-06-13 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for forming negative electrode and method for manufacturing lithium secondary battery |
CN102610806B (en) * | 2012-02-27 | 2014-11-12 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery and anode active material thereof |
CN102623694A (en) * | 2012-03-19 | 2012-08-01 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | High-voltage lithium ion battery and cathode material thereof |
US9384904B2 (en) | 2012-04-06 | 2016-07-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Negative electrode for power storage device, method for forming the same, and power storage device |
JP6077347B2 (en) * | 2012-04-10 | 2017-02-08 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery |
JP2013246936A (en) | 2012-05-24 | 2013-12-09 | Hitachi Ltd | Positive-electrode active material for nonaqueous secondary batteries |
CN102694201A (en) | 2012-06-04 | 2012-09-26 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery |
US9225003B2 (en) | 2012-06-15 | 2015-12-29 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing storage battery electrode, storage battery electrode, storage battery, and electronic device |
US20140004412A1 (en) | 2012-06-29 | 2014-01-02 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery |
KR20150056532A (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2015-05-26 | 아카데미아 시니카 | Graphene-containing electrodes |
US20140023920A1 (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2014-01-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery |
TWI441947B (en) | 2012-07-20 | 2014-06-21 | Academia Sinica | Electrochemical graphene and electrode composite materials and lithium ion battery including the same |
KR101666879B1 (en) | 2012-08-14 | 2016-10-17 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing cathode active material for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including cathode active material |
JP6207923B2 (en) | 2012-08-27 | 2017-10-04 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for secondary battery |
JP6175763B2 (en) | 2012-08-28 | 2017-08-09 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the positive electrode active material, electrode for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
JP6083505B2 (en) | 2012-08-28 | 2017-02-22 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing the positive electrode active material, electrode for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
JP5846446B2 (en) | 2012-08-30 | 2016-01-20 | 株式会社Gsユアサ | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, electrode for lithium secondary battery, lithium secondary battery |
US9754728B2 (en) | 2012-10-09 | 2017-09-05 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Material for electrode of power storage device, power storage device, and electrical appliance |
CN104704659B (en) | 2012-10-17 | 2017-11-14 | 户田工业株式会社 | Li Ni composite oxide particle powders and its manufacture method and rechargeable nonaqueous electrolytic battery |
JP6159228B2 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2017-07-05 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery |
DE112013005307T5 (en) | 2012-11-07 | 2015-07-23 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode for energy storage device, energy storage device and method of manufacturing the electrode for energy storage device |
JP6303260B2 (en) | 2012-12-06 | 2018-04-04 | 株式会社村田製作所 | Positive electrode active material and manufacturing method thereof, positive electrode, battery, battery pack, electronic device, electric vehicle, power storage device, and power system |
JP6242401B2 (en) * | 2012-12-14 | 2017-12-06 | ユミコア | Lithium metal oxide particles coated with a core material element and a mixture of one or more metal oxides |
CN103022502A (en) | 2012-12-19 | 2013-04-03 | 天津巴莫科技股份有限公司 | Compounding and coating method of anode material for lithium ion cell |
JP2014139119A (en) | 2012-12-20 | 2014-07-31 | Tosoh Corp | Nickel-cobalt-manganese complex oxide and production method and application thereof |
JP2014143185A (en) | 2012-12-28 | 2014-08-07 | Semiconductor Energy Lab Co Ltd | Power storage device and charging method thereof |
US10374223B2 (en) | 2013-01-23 | 2019-08-06 | Toray Industries, Inc. | Positive electrode active material/graphene composite particles, positive electrode material for lithium ion cell, and method for manufacturing positive electrode active material/graphene composite particles |
CN104936902B (en) * | 2013-01-25 | 2016-09-28 | 株式会社丰田自动织机 | The active substance that high voltage characteristics is excellent |
US9673454B2 (en) | 2013-02-18 | 2017-06-06 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Sodium-ion secondary battery |
JP6103034B2 (en) | 2013-02-28 | 2017-03-29 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery positive electrode and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode |
US9391322B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-07-12 | E I Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Cathode material and battery |
US9490472B2 (en) | 2013-03-28 | 2016-11-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Method for manufacturing electrode for storage battery |
CN105164054B (en) | 2013-05-10 | 2019-05-14 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Complex Li-Mn-oxide, secondary cell and their manufacturing method |
CN105378985B (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2019-03-01 | 汉阳大学校产学协力团 | Positive pole active material for lithium cell and its manufacturing method |
CN105359312A (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2016-02-24 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
US9293236B2 (en) | 2013-07-15 | 2016-03-22 | Semidonconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium—manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, and electric device |
US9203084B2 (en) * | 2013-08-08 | 2015-12-01 | Nanotek Instrurments, Inc. | Cathode active material-coated discrete graphene sheets for lithium batteries and process for producing same |
WO2015030401A1 (en) | 2013-08-28 | 2015-03-05 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Anode active material containing lithium transition metal phosphate particles, preparation method therefor, and lithium secondary battery containing same |
JP6302322B2 (en) * | 2013-09-26 | 2018-03-28 | 積水化学工業株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
EP2854204B1 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2017-06-14 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd | Composite, carbon composite including the composite, electrode, lithium battery, electroluminescent device, biosensor, semiconductor device, and thermoelectric device including the composite and/or the carbon composite |
JP6207329B2 (en) | 2013-10-01 | 2017-10-04 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery and method for producing the same, positive electrode mixture layer for non-aqueous secondary battery using positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery, and non-aqueous secondary battery |
US9865867B2 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2018-01-09 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, and electrical device |
CN105594028B (en) * | 2013-10-04 | 2020-05-19 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Lithium manganese composite oxide, secondary battery, electronic device, and method for producing layer |
CN103490060A (en) | 2013-10-11 | 2014-01-01 | 宁德新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium nickel cobalt manganese positive electrode material and preparation method thereof |
JP2015082374A (en) | 2013-10-22 | 2015-04-27 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for manufacturing electrode, electrode of secondary battery, and secondary battery using the same |
CN103594683B (en) * | 2013-11-13 | 2015-08-05 | 北京理工大学 | A kind of coating modification method preparing high temp. lithium ion battery manganate cathode material for lithium |
JP6194235B2 (en) | 2013-11-20 | 2017-09-06 | 日本化学工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, and lithium secondary battery |
CN103606674B (en) * | 2013-11-21 | 2015-12-02 | 北大先行科技产业有限公司 | Cobalt acid lithium material of a kind of surface modification treatment and preparation method thereof |
CN106030872B (en) * | 2013-11-29 | 2018-12-18 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Complex Li-Mn-oxide and secondary cell |
KR101646994B1 (en) * | 2013-11-29 | 2016-08-10 | 울산과학기술원 | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method for manufacturing the same, and rechargeable lithium battery including the same |
WO2015083901A1 (en) * | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing same, and lithium secondary battery containing same |
WO2015083900A1 (en) | 2013-12-02 | 2015-06-11 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for manufacturing same, and lithium secondary battery including same |
US20150166348A1 (en) | 2013-12-18 | 2015-06-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene, graphene-including layer, electrode, and power storage device |
JP6246109B2 (en) | 2014-01-20 | 2017-12-13 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Lithium / cobalt-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same, electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery using the lithium / cobalt-containing composite oxide, and non-aqueous secondary battery using the same |
WO2015111710A1 (en) | 2014-01-24 | 2015-07-30 | 日立マクセル株式会社 | Non-aqueous secondary battery |
WO2015115699A1 (en) * | 2014-01-29 | 2015-08-06 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, manufacturing method therefor and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
TWI600202B (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2017-09-21 | 烏明克公司 | Doped and coated lithium transition metal oxide cathode materials for batteries in automotive applications |
JP6414589B2 (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2018-10-31 | 三洋電機株式会社 | Nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
CN106104869B (en) | 2014-03-11 | 2019-01-22 | 三洋电机株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery and positive electrode for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
WO2015136417A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2015-09-17 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode, power storage device, electronic device, and method for fabricating electrode |
WO2015141948A1 (en) * | 2014-03-20 | 2015-09-24 | 주식회사 엘앤에프신소재 | Cathode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for producing same, and lithium secondary battery comprising same |
JP2015201432A (en) | 2014-03-31 | 2015-11-12 | 戸田工業株式会社 | Positive electrode active material particle powder for nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery, method of manufacturing the same, and nonaqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
US20150280239A1 (en) * | 2014-04-01 | 2015-10-01 | Ppg Industries Ohio, Inc. | Aqueous binder composition for lithium ion electrical storage devices |
WO2015163356A1 (en) | 2014-04-22 | 2015-10-29 | 三菱化学株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for non-aqueous secondary cell, and non-aqueous secondary cell |
CN105024047B (en) | 2014-04-23 | 2017-06-16 | 宁德时代新能源科技股份有限公司 | Lithium ion secondary battery, composite positive electrode active material thereof and preparation method |
KR102458150B1 (en) | 2014-05-09 | 2022-10-25 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Lithium-ion secondary battery and electronic device |
JP6007942B2 (en) | 2014-05-19 | 2016-10-19 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery and manufacturing method thereof |
JP6471025B2 (en) | 2014-06-27 | 2019-02-13 | 住友化学株式会社 | Lithium-containing composite oxide and method for producing the same |
JP6172529B2 (en) | 2014-07-22 | 2017-08-02 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Cathode active material for lithium ion secondary battery and use thereof |
JP2016033901A (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-03-10 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and battery |
JP2016033902A (en) * | 2014-07-31 | 2016-03-10 | ソニー株式会社 | Positive electrode active material, positive electrode and battery |
KR102573541B1 (en) | 2014-08-27 | 2023-09-01 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Storage battery electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, electronic device, and graphene |
KR101762508B1 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2017-07-27 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
KR101758992B1 (en) | 2014-10-02 | 2017-07-17 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Positive electrode active material for lithium secondary battery, method for preparing the same, and lithium secondary battery comprising the same |
JP6520037B2 (en) | 2014-10-09 | 2019-05-29 | 日立化成株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
CN104347880A (en) * | 2014-10-14 | 2015-02-11 | 东莞新能源科技有限公司 | Lithium ion battery capable of quick charging |
US9728770B2 (en) | 2014-10-24 | 2017-08-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Storage battery electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, and electronic device |
JP2016085885A (en) * | 2014-10-27 | 2016-05-19 | 旭化成株式会社 | Lithium ion secondary battery |
KR102535985B1 (en) | 2014-10-27 | 2023-05-23 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Particle, electrode, power storage device, electronic device, and method for manufacturing electrode |
CN104319364A (en) * | 2014-11-19 | 2015-01-28 | 上海航天电源技术有限责任公司 | Positive electrode plate lowering direct current internal resistance of battery and preparation method thereof |
US10937999B2 (en) * | 2014-11-28 | 2021-03-02 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery and manufacturing method of the same |
CN104505500A (en) * | 2014-12-24 | 2015-04-08 | 湖南杉杉新能源有限公司 | Nanometer fusion lamination modified lithium ion battery positive electrode material and preparation method thereof |
JP6534816B2 (en) | 2015-01-16 | 2019-06-26 | Ntn株式会社 | Rolling bearing |
JP6476889B2 (en) | 2015-01-20 | 2019-03-06 | 日本電気株式会社 | Failure analysis system, application execution device, failure analysis device, and failure analysis method |
EP3248233B1 (en) | 2015-01-23 | 2021-06-23 | Umicore | Lithium metal oxide cathode powders for high voltage lithium-ion batteries |
KR101788561B1 (en) * | 2015-01-28 | 2017-10-20 | 주식회사 엘 앤 에프 | Positive active material for rechargeable lithium battery, method of preparing the same, and rechargeable lithium battery including the same |
US10243215B2 (en) | 2015-03-27 | 2019-03-26 | Tdk Corporation | Positive electrode active material including lithium transition metal particles with graphene coating layer positive electrode and lithium ion secondary battery including the same |
CN104701534A (en) | 2015-03-31 | 2015-06-10 | 南通瑞翔新材料有限公司 | High-energy-density Ni-Co-based lithium ion positive electrode material and preparation method thereof |
WO2016178117A1 (en) | 2015-05-06 | 2016-11-10 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Secondary battery and electronic device |
JP2016222526A (en) | 2015-05-29 | 2016-12-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Film formation method and element |
JP2017002831A (en) | 2015-06-11 | 2017-01-05 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Abnormality detection device for internal combustion engine |
US10784516B2 (en) | 2015-06-25 | 2020-09-22 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Conductor, power storage device, electronic device, and method for forming conductor |
CN107810570B (en) | 2015-07-02 | 2021-07-02 | 尤米科尔公司 | Cobalt-based lithium metal oxide cathode materials |
US10686207B2 (en) | 2015-07-03 | 2020-06-16 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Lithium-ion storage battery and electronic device |
JP6560917B2 (en) | 2015-07-09 | 2019-08-14 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Positive electrode material and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery using the positive electrode material |
JP6604080B2 (en) | 2015-08-04 | 2019-11-13 | 日立化成株式会社 | Positive electrode active material for lithium ion secondary battery, positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery, and lithium ion secondary battery |
JP2017030693A (en) | 2015-08-06 | 2017-02-09 | 株式会社石▲崎▼本店 | Vehicle side mirror |
CN108471973B (en) | 2015-08-26 | 2021-08-10 | 生命解析公司 | Method and apparatus for wideband phase gradient signal acquisition |
JP2017045726A (en) | 2015-08-27 | 2017-03-02 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrode, manufacturing method thereof, storage battery, and electronic device |
JP7140321B2 (en) | 2015-10-09 | 2022-09-21 | 住友金属鉱山株式会社 | Lithium-nickel-containing composite oxide, manufacturing method thereof, and non-aqueous electrolyte secondary battery |
JP6867777B2 (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2021-05-12 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | How to make electronic devices |
JP2017084321A (en) | 2015-10-27 | 2017-05-18 | 株式会社リコー | Sequence control device |
JP6578189B2 (en) | 2015-11-09 | 2019-09-18 | マクセルホールディングス株式会社 | Positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, method for producing the same, positive electrode for non-aqueous secondary battery using the positive electrode material for non-aqueous secondary battery, and non-aqueous secondary battery using the same |
JP6326477B2 (en) | 2015-12-25 | 2018-05-16 | 三洋化成工業株式会社 | Polymer flocculant |
WO2017149405A1 (en) | 2016-03-02 | 2017-09-08 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound, method for forming graphene compound, and lithium-ion storage battery |
KR102538830B1 (en) * | 2016-07-05 | 2023-05-31 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Cathode active material, manufacturing method of cathode active material, and secondary battery |
CN106099098B (en) | 2016-07-07 | 2020-06-16 | 电子科技大学 | High-voltage positive electrode material Li of lithium ion batteryδCo1-xMgxO2@AlF3And method for preparing the same |
WO2018011675A1 (en) | 2016-07-13 | 2018-01-18 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound, method for forming graphene compound, and power storage device |
KR102256296B1 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2021-05-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Lithium cobalt composite oxide for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including positive electrode comprising the same |
KR102256299B1 (en) | 2016-08-02 | 2021-05-26 | 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 | Lithium cobalt composite oxide for lithium secondary battery and lithium secondary battery including positive electrode comprising the same |
US20180076489A1 (en) | 2016-09-12 | 2018-03-15 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Electrode and power storage device |
DE202017007645U1 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2023-12-19 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material particles |
US10707524B2 (en) | 2016-10-19 | 2020-07-07 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Graphene compound and manufacturing method thereof, electrolyte, and power storage device |
US20180145317A1 (en) | 2016-11-18 | 2018-05-24 | Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
CN115966675A (en) | 2016-11-24 | 2023-04-14 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material particle and method for producing positive electrode active material particle |
JP7097690B2 (en) | 2016-12-02 | 2022-07-08 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Electrodes and storage batteries |
JP6760140B2 (en) | 2017-03-06 | 2020-09-23 | トヨタ自動車株式会社 | Manufacturing method of positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery and positive electrode material for lithium ion secondary battery |
JP7092752B2 (en) | 2017-05-03 | 2022-06-28 | 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 | Method for producing positive electrode active material particles |
KR20240046314A (en) | 2017-05-12 | 2024-04-08 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Positive electrode active material particles |
CN111900358A (en) | 2017-05-19 | 2020-11-06 | 株式会社半导体能源研究所 | Positive electrode active material and secondary battery |
KR102223712B1 (en) | 2017-06-26 | 2021-03-04 | 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 | Method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery |
JP7280549B2 (en) * | 2018-12-26 | 2023-05-24 | マツダ株式会社 | vehicle battery cooler |
-
2017
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020197002078A patent/KR102538830B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-06-29 CN CN201911291429.XA patent/CN110890522B/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN201780039613.8A patent/CN109417170B/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202210251376.4A patent/CN114583134A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310763612.5A patent/CN116544521A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007629.2U patent/DE202017007629U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020237017508A patent/KR20230074857A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310269282.4A patent/CN116053451A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020197036494A patent/KR102481146B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020197034933A patent/KR102339336B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007669.1U patent/DE202017007669U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020237017509A patent/KR20230079485A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310815747.1A patent/CN116805710A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007624.1U patent/DE202017007624U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN201911291754.6A patent/CN110993940A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020227011657A patent/KR20220051021A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007594.6U patent/DE202017007594U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310771325.9A patent/CN116565297A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310769198.9A patent/CN116565296A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310815723.6A patent/CN116799197A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020197036698A patent/KR102481149B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-06-29 DE DE112017007748.6T patent/DE112017007748B3/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310761910.0A patent/CN116544491A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202010842391.7A patent/CN111900378A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020237021137A patent/KR20230098913A/en active Application Filing
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020237017510A patent/KR20230080489A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2017-06-29 KR KR1020197037030A patent/KR102323397B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310819933.2A patent/CN116759629A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 WO PCT/IB2017/053896 patent/WO2018007908A1/en active Application Filing
- 2017-06-29 CN CN202310819946.XA patent/CN116845332A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 CN CN201911291482.XA patent/CN110911639B/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 DE DE112017002507.9T patent/DE112017002507T5/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007585.7U patent/DE202017007585U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007628.4U patent/DE202017007628U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-29 CN CN201911127591.8A patent/CN110957479A/en active Pending
- 2017-06-29 DE DE202017007627.6U patent/DE202017007627U1/en active Active
- 2017-06-30 US US15/638,449 patent/US10741828B2/en active Active
- 2017-07-05 JP JP2017132227A patent/JP6595535B2/en active Active
-
2019
- 2019-09-26 JP JP2019174936A patent/JP2020004733A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2019-12-02 JP JP2019218364A patent/JP6752541B2/en active Active
- 2019-12-02 JP JP2019218362A patent/JP2020043090A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2019-12-03 JP JP2019218995A patent/JP2020038848A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2019-12-27 JP JP2019239312A patent/JP2020047612A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2020
- 2020-03-06 JP JP2020039235A patent/JP2020080331A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-03-06 JP JP2020039255A patent/JP7330120B2/en active Active
- 2020-03-20 JP JP2020050340A patent/JP2020102461A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-04-03 JP JP2020067736A patent/JP7110271B2/en active Active
- 2020-05-21 JP JP2020088842A patent/JP2020129564A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-05-28 US US16/885,350 patent/US20200295349A1/en active Pending
- 2020-06-17 JP JP2020104532A patent/JP7095023B2/en active Active
- 2020-06-29 US US16/914,607 patent/US20200328402A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2020-07-08 US US16/923,435 patent/US20200343529A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2020-07-08 US US16/923,494 patent/US11043660B2/en active Active
- 2020-08-12 JP JP2020136330A patent/JP2020191303A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-09-11 JP JP2020153183A patent/JP2020205275A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2020-10-07 US US17/064,724 patent/US20210320290A9/en not_active Abandoned
-
2021
- 2021-03-23 JP JP2021048947A patent/JP7337113B2/en active Active
- 2021-12-17 JP JP2021205017A patent/JP7359832B2/en active Active
- 2021-12-23 US US17/560,408 patent/US20220115637A1/en active Pending
-
2022
- 2022-03-04 JP JP2022033781A patent/JP7398491B2/en active Active
- 2022-03-07 US US17/687,800 patent/US20220190313A1/en active Granted
-
2023
- 2023-02-01 JP JP2023013736A patent/JP7403013B2/en active Active
- 2023-02-01 JP JP2023013737A patent/JP7403014B2/en active Active
- 2023-03-09 JP JP2023036822A patent/JP7442710B2/en active Active
- 2023-03-09 JP JP2023036793A patent/JP7442709B2/en active Active
- 2023-03-17 JP JP2023043253A patent/JP7411131B2/en active Active
- 2023-05-18 JP JP2023082529A patent/JP2023096133A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-18 JP JP2023082068A patent/JP7465390B2/en active Active
- 2023-05-18 JP JP2023082067A patent/JP7442719B2/en active Active
- 2023-05-18 JP JP2023082441A patent/JP2023096129A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-19 JP JP2023083316A patent/JP2023106513A/en active Pending
- 2023-05-22 US US18/200,204 patent/US20230290926A1/en active Pending
- 2023-05-26 US US18/202,480 patent/US20230299265A1/en active Pending
- 2023-05-30 US US18/203,085 patent/US20230327073A1/en active Pending
- 2023-05-30 US US18/203,148 patent/US20230343924A1/en active Pending
- 2023-06-01 US US18/204,432 patent/US20230327075A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US20230343924A1 (en) | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery | |
US20230327095A1 (en) | Positive Electrode Active Material, Method for Manufacturing Positive Electrode Active Material, and Secondary Battery | |
US20220255076A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing positive electrode active material, and secondary battery | |
US20220029159A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material, method for manufacturing the same, and secondary battery | |
US20230327088A1 (en) | Positive electrode active material particle and manufacturing method of positive electrode active material particle |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: SEMICONDUCTOR ENERGY LABORATORY CO., LTD., JAPAN Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:OCHIAI, TERUAKI;KAWAKAMI, TAKAHIRO;MIKAMI, MAYUMI;AND OTHERS;SIGNING DATES FROM 20170714 TO 20170918;REEL/FRAME:063792/0269 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |